summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2009-05-23 00:36:09 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2009-05-23 00:36:09 +0000
commitdc9ef2149eb20c877acd8f758ce3a22f2e95ba33 (patch)
treefe67bbcc40bb22cac57f19add8991f5ab83acb03
parenta683c3d7e9fac38ec713f23fb6b9d2c7143aea82 (diff)
(re)move these random docs to better places
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@13413 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tlc2/companion.ctan (renamed from Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan)0
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites83
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ1015
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books147
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index11553
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex189
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt1892
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial331
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp234
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html354
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth633
-rw-r--r--Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-documentation-english.tlpsrc1
-rw-r--r--Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/help.tlpsrc2
13 files changed, 0 insertions, 16434 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tlc2/companion.ctan
index 8fd26a4b136..8fd26a4b136 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tlc2/companion.ctan
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites
deleted file mode 100644
index a38e1051b2b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-In order to reduce network load, it is recommended that you use the
-Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) host which is located in the
-closest network proximity to your site. Alternatively, you may wish to
-obtain a copy of the CTAN via CD-ROM (see help/CTAN.cdrom for details).
-
-Known mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically):
- cis.utovrm.it (Italia) /TeX
- ctan.math.mun.ca (Newfoundland, Canada) /tex-archive
- ctan.unsw.edu.au (NSW, Australia) /tex-archive
- dongpo.math.ncu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /tex-archive
- ftp.belnet.be (Belgium) /packages/TeX
- ftp.ccu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub/tex
- ftp.cdrom.com (West coast, USA) /pub/tex/ctan
- ftp.comp.hkbu.edu.hk (Hong Kong) /pub/TeX/CTAN
- ftp.cs.rmit.edu.au (Australia) /tex-archive
- ftp.cs.ruu.nl (The Netherlands) /pub/tex-archive
- ftp.cstug.cz (The Czech Republic) /pub/tex/CTAN
- ftp.duke.edu (North Carolina, USA) /tex-archive
- ftp.funet.fi (Finland) /pub/TeX/CTAN
- ftp.gwdg.de (Deutschland) /pub/dante
- ftp.heanet.ie (Ireland) /pub/ctan/tex
- ftp.jussieu.fr (France) /pub4/TeX/CTAN
- ftp.kreonet.re.kr (Korea) /pub/CTAN
- ftp.lab.kdd.co.jp (Japan) /CTAN
- ftp.loria.fr (France) /pub/ctan
- ftp.mpi-sb.mpg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/mirror/ftp.dante.de
- ftp.nada.kth.se (Sweden) /pub/tex/ctan-mirror
- ftp.net.uni-c.dk (Denmark) /mirror/ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive
- ftp.ntua.gr (Greece) /mirror/ctan
- ftp.oleane.net (France) /pub/mirrors/CTAN/
- ftp.rediris.es (Espa\~na) /mirror/tex-archive
- ftp.rge.com (New York, USA) /pub/tex
- ftp.riken.go.jp (Japan) /pub/tex-archive
- ftp.tu-chemnitz.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex
- ftp.u-aizu.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/tex/CTAN
- ftp.uni-augsburg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/ctan
- ftp.uni-bielefeld.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex
- ftp.unina.it (Italia) /pub/TeX
- ftp.uni-stuttgart.de (Deutschland) /tex-archive (/pub/tex)
- ftp.univie.ac.at (\"Osterreich) /packages/tex
- ftp.ut.ee (Estonia) /tex-archive
- ftpserver.nus.sg (Singapore) /pub/zi/TeX
- joshua.smcvt.edu (Vermont, USA) /pub/tex
- src.doc.ic.ac.uk (England) /packages/tex/uk-tex
- sunsite.auc.dk (Denmark) /pub/tex/ctan
- sunsite.cnlab-switch.ch (Switzerland) /mirror/tex
- sunsite.icm.edu.pl (Poland) /pub/CTAN
- sunsite.unc.edu (North Carolina, USA) /pub/packages/TeX
- tex.ihep.su (Russia) /pub/TeX/CTAN
- wuarchive.wustl.edu (Missouri, USA) /packages/TeX
-
-Known partial mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically):
- ftp.adfa.oz.au (Australia) /pub/tex/ctan
- ftp.dcc.uchile.cl (Chile) /pub/Mirror/ctan
- ftp.fcu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub2/tex
- ftp.germany.eu.net (Deutschland) /pub/packages/TeX
- ftp.gust.org.pl (Poland) /pub/TeX
- ftp.jaist.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/TeX/tex-archive
- ftp.uu.net (Virginia, USA) /pub/text-processing/TeX
- sunsite.dsi.unimi.it (Italia) /pub/TeX
- sunsite.snu.ac.kr (Korea) /shortcut/CTAN
-
-Please send updates to this list to <ctan@urz.uni-heidelberg.de>.
-
-The participating hosts in the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network are:
- ftp.dante.de (Deutschland)
- -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive)
- -- gopher on node gopher.dante.de
- -- email via ftpmail@dante.de
- -- World Wide Web access on http://www.dante.de/
- -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@dante.de>
-
- ftp.tex.ac.uk (England)
- -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive)
- -- gopher on node gopher.tex.ac.uk
- -- NFS mountable from nfs.tex.ac.uk:/public/ctan/tex-archive
- -- World Wide Web access on http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive
- -- Administrator: <ctan-uk@tex.ac.uk>
-
- ctan.tug.org (Massachusetts, USA)
- -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/archive)
- -- World Wide Web access on http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/
- -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@mail.tug.org>
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ
deleted file mode 100644
index 1dd051f1e83..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1015 +0,0 @@
-Date: Tue, 31 Jan 1995 21:15:16 +0100
-Sender: NTS-L Distribution list <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN>
-From: "J%org Knappen, Mainz" <KNAPPEN@VKPMZD.KPH.UNI-MAINZ.DE>
-Subject: Frequently asked questions of NTS-L, 5th edition
-X-To: nts-l <nts-l@dhdurz1.bitnet>
-To: Multiple recipients of list NTS-L <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN>
-
- Frequently Asked Questions of NTS-L
-
-Fifth edition
-Date: 31-JAN-1995
-Archive name: nts-l-faq
-Currently maintained by: knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de (J%org Knappen)
-
-Remark about the format:
-
-This faq is divided into several sections and subsections. Each section
-contains a subsection general with some ideas which have not yet been
-discussed. I added a date to some subsections to allow you to retrieve
-fuller discussions from the archives. The transactions of this group are
-archived on
-
- ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75] *)
- directory pub/tex/documentation/nts-l
-
-Each file in this directory is named yymm, where (guess :-) yy is the
-year and mm is the month when the mail arrived. (I.e., all postings
-of one month are bundled in one file.)
-*) Avoid using the number above ... it is subject to changes.
-
-Related stuff which is very worth reading you can find on the CTAN archives
-under tex/info/tex-implementors. In addition, I recommend reading the list
-of TeX bugs (tex-archive/systems/knuth/errata/tex82.bug).
-
--1. Contents
-
-0. About NTS
-1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system
-1.1. Improvement of Quality
-1.2. Internationality
-1.3. New Look and Feel
-1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm
-1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file
-1.6. Anchors
-1.7. dump/restore mechanism
-2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives)
-2.1. \lastmark etc.
-2.2. \system
-2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit
-2.4. \directioncode
-2.5. \textcode
-2.6. \afterfi
-2.7. \interactionmode
-2.8. \mathspacing
-2.9. \inputescapechar
-2.10. \middle
-2.11. \outputunit
-2.12. \protected
-2.13. \scantokens
-2.14. \deferred
-2.15. \everyeof
-2.16. \readline
-2.17. \evaluate
-2.18. \ifevaluate
-2.19. \everyeof
-2.20. \fancyprompt
-3. Metaremarks
-3.1. TeX is not perfect
-3.2. In which language shall NTS be written
-3.3. The TeX language
-3.4. The TeX engine
-3.5. Extensions and Enhancements
-4. Deviations
-4.1. Automated Kerning
-4.2. About Lout
-5. Proposed changes to METAFONT
-5.1. Writing to auxiliary files
-6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format
-6.1. Vertical kerning
-6.2. Cross-font ligatures
-7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format
-7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring
-7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees
-8. Additions to the TeX kit
-8.1. dvicopy
-8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv
-8.3. gftotxt
-8.4. qdtexvpl
-8.5. fontinst
-8.6. afmtotfm
-8.7. dvipaste
-8.8. METAPOST
-8.9. Tie
-8.10. dvi2dvi
-9. Existing extensions to TeX
-9.1. TeX-XeT
-9.2. TeX--XeT
-9.3. MLTeX
-9.4. SiSiSi
-9.5. Japanese TeX
-
-0. About NTS (Mar 93, see also Jul 92)
-
- At DANTE '93, held at the Technical University Chemnitz last week, Joachim
- Lammarsch, President of Dante, announced that the NTS project which had been
- started under the aegis of DANTE, was to be re-formed under a new
- co-ordinator, Philip Taylor. The old core group, announced at the previous
- annual DANTE meeting, was to be dissolved, and a new core group established.
- Membership of the new core group will not be restricted to DANTE members,
- but will instead be offered to various well-known names (and some
- lesser-known!) in the international TeX community.
-
- see also:
- F. Mittelbach: E-TeX Guidelines for future TeX, TUGboat v11n3 (1990)
- P. Taylor: The future of TeX, EuroTeX'92 Prag (Proceedings); reprinted
- in TUGboat v13n4, 433 (1992)
-
- As of September 1994, there are two activities going on, the ETeX group
- is working on a extension of TeX and is going to produce a first ETeX soon.
- The NTS group takes the path to reimplement TeX in common LISP to get
- a deeper understanding of how the modules of TeX are cooperating which
- eachother.
-
- Independently, the Omega project was launched to produce a typesetting system
- which uses unicode as internal code and can handle arbitrarily encoded input
- via filters.
-
- The beforementioned projects were presented at the 1994 TUG meeting at Santa
- Barbara and at the EuroTeX'94 conference at Gdansk. For more information,
- consult the respective proceedings. For the Omega project exists a mailing
- list, omega@ens.fr. To subscribe, send an e-mail to LISTSERV@ens.fr.
-
- Omega is now announced to be presented at March 16, 1995 at CERN (Geneva).
-
-1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system
-
-1.1. Improvement of Quality
-
-1.1.0 General:
- Optimised page breaking, avoiding ``rivers'', letterspacing (see also 4.1),
- Hyphenation (Haupt- und Nebentrennstellen), grid typesetting
-
-1.1.1 Skyline approach to line breaking (Mar 93)
-
-You can break paragraphs as usual with the current model, where all
-lines are simple rectangular boxes. If there's no necessity to insert
-\lineskip, then you don't have to look at the skyline. Only if two
-lines are too near (e.g. distance<\lineskiplimit), you have to look
-into the two rectangular boxes and to check if the boxes inside
-overlap at one or more places.
-For the worst case (i.e., you have to look at the skyline for all
-pairs of lines) processing the skyline model consumes a lot of process
-time, but this shouldn't hinder us to test this idea and look at the
-results.
-
-Btw, the skyline model seems to be easy to implement in the current
-TeX, because we need only some changes when the finally broken lines
-of the paragraph are put on the vertical list. There are more changes
-needed in the code, if the line break should be changed for the cases
-where it is possible to avoid an overlap with other break points, but
-IMHO it's nonetheless a relatively small change.
-
-Additionally you have to introduce some new parameters. I think of
-something like:
- \skylineskiplimit (b)
- minimum vertical distance between two boxes
- \skylinehorizontallimit (a)
- minimum horizontal distance
-
-
-line 1: ------------
- % %
- % % ----------
- ------- <== (a) ==> % %
- ~ % %
- (b) % -------
- v %
- ----------------------
-line 2:
-
-and other parameters, but the necessary parameter set, realization,
-etc. for "skylines" are subject of discussion.
-
-
-1.2. Internationality
-
-1.2.0 General:
- Typesetting in arbitrary directions, unicode support (16bits), ISO10646
- support (32bits), ligatures pointing to other fonts, vertical kerning,
- better accent handling (\topaccent and \botaccent)
-
- Remark: UTF-8 (UNICODE) can be handled with `TeX classic', LaTeX2e
- support is provided by the CJK package written by Werner Lemberg.
-
-1.2.1 Supporting TeX--XeT primitives for right to left typesetting
- TeX--XeT is an existing extension to TeX supporting right-to-left
- typesetting an producing a usual dvi-file. TeX--XeT is written by
- P. Breitenlohner and freely available. It is different from TeX-XeT
- (one hyphen only). Allthough TeX will be frozen at version $\pi$,
- this is not true for TeX--XeT. (see also 9.2)
-
-1.3. New Look and Feel
-
-1.3.0 General
- Windows support, wysiwyg-like features
-
-1.3.1 Interaction with the operating system and other programmes
- see 2.2. \system
-
-1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm
- Replace the (IMHO over-)optimized ligature builder/kerning routines in
- TeX by routines which separate between the building of ligatures and
- the insertion of kerns between the characters/ligatures.
-
- This can be realized in a simple way by using two passes: in the
- first pass the ligatures are built and in the second pass the
- resulting ligatures and remaining single characters are used to
- determine the necessary kerns.
-
- To ensure compatibility between e-TeX and TeX, it will be possible to
- switch between the new and the current behaviour.
-
- Additionally a flag in the TFM file of each font can be used to
- specify which behaviour is to be used for the font. This ensures that
- "old" fonts with some tricky ligature/kerning programs depending on
- the old behaviour can still be used with e-TeX. (I don't know if this
- font dependent switching is really necessary. Comments, please!!)
-
- Example:
-
- A font contains the following ligatures and kerns:
-
- o " => ligature (o") (= \"{o})
- V o => kern(-smallkern)
- V lig(o") => nothing
-
- Input: V o "
- Output of current TeX: V kern(-smallkern) ligature(o")
- Output with change: V ligature(o")
-
- Status:
-
- Bernd Raichle has written a simple, but running reimplementation of TeX's
- ligature/kerning routine (in CommonLisp), which still waits to be
- rewritten as a TeX.web change file.
- The ligature builder/kerning routine is realized in one pass; kerns
- are introduced in a delayed manner, i.e., after we are sure that
- there's no possibility for a ligature.
- Additionally there's a switch between the current TeX and the new
- behaviour. (The TRIP test fails with the new behaviour.)
-
-PS: IMHO the ligature/kerning routines should be further changed to
- remove the `shelf{}ful' anomaly (see TeXbook, exercise 5.1), i.e.,
- reinserting ligatures when words are hyphenated.
- The change should allow ligatures for inputs like `f{}f' or
- `f\relax f', which will simplify the macros in `german.sty',
- Babel and changed macros for \", \', ... which are used to select
- characters from DC fonts or other fonts with national characters.
-
-1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file (Nov 94)
- I want to have TeX ready in the memory and avoid loading it anew and anew
- for each run again which costs lots of startup time, if you have to load
- every file via NFSS.
- The idea I am toying with is to have something like
- \level
- which clones the current state of TeX and allows to start a new dvi-file.
- Then you do anything you want (start even another \level) and at last you say
- \exit
- which performes like \end, except that it restores exactly the state before
- the last cloning.
- To communicate some information to the waiting lion, there may be one
- exeption. You say
- \exit{some_integer_number}
- and this number can be read by using
- \exitstatus.
- Applications are many. If you have a format which usually requires several
- runs, you can do all the runs within one job, and automatically decide,
- whether a further run is necessary. Of course, you should device your format
- to have a counter maxruns to avoid endless looping...
-
-1.6. Anchors (Nov 94)
- Proposed by Jiri, an ``anchor point'' would be in some senses
- be analogous to a mark, but rather than recording textual information it
- would instead record the co-ordinates of itself, relative to the reference
- point of the smallest surrounding box. Additional new primitives would
- be required to return the co-ordinates of a specified anchor point.
-
-1.7. dump/restore mechanism
- I'd suggest something much simpler, but also more general: Include \dump in
- all versions of TeX. The initex/virtex distinction is simply not worth the
- bother of retaining any more - the memory differences are trivial in modern
- terms. \dump should ideally also be extended to allow dumping from inside of
- a group.
- Once you do this, it becomes possible to write programs to analyze format
- files. Since the analysis programs would not be part of TeX proper, they can
- be as elaborate as anyone might want to make them. Sorting would be no
- problem, for example.
- None of this would cost anything in TeX itself, and except for the ability
- to \dump inside a group, if added, would not even have an effect on whether
- the resulting E-TeX is properly "TeX", since it would be invisible to any
- possible trip test.
-
-2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives)
-
-2.0. General (Jun 92, Jul 92, Aug 93, Nov 94)
- A rather long list of proposed primitives (more or less worked out) was
- posted by Karl Berry on 10-Jun-1992. It contains suggestions like:
- \elseif (selfexplaining), \format{foo} (allow the author to select a format),
- \host{name} \host{os} \host{type} \getenv to extract host information
- \TeXversion, \usertime, \everyeof, and others.
-
- It is currently not possible to get some information about the current
- mode of TeX and make conditionals dependent on it and/or restore it after
- some action (see 2.7. \interactionmode). More of this kind are a
- conditional or primitive to signal, when TeX is in "expand only" mode
- (\edef, \mark, \write, ...), when TeX is scanning numbers (here I'm
- thinking---and hating---german.sty's active doublequote, which can also
- be used as a marker for hexadecimal numbers), when TeX is peeking for
- some special tokens (first column in an \halign), etc...
-
- A list of new primitives, enhancements and extensions has been prepared
- on the NTS meeting at Lindau in October 1994. It was posted to this list in
- November 1994 and provoked plenty of discussions and additional suggestions.
- Under the discussed primitves were \bind, \contents<box#>, \futuredef,
- \ifdefined, \ifcsname ... \endcsname, \unless, \OSname, \defaultextension.
-
-2.1. \lastmark etc. (Jun 92, Jul 92)
- Currently you cannot remove a \write or \mark or
- \insert or rule from any list at all. If we allow them to removed, how
- will the commands appear to the user? If we have \lastmark like
- \lastbox, then perhaps we need a mark data type so that we can say something
- like \setmark0=\lastmark. It will probably be difficult
- in the case of \insert's to think of a good command syntax.
-
- Perhaps \lastpenalty, \lastkern, \lastskip should
- remove the penalty, kern, skip, ... so that they are consistent with
- \lastbox. Then \unpenalty, \unkern, and \unskip would be unnecessary.
- (Of course most macro packages would probably want to reimplement them,
- as macros: \def\unpenalty{\count@\lastpenalty},
- \def\unkern{\dimen@\lastkern}, \def\unskip{\skip@\lastskip}.)
-
-2.2. \system (Mar 93)
-
-2.2.0 General
- Oops, this got rather longish, but this topic has caused plenty of traffic.
- I decided to quote directly the positions of both sides. The subpoints are
- 1. Pro 2. Contra 3. Syntax
-
-2.2.1 Pro
- First comes the proposal as formulated by Phil Taylor:
-
- There has been much discussion on how a \system primitive might interact
- with different operating systems, each with different functionality and a
- different syntax. My idea was to extend the concept of a `TeX
- implementation', which at the moment implies the creation and application
- of a change-file to the master TeX source, to include an implementation-
- specific macro library. Thus each implementor, as well as creating and
- applying a change file, would also be responsible for mapping a well-defined
- set of macros, through the \system primitive, to the syntax and
- functionality of the operating system for which he or she has assumed
- responsibility. To cite a specific example:
-
- Assume that in e-Lib (a hypothetical macro library to accompany e-TeX),
- a macro \sys$delete_file {<parameters>} is partially defined; then each
- implementor would be responsible for mapping \sys$delete_file {<parameters}>
- to his or her own implementation of \system. e-Lib would define the effect
- and the result(s), \system would provide the interface, and the implementor
- would be responsible for providing the mapping.
-
- The question has been asked: ``Why via \system and macros? Why not via
- explicit primitives to carry out the various functions that are envisaged?''
-
- To which I would suggest that the answer is ``Because `the various functions
- which are envisaged' is both enormous (requiring many new primitives), and
- yet not large enough (because no matter what functionality we posit, someone
- will come up with an idea that has not been considered).'' By implementing
- just one \system primitive, and an extensible e-Lib macro library, one can
- create a robust and well-tested e-TeX whilst allowing new system interactions
- to be added at the simplest points: through the implementation-independent
- and implementation-specific components of e-Lib.
-
-2.2.2 Contra
- And here's from the ``Minority Report'' (Tim Murphy and J"org Knappen)
-
- May I recall the immortal words of Ken Thompson,
- "A program should do one thing, and do it well." (TM)
-
- I don't like the hackers to decide, making eTeX yet another programme from
- which I can send e-mail and read news :-) Maybe people will tell me eTeX is
- a fine operating system, but TeX version $\pi$ is the better typesetter :-)
-
- But there is another side of \system, I want to call it the monstrosity
- side. Many people are thinking now, that TeX is a monster and difficult to
- tame. \system will add to this monstrosity. It will create a new paradise
- for hackers creating system hacks. And it will make people turn away from
- eTeX and use other products, even if they are far less secure. (JK)
-
-2.2.3 Syntax
- If a \system command is required, should it not have a similar syntax
- and semantics to the a similar TeX command. I can't think of anything
- else in TeX (prepares to be shown wrong) that expands in the mouth and
- has side-effects. Should it not be like \read, \write etc. that is it
- generates a whatsit that is obeyed at shipout, unless preceded by an
- \immediate, in which case it is done immediately by the stomach.
- There seem to be two obvious syntaxes, one like \write:
- \system{foo} or \immediate\system{foo}
- and one like \read:
- \system{foo} to \baz or \immediate\system{foo} to \baz
- The latter one would produce the exit code into \baz. Should this be
- done with catcode 12 characters, or should it be done like \read, with
- the current catcodes?
-
-2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit
- see section 1.1.1
-
-2.4. \directioncode (May 1993)
- A \directioncode (with syntax analogous to \uccode, \lccode, sfcode) to be
- assigned to each input character. The basic ones are
- 0 -- transparent (space, full stop...)
- 1 -- left-to-right (latin letters, digits...)
- 2 -- right-to-left (hebrew letters, arab letters...),
- a truly international NTS will also have codes for vertical typesetting
- and some special cases.
-
- The question is how to use this idea consistently. One could extend the
- notion of TeX's modes. Horizontal mode is in fact left-to-right mode, a
- right-to-left mode is missing. To be complete, this mode will be equipped
- with boxen and all the stuff TeX's left-to-right (aka horizontal) mode has.
-
- At the beginning of a paragraph NTS decides which mode to choose by the
- \directioncode of the first input character. Sometimes the first character
- will have the wrong code, in this case the insertion of an explicit
- control sequence (like \lrbox{}) is necessary. If a character with another
- directioncode occurs, NTS starts a \rlbox and finishes it as soon as a
- character with the original \directioncode appears or at the end of the
- paragraph.
-
- For the building of right-to-left tables a \rlalign is needed.
-
-2.5. \textcode (Sep 93, Nov 93)
- Some of the character coding discussions in the Technical Working
- Group on Multiple Language Coordination and some experiences I've made
- with `german.sty' (specially the problems with an active doublequote
- and hex integer constants!) lead to this _incomplete_ proposal/idea
- for the following addition:
- Introduce something like
- \textcode (and \textchar & \textchardef)
- which are the text (hmode) equivalent of TeX's \mathcode (and
- \mathchar/\mathchardef) primitives.
-
- With an equivalent and appropriate implemented \textcode primitive
- (with the choice to define a character as "pseudo-active"), it would
- be possible to
- * relate characters to different fonts
- (using a generalized `fam' of \mathcode)
-
- * suppress expansion of active characters (it will only be
- expanded, if it is read to form the hlist)
- (using an equivalent \mathcode="8000 value)
- [This point allows the use of e.g. a pseudo-active "
- which expands to non-expandable tokens and it removes
- the special construct \relax\ifmmode... for active
- characters, too.]
-
-2.6. \afterfi (August 1993)
- In the answer to an exercise of the ``Around the Bend'' series, Michael Downes
- realised the non-existence of an \afterfi primitive (Note: He did not
- demand it nor really miss it). Perhaps an \afterfi can
- simplify some obscure mouth-only macros with nested conditionals???
- \afterfi should be expandable, because \if...\fi is expandable.
-
-2.7. \interactionmode (Nov 93, was: \currentinteractionmode)
- Add a new count register \interactionmode, which reflects the user
- interaction level with the following values:
- <= 0 batch_mode
- = 1 nonstop_mode
- = 2 scroll_mode
- >= 3 error_stop_mode
-
- The commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode, the "options" 'Q', 'R', 'S'
- in the interactive error routine and all other TeX internal
- interaction level changes (e.g. after an interruption) access this new
- register. The level changes in the interactive error routine and the
- old commands should always work, even if the symbol \interactionmode is
- redefined (this means that the user can redefine \interactionmode, but the
- commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode still work).
-
- Examples:
-
- \ifnum\interactionmode<1 \AskUser \else \UseDefault \fi
-
- {\interactionmode=0 % switch to \batchmode
- \global\font\test=xyz10 % try to load font
- }% % restore former interaction level
- % ... now test if font has been loaded
- % without error (i.e. != nullfont)
-
-2.8. \mathspacing (Nov 93)
- Add a new count register array \mathspacing with 64 entries (we really
- need only 64-8=56 entries, because some of them are never used, but to
- simplify things 64 are used) with the following syntax:
-
- \mathspacing <num1>=<num2> % 0 <= <num1> <= 63
-
- The spacing specified in number <num2> is inserted between the two
- math atom types specified in number <num1>. The two numbers are coded
- as
-
- <num1> = <left_atom_type> * 8 + <right_atom_type>
- <num2> = ( (<display_spacing> * 256 + <text_spacing>) * 256
- + <script_spacing> ) * 256 + <scriptscript_spacing>
-
- This means that <num1> is easily expressed in octal and <num2> in
- hexadecimal notation.
-
- <..._atom_type> is one of the following seven types:
-
- 0 ordinary 1 large operator
- 2 binary operation 3 relation
- 4 opening 5 closing
- 6 punctuation 7 delimited subformula
-
- <..._spacing> can be specified separately for each of the four math
- styles (display, text, script and scriptscript) with the following
- values:
-
- 0 no space
- 1 thin space (specified by \thinmuskip)
- 2 medium space ( -- " -- \medmuskip)
- 3 thick space ( -- " -- \thickmuskip)
-
- 4-255 reserved for other things
- (e.g. other spacings and/or additional penalties,
- like \relpenalty, \binoppenalty, ...)
-
- For more information see TeXbook, pp. 170f & Appendix G and TeX--The
- Program, \S 764ff.
-
- Examples: (using TeX's standard spacing)
-
- Between an `ordinary' (= 0) and a `relation' (= 3) atom a thick
- space (= 3) is inserted, but not in script or scriptscript style.
-
- \mathspacing '03 = "0033
-
- Between a large operator (= 1) and an ordinary (= 0) atom a thin
- space (= 1) is inserted:
-
- \mathspacing '10 = "1111
-
- Necessary changes for the sketched proposal are very simple to
- implement.
- The syntax of \mathspacing is awful, but this is true for \mathcode,
- \delimitercode, etc.etc., too.
-
-2.9. \inputescapechar (Nov 93, alternative names were proposed during
- discussion)
- Use two new internal count registers \inputescapechar and
- \outputescapechar to specify the "escape" character to be used for
- unprintable characters.
- If \inputescapechar is not in [0..255], TeX's behaviour is used,
- i.e., two equal characters with category 7 are used as a prefix for a
- ~~x notated character, otherwise two characters with code
- \inputescapechar are used for this prefix.
- If \outputescapechar is not in [0..255], the character `~' is used
- when an unprintable character has to be written.
-
- The default values of these two registers are
- \inputescapechar = -1
- \outputescapechar = `~
- to be compatible with TeX's standard behaviour.
-
-2.10. \middle (Jan 94)
- Generalize the syntax of \left<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter>
- to allow one or more optional \middle delimiters,
- \left<delimiter> <formula> \middle<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter>.
-
- The middle delimiter grows to the same height as the left and right ones.
- Constructions of this kind are used throughout quantum mechanics (Dirac
- notation), e.g.
- $$
- \left\langle A \middle% \hat{O} \middle% B \right\rangle
- $$
- By default, the \middle element is \mathrel, you can make it
- \mathord by embracing it {\middle %}.
-
-
-2.11. \outputunit (Dec 93)
- \outputunit unit to be used when e-TeX shows some dimen or glue
- value
- Usage: \outputunit=<unit of measure> (s. TeXbook p. 270)
- Rationale:
-
- Currently TeX forces the user to think in points when it outputs any
- dimen or glue value (e.g. when issueing an overfull hbox warning).
- But a program should adapt to the conventions of the user instead the
- other way round. The addition of \outputunit whould make TeX much
- more user-friendly, since only a few people are thinking in points.
-
-2.12. \protected (new prefix for macro definitions) (Nov 94)
- Analogous to \long, \outer, etc., causes the associated macro to be
- non-expanding in contexts where such behaviour is likely to be undesirable
- (in particular in \writes and \edefs); an explicit \expandafter \empty
- may be used to force expansion in these circumstances.
-
-2.13. \scantokens (Nov 94)
- Allows an existing token-list to be re-input under a different catcode regime
- from that under which it was created; as it uses all of TeX's present \input
- mechanism, even %%ff notation will be interpreted as if \input. Causes an
- `empty filename' to be input, resulting in `( )' appearing in the log file
- if \tracingscantokens (q.v.) is strictly greater than zero. If the token
- list represents more than one line of input, and if an error occurs, then
- \inputlinenumber will reflect the logical input line from the token list
- rather than the current input line number from the current file.
-
-2.14. \deferred (Nov 94)
- At the moment, only \writes are deferred; there are cases when it would
- be desirable for other things, too, to be expanded only during \shipout,
- and \specials are one of these. (See also 2.2.3)
-
-2.15. \everyeof {<balanced text>}
- Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be
- inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered
- during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated
- logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil
- to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires
- a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a
- file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed.
-
-2.16. \readline <integer> to <cs> (Nov 94)
- Allows a single line to be read from an input file as if each character
- therein had catcode 12. Intended to be used for verbatim copying
- operations, in conjunction with \scantokens, or to allow error-free parsing
- of `foreign' (non-TeX) files.
-
-2.17. \evaluate {<arithmetic expression>} (Nov 94)
- Intended for use on the r-h-s of \count, \dimen and \skip assignments,
- it would allow the use of infix arithmetic operators such as +, -, * and /;
- the type of the result would, in general, be the type of the simplest operand
- forming a part of the expression, and the normal semantics of TeX would allow
- this to be further coerced where necessary. Parenthesised sub-expressions
- would be allowed.
-
- Additional operations were proposed: trigonometric functions, square
- root, pythagorean addition (METAFONT's `++'), angle{<delta_x, delta_y>}.
-
-2.18. \ifevaluate{<boolean expression>}....\else....\fi (Nov 94)
- The boolean expression should allow for the usual operators like
- .not., .and., .or., .xor., =, >, <, <=, etc., if feasable it should also
- allow the evaluation of arithmetic expressions. Some functions are needed
- to get information old TeX \if's know now, I propose the name
- \query<whatever> to these functions.
-
- At the moment I see need for the following \query<whatever> functions:
- \queryeof returns `1' if eof, `0' else
- \querymode returns `0' in the infamous `no mode' (do we need to
- differentiate finer here?
- `1' in vertical mode
- `2' in restricted vertical mode
- `3' in horizontal mode
- `4' in restricted horizontal mode
- `5' in math mode
- `6' in restricted math mode
- With \querymode \ifmmode, \ifhmode, \ifvmode, and \ifinner can be emulated.
- \querydefined{\cs} `1' if defined, `0' else
- \querycsname...\endcsname (ditto)
-
-2.19. \everyeof {<balanced text>}
- Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be
- inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered
- during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated
- logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil
- to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires
- a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a
- file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed.
-
-2.20. \fancyprompt
- allow configuration of the TeX prompt (default `*'), e.g.
- *\fancyprompt{eTeX>}
- eTeX>
-
-3. Metaremarks
-
-3.0. General
- Remarks about group efforts vs. one person creating software (Mar 93),
- ALGOL 68 as a warning example
-
-3.1. TeX is not perfect (Jun 92, Jul 92)
- The discussion has taken place in June and July 1992. Several details were
- worked out, where TeX could be improved. Another point of criticism was
- the programming language of TeX in general, several participants prefer a
- procedural language over a macro language.
-
-3.2. In which language shall NTS be written (Mar 93)
- In 1992, there was much discussion, in which language an NTS should be
- implemented (candidates were LISP, C, and WEB). This has settled in March
- 1993 (to PASCAL-WEB), because of the acceptance of the
- idea that rather than wait for an ``all-singing, all dancing'' NTS, the
- group should develop, in a stepwise manner, small but significant
- enhancements to TeX. This implies that the enhancements are implemented as
- change files in WEB.
-
-3.3. The TeX language (Oct/Nov 93)
- The TeX language is a simple language in the sense, that it contains only
- few concepts. It belongs to the Lisp family. In particular, it's a
- list-based macro language with late binding. Actually, that's all one
- needs to say to characterize it.
- Its data constructs are simpler than in Common Lisp: `token list' is the
- only first order type. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc., are engine
- concepts; instances of them are described by token lists.
- Its lexical analzsis is simpler than CL: One cannot program
- it. One can only configure it.
- Its control constructs are simpler than in CL: Only macros, no
- functions. And the macros are only simple ones, one can't compute
- in them.
-
-3.4. The TeX engine (Oct/Nov 93)
- The TeX engine lies below the TeX language. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc.
- belong to the TeX engine. The registers of the engine can be changed
- by TeX's primitives. However, the latter seem to be quite unregular and
- baroque.
-
-3.5. Extensions and Enhancements (Nov 94)
- `Extensions' are basically new primitives which have no effect on the
- semantics of existing TeX documents, except insofaras any document which
- tests whether such a primitive is, in fact, undefined, will clearly obtain
- opposite results under TeX and e-TeX; `enhancements' are more fundamental
- changes to the TeX kernel which may affect the semantics of existing TeX
- documents even if no new primitive is used or even tested. Such changes
- may be, for example, differences in the construction of TeX's internal
- lists, or perhaps different hyphenation or ligaturing behaviour.
-
-4. Deviations
-
-4.0. General
- (empty)
-
-4.1. Automated Kerning (Oct 92)
- Kindersley's "optical kerning": for the purposes of
- kerning, each character is replaced by a circle centred on the centre of
- gravity of that character; the radius of the circle is determined by the
- fourth moment of the character (that is, the fourth root of the sum over
- all black pixels of the fourth power of their distance from the centre). On
- the UKTUG trip to Kindersley's studio, I tried to extract the reason why
- the fourth, as opposed to third or fifth or whatever, moment is used; the
- reason is apparently that it "looks right".
-
- We can construct elaborate schemes for kerning (Kindersley's fourth
- moments, FontStudio's (convex?) envelopes, Calamus' eight widths, etc), but
- the proof of the typographical pudding is in the eating of the resulting
- words, so to speak.
-
-4.2 About Lout (June 1993)
- In June 1993, the new system Basser Lout caused several questions and
- suggestions on this list. The following is taken from a short review
- of Lout by Bernd Raichle:
-
- `Lout' is a (yet another) document formatting system, released under
- the terms of the GNU General Public License and available on some ftp
- servers.
-
- IMHO it's more like a `troff' (with a better input language and some
- newer concepts) than a `TeX'.
-
- A few citations from the documentation of lout:
-
- Lout is a high-level language for document formatting, designed and
- implemented by the author. The implementation, known as Basser
- Lout, is a fully operational production version written in C for the
- Unix operating system, which translates Lout source code into
- PostScript, a device-independent graphics rendering language
- accepted by many high-resolution output devices, including most
- laser printers.
- [...]
- When expert users can implement such applications quickly,
- non-experts benefit. Although Lout itself provides only a small
- kernel of carefully chosen primitives,
-
- Lout has 23 primitive operators... missing, for example, the simplest
- arithmetical operators (there is only the operator "@Next" which
- increases a number by one).
-
- packages written in Lout and distributed with Basser Lout provide an
- unprecedented array of advanced features in a form accessible to
- non-expert users. The features include rotation and scaling, fonts,
-
- These features are mostly based on the output language... Postscript
- (if you are looking inside a Lout package, you find large portions of
- embedded Postscript code).
-
- paragraph and page breaking,
-
- TeX does a better job for these two items, because Lout is missing
- most of TeX's paragraph/page breaking parameters. (Note: Lout uses
- TeX's hyphenation algorithm and the hyphenation patterns.)
-
- displays and lists, floating figures and tables, footnotes, chapters
- and sections (automatically numbered), running page headers and
- footers, odd-even page layouts, automatically generated tables of
- contents, sorted indexes and reference lists, bibliographic and
- other databases (including databases of formats for printing
- references), equations, tables, diagrams, formatting of Pascal
- programs, and automatically maintained cross references.
-
- TeX's math setting abilities are better. Lout uses a package named
- `eq' derived from the `eqn' preprocessor used with `troff'. And there
- are other packages named `tab' (for tabulars) and `fig' (drawing
- figures).
-
- [...]
- Lout is organized around four key concepts -- objects, definitions,
- galleys, and cross references -- [...]
-
- The concept of `galleys' and the "expansion" of recursive defintions
- are IMHO the only new concept in Lout:
-
- `galleys' are a way to describe a page, dividing it in certain regions
- which can be filled from different sources (e.g. a footnote galley is
- filled with footnote text, etc.).
-
- Recursive definitions are very simple, e.g.
- def @Leaders { .. @Leaders }
- defines the command (Lout calls it `object') to "expand" to a `..' and
- if there is place for another "expansion" it is called again.
-
- For example
- \hbox to 4in{Chapter 7 \dotfill 53}
- is in Lout
- 4i @Wide { Chapter 7 @Leaders 53 }
-
- With this recursive definitions, a whole document is defined as a
- @PageList consisting of a @Page and a @PageList with an incremented
- @PageNum. A @Page is defined as a set of `galleys' (header, text
- body, footnotes, footer), which are also defined as a list of
- text/footnotes/... and so on.
-
- Perhaps others can add more impressions, mine are based on the
- documentation coming with the Lout package and some tests done in
- 1-2 hours.
-
-5. Proposed changes to METAFONT
-
-5.O. General
- Most of the General points in the discussion of TeX also apply to METAFONT.
-
-5.1. Writing to auxiliary files
- METAFONT should be able to write to auxiliary files. Desparately needed
- for packages which allow to draw figures in METAFONT and label them in TeX
- (BoF session at EuroTeX '92, Prague).
-
-
-6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format
-
-6.1. Vertical kerning (Jun 92)
- This may sound exotic to you, but the AFM format can do
- it. And I desperately need it for non-Latin alphabets (everytime I need
- a character in a ligature raised or lowered, I have to reserve a position
- in the font for it).
-
-6.2. Cross-font ligatures (Jun 92)
- Ligatures pointing to other fonts!! Yes, imagine for example that your
- 256 chars are full, you could still access characters by ligatures...but
- they have to be in the same font.
-
-7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format
-
-7.0. General
- A longer discussion about colour inclusion into the dvi-file occured in
- Oct/Nov 93. The outcome was, that high-quality colour handling is a difficult
- and device dependent task, better left to the printer driver. Colour can be
- handled by the \special command which is sent directly to the driver.
-
- On comp.text.tex I saw a remark, that specials may occur on places in the
- dvi-file, where TeX can't put them. Maybe eTeX should take care of this
- point.
-
-7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring (Nov 94)
- Allow a glyph to be mirrored in a vertical axis, placed centrally;
- mirrored in a horizontal axis, placed at half the x(?)-height.
-
- It was noted, that the specification of the axes might cause problems.
- It was also noted, that several drivers understand specials for the
- requested action.
-
-7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees (Nov 94)
- This would greatly increase the power of vpl files (e.g. define schwa by
- rotating e), and I hope that it would be possible for drivers to implement.
-
- It was noted, that this is fine, but rotation by 90 degrees cannot be
- device independent, because there are printers with rectangular (non-square)
- pixels.
-
-8. Additions to the TeX kit
-
-8.0. General
- The TeX kit, meaning the bundle of programmes building up a complete TeX
- installation, contains besides the major programmes TeX and METAFONT
- additional programmes, traditionally divided into several groups:
-
- a) TeXware: dvitype, tftopl, pltotf, pooltype, pktype, patgen, vftovp,
- vptovf, (outdated: pxtopk, pktopx)
- b) MFware: mft, gftodvi, gftopk, gftype, (outdated: gftopxl)
- c) webware: weave, tangle
-
- And, of course, drivers for the screens and printers.
-
- Other utility programmes more loosely associated with TeX are indexers
- (makeindex, idxtex, glotex, ...) and bibliography tools (bibtex,
- bibclean, ...). Makeindex and Bibtex are standard tools, because they
- are described in the LaTeX manuals.
-
- Another group includes drawing programmes (TeXCAD, xfig, gnuplot, ...) to
- create graphics to be imported to TeX documents and graphics converters
- (ghostscript, xv, bmt2font, ...).
-
-8.1. dvicopy
- Written in WEB by Peter Breitenlohner
- Available from CTAN
- Resolves all references to virtual fonts in a dvi file. Can be used to
- create a dvi file without virtual fonts (e.g. for drivers which cannot
- handle vf's).
-
-8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv
- Written in C by Geoffrey Tobin
- Available on request from the author
- dv2dp makes a human readable file from a dvi file. The companion
- programme dp2dv makes a dvi file frome a dvi property list file.
- It allows you to change dvi files with a text editor.
-
-8.3. gftotxt
- Written in C by Yannis Haralambous
- Available ?
- Extracts a certain kind of specials from the gf file into a text file.
- Workaround for the famous non-ability of METAFONT to write auxiliary
- files.
-
-8.4. qdtexvpl
- Written by Eberhard Mattes
- Available from the CTAN archives
- Generates a virtual font from TeX macros. qd = quick and dirty.
-
-8.5. fontinst
- Written in TeX by Alan Jeffrey
- Available form CTAN
- Makes virtual fonts from afm files (PostScript fonts). Used by the LaTeX
- team to create virtual fonts and fd files for LaTeX2e.
-
-8.6. afmtotfm
- Written in C by Thomas Rokicki
- Available from CTAN (part of dvips distribution)
- Makes tfm files from afm files.
-
-8.7. dvipaste
- Part of LAMSTeX (Michael Spivak)
- Allows to paste a dvi-file into another one.
-
-8.8. METAPOST
- Written in Web by John Hobby
- Now freely available from the CTAN
- A tool to build graphics to be included in TeX documents, uses a METAFONT
- style language.
-
-8.9. Tie
- Written by Klaus Gunthermann
- Available from CTAN
- Allows to process multiple change files to a given Web source. A tool
- of this kind is needed to build any eTeX distribution, since one has
- tex.web, etex.ch, tex.ch-system, and etex.ch-system files to deal with.
-
-8.10. dvi2dvi
- Available from CTAN
- Postprocessor for dvi files, allowing e.g. 2-up or 4-up layout of full
- pages.
-
-9. Existing extensions to TeX
-
-9.0 General
- Here I include short description of existing extensions to TeX. This section
- does not include commercial TeX implementations because of lack of solid
- enough information on them. It also does not yet include ETeX, NTS, nor
- Omega.
-
-9.1. TeX-XeT (Don Knuth and Pierre MacKay)
- CTAN: tex-archive/systems/knuth
- Adds new primitives \beginR, \endR, \beginL, and \endL for right to left
- typesetting. Despite their names, the new primitives are insensitive to
- TeX's grouping mechanism. Outputs a special file in dvi-ivd format, which
- need be resolved by another programme or requires special drivers.
-
-9.2. TeX--XeT (Peter Breitenlohner)
- Available from CTAN tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex--xet
- Implements the same primitives as TeX-XeT, but outputs a normal dvi file.
- Passes the trip test (as far as I know).
-
-9.3. MLTeX (Michael Ferguson)
- Available from aldebaran.ee.mcgill.ca in pub/mltex
- Adds a primitive \charsubdef, which allows the following: input of 8-bit
- characters, participation of accented characters not present in the output
- encoding in hyphenation, ligatures and kerning with accented letters.
- Especially popular in francophone countries.
- emTeX supports MLTeX via the /ml option.
-
-9.4. SiSiSi (Wilhelm Barth, Heinrich Nirschl, Heini Hofstaedter und Harald
- Mueller)
- Available from CTAN: tex-archive/systems/vms (sic!)
- Implements another hyphenation algorithm (the name means SIchere
- SInnentsprechende SIlbentrennung, which is translated `secure sensitive
- hyphenation') specific to the german language (with Haupt- und
- Nebentrennstellen). Fails the trip test, therefore not a legitimate TeX.
- In use at TU Wien (Austria).
-
-9.5. Japanese TeX
- [in preparation]
-
-The End.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books
deleted file mode 100644
index 93477950d76..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-$Id$
-
-Bibliography entries for the various published books here.
-The files here contain examples only, not the full text of the books,
-with the exception of "Making TeX Work" and "TeX for the Impatient".
-
-BiBTeX entries taken from ./texmf/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib.
-
-The complete sources to the following books are available on the web
-(under varying licensing conditions, precluding republishing except
-where noted).
-
- The TeXbook, by Donald Knuth
- http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex/texbook.tex
- (source only)
-
- The Metafontbook, by Donald Knuth
- http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/mf/mfbook.tex
- (source only)
-
- TeX by Topic, A TeXnician's reference, by Victor Eijkhout
- http://www.eijkhout.net/tbt/
- (pdf only)
-
- TeX for the Impatient, by Paul Abrahams, Kathryn Hargreaves, Karl Berry
- ftp://tug.org/tex/impatient/
- (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License)
-
- Making TeX Work, by Norman Walsh
- http://makingtexwork.sourceforge.net/mtw/
- (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License)
-
-For a list of tutorials, references, and other assorted items available
-on the web, see http://tug.org/interest.html.
-
-
-
-@Book{Mittelbach:2004:LC,
- author = "Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens and Johannes
- Braams and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley",
- title = "The {\LaTeX} Companion",
- publisher = pub-AW,
- address = pub-AW:adr,
- edition = "Second",
- pages = "????",
- year = "2004",
- ISBN = "0-201-36299-6",
- LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G66 2004",
- bibdate = "Sat Apr 10 14:19:47 2004",
- series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
- acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
-}
-
-@Book{Kopka:2003:GLD,
- author = "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly",
- title = "A Guide to {\LaTeXe}: Document Preparation for
- Beginners and Advanced Users",
- publisher = pub-AW,
- address = pub-AW:adr,
- edition = "Fourth",
- year = "2003",
-}
-
-@Book{Kopka:1994:LBE,
- author = "Helmut Kopka",
- title = "{\LaTeX} Band 1: Einf{\"u}hrung",
- publisher = pub-AWV,
- address = pub-AWV:adr,
- pages = "xix + 428",
- year = "1994",
- ISBN = "3-89319-664-1",
- bibdate = "Tue Mar 1 14:25:32 MET 1994",
- note = "Replaces the old series of two volumes.",
- acknowledgement = ack-rz,
-}
-
-@Book{Goossens:1997:LGC,
- author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Frank
- Mittelbach",
- title = "The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion: Illustrating
- Documents with {\TeX} and {PostScript}",
- publisher = pub-AW,
- address = pub-AW:adr,
- pages = "xxi + 554",
- year = "1997",
- ISBN = "0-201-85469-4",
- LCCN = "Z253.4.L38G663 1997",
- bibdate = "Fri Jul 11 07:51:47 1997",
- price = "US\$39.75",
- series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
- acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
- keywords = "LaTeX (Computer file); Computerized typesetting.;
- PostScript (Computer program language); Scientific
- illustration -- Computer programs.; Mathematics
- printing -- Computer programs.; Technical publishing --
- Computer programs.",
-}
-
-@Book{Goossens:1999:LWC,
- author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz",
- title = "The {\LaTeX} {Web} companion: integrating {\TeX},
- {HTML}, and {XML}",
- publisher = pub-AW-LONGMAN,
- address = pub-AW-LONGMAN:adr,
- pages = "xxii + 522",
- year = "1999",
- ISBN = "0-201-43311-7",
- LCCN = "QA76.76.H94G66 1999",
- bibdate = "Thu Jun 03 09:32:08 1999",
- note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert S.
- Sutor.",
- price = "US\$36.95",
- series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting",
- acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
-}
-
-@Book{Walsh:1994:MTW,
- author = "Norman Walsh",
- title = "Making {\TeX} Work",
- publisher = pub-ORA,
- address = pub-ORA:adr,
- pages = "xxxvi + 483",
- year = "1994",
- ISBN = "1-56592-051-1",
- bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:24:59 1994",
- price = "US\$29.95",
- acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
-}
-
-@Book{Graetzer:2000:ML,
- author = "George Gr{\"a}tzer",
- title = "Math into {\LaTeX}",
- publisher = pub-BIRKHAUSER # " and " # pub-SV,
- address = pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr # " and " # pub-SV:adr,
- edition = "Third",
- pages = "xxv + 584",
- year = "2000",
- ISBN = "0-8176-4131-9, 3-7643-4131-9",
- LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000",
- bibdate = "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001",
- price = "US\$49.95",
- acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
- keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur);
- Mathematics printing -- Computer programs; Computerized
- typesetting; Mathematiques -- Impression -- Logiciels;
- Composition automatique (Industries graphiques)",
-}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index
deleted file mode 100644
index ffef9e88d34..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11553 +0,0 @@
-=======================================================================
- @ASCII-file{
- filename = "TeX-index",
- version = "1.06",
- date = "22 December 1992",
- time = "18:29:27 EST",
- author = "David M. Jones",
- address = "MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
- Room NE43-316
- 545 Technology Square
- Cambridge, MA 02139
- USA",
- telephone = "(617) 253-5936",
- FAX = "(617) 253-3480",
- checksum = "10254 11553 46236 367136",
- email = "dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu (Internet)",
- codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
- keywords = "TeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, etc., macros",
- supported = "yes",
- docstring = "This is a catalogue of TeX macros. The most recent
- version is always available from theory.lcs.mit.edu in
- the directory pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt.
-
- Copies can also be obtained from the following
- locations:
-
- ftp.tex.ac.uk:pub/archive/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt
- ftp.th-darmstadt.de:
- pub/tex/documentation/tex-styles-and-macros.txt[.Z]
- ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/soft/tex/documentation/TeX-index
- ftp.SHSU.edu:[fileserv.tex-index]tex.index
- ymir.claremont.edu:[anonymous.tex.documentation]tex-index.txt
-
- ftp.cs.ruu.nl:pub/TEX/DOC/TeX-index.Z
- ftp.math.utah.edu:pub/tex/tex-index
- ftp.diku.dk:pub/TeX/misc/TeX-Index.Z
-
- The Catalogue is also available on SPAN at node 39003 in
- 39003::$1$dia1:[tex]0000tex-index
-
- The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 checksum as
- the first value, followed by the equivalent of the
- standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines,
- words, and characters. This is produced by Robert
- Solovay's checksum utility.",
- }
-========================================================================
- A CATALOGUE OF TEX MACROS
-
-INTRODUCTION
-
-This is a catalogue of TeX macros. Its scope includes all macros that
-are available via anonymous ftp or mail-server or some similar
-mechanism. Commercial packages will be included only if a full
-Catalogue entry is supplied to me by the vendor.
-
-In this, its first incarnation, the Catalogue is heavily slanted towards
-the ymir and SHSU archives, in the sense that most of the entries have
-been drawn from the packages at those sites. Although I have included a
-significant amount of material from the Stuttgart archive, I've fallen
-far short of exhausting its wealth of macros, and the excellent Aston
-archive is hardly represented at all. I hope to remedy both of these
-shortcomings in the near future.
-
-In addition to the archives just mentioned, a number of smaller, more
-specialized archives are also represented. For example, e-math.ams.com
-is the home of all the official AMS macro packages, including AMS-TeX,
-AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts package. Similarly, dhdspri6.bitnet is the
-home of all official Springer-Verlag macros.
-
-Since the Catalogue is devoted to macros, fonts and special-purpose
-programs are mentioned only when they are necessary to explain the
-purpose of a set of macros. For a list of fonts, I recommend Liam R. E.
-Quin's list of metafonts [1]. For a list of TeX implementations and
-other programs, see Bobby Bodenheimer's frequently-asked questions list
-[2] and Guoying Chen's supplement [3].
-
-Each entry is divided into a number of fields, with the following
-functions:
-
-Name: The name of the macro package, usually the same as the name of the
- file containing it.
-
-Description: A short (usually 1-3 line) description of what the package
- does.
-
-Keywords: A list of keywords to facilitate searching for special-purpose
- macros, as well as to help describe the macros. A glossary of
- keywords can be found at the end of the file.
-
-Archives: A list of archives where the package can be found. Whenever
- known, the primary distribution site is marked with an asterisk.
- This list is not meant to be comprehensive. Instead, priority is
- given to the ymir, Aston, SHSU, Stuttgart and Utrecht archives.
- When the archive is well-known and has a significant collection of
- macros, I refer to it by an abbreviated name and give complete
- information about the archive in the "List of TeX Archives" at the
- end of the Catalogue. In many cases, however, an ftp site serves as
- the home of only one package, in which case I include the full name
- of the archive in the "Archives" field and don't include a full
- listing for it below.
-
-Author: The name and address (preferably electronic) of the author of
- the package. All email addresses, including JANET addresses, have
- been normalized to little-endian order.
-
-Bugs to: The address where bug reports should be sent, if this is
- different from the address(es) listed in the Author field.
- Currently (version 1.06 of the TeX Macro Index), this is only used
- for files in the standard LaTeX distribution. These files are being
- maintained by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, but all bug
- reports should be sent to latex-help@cs.stanford.edu.
-
-Latest Version: The date and/or version number of the latest release of
- the package.
-
-Supported: Whether or not the package is supported, that is, whether the
- author wants to receive bug reports and/or comments on the package.
- Note that in most cases the author of a "supported" package does not
- promise to fix bugs or answer questions about the package. The only
- promise is that the author won't get mad if you send a bug report.
- In addition, it means that the author would like to hear about any
- improvements or additions to the macros. In fact, some authors only
- want to hear about improvements: they will accept bug fixes but will
- not necessarily answer bug reports.
-
-See also: A list of other packages with similar features.
-
-Note: Any additional information which seems pertinent.
-
-Needless to say, the Catalogue is bound to contain numerous small errors
-and omissions and, most likely, not a few large ones. I've tried to
-indicate some of the larger gaps that I am aware of, and I'll be working
-to close these gaps as time permits. However, I would appreciate
-hearing about any errors or omissions in the information below. I would
-especially appreciate it if authors of macros would send me full entries
-for their packages. I'll continue creating entries on my own, but the
-task will be greatly simplified if I receive ready-made entries, rather
-than having to retrieve the files and process them by myself. I'll
-attempt to answer all mail sent to me, but please keep in mind that it
-might take me some time to do so.
-
-Whenever possible, I asked the authors these packages to verify the
-information listed. I'm grateful to those who responded. In a few
-cases I didn't have time to follow up on the information that authors
-supplied me, but, again, I'll do this as soon as time permits.
-
-I'd like to thank the following people for reading a preliminary version
-of the Catalogue and commenting on it:
-
-Ravinder Bhumbla
-David Carlisle
-Steve Fisk
-Graham O'Neil
-Eric Schenk
-Dave Steiner
-Dominik Wujastyk
-
-They provided me with numerous helpful comments and suggestions.
-Unfortunately, lack of time once again prevented me from implementing
-all of their ideas for this first release of the Catalogue, but I will
-be working on them for future versions of the Catalogue.
-
-My thanks also goes out to George Greenwade and Nelson Beebe for helping
-me get connected to the community of TeX archivers and for answering
-numerous questions.
-
-Finally, I extend my special thanks to Barbara Beeton for her constant
-support and encouragement. Without her always gentle nudges, this
-project would probably have become moribund on a number of occasions.
-
-David.
-
-REFERENCES
-
-[1] Complete list of all metafont-format fonts in the world. Liam R.
-E. Quin <lee@sq.sq.com>. Posted bi-monthly to comp.text.tex and
-comp.fonts.
-
-[2] TeX, LaTeX, etc.: Frequently Asked Questions with Answers [Monthly].
-Bobby Bodenheimer. Posted monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available on
-most of the major TeX archives.
-
-[3] Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions. Guoying Chen. Posted
-monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available by anonymous ftp from
-cs.nyu.edu (128.122.140.24) in the pub/tex/tex.supplement.
-
-===========================================================================
-The Catalogue is divided into a rough hierarchy based on macro package.
-I hope to refine the division in the future, but for now here is the
-list of headings:
-
-%%Section 1: AMS-TEX
-%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution
-%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files
-%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles
-%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files
-%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX
-%%Section 3: EPLAIN
-%%Section 4: FOILTEX
-%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution
-%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files
-%%Section 5: INRSTEX
-%%Section 6: LATEX
-%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution
-%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles
-%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options
-%%Section 6.1.3: Other
-%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files
-%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme
-%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files
-%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros
-%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project
-%%Section 6.5: REVTeX
-%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles
-%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options
-%%Section 6.8: Other
-%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX
-%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX
-%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX
-%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros
-%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX
-%%Section 9: SLITEX
-%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution
-%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files
-%%Section 10: PHYSE
-%%Section 11: PHYZZX
-%%Section 12: TEXT1
-%%Section 13: TEXSIS
-%%Section 14: YTEX
-%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS
-%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros
-%%Section 15.2: PicTeX
-%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX
-%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS
-%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES
-%%Section 19: OTHER
-
-LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES
-
-GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS
-
-APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT
-
-COMING ATTRACTIONS
-***************************************************************************
-
-%%Section 1: AMS-TEX
-
-%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution
-
-Name: amstex.tex
-Description: AMS-TeX is the American Mathematical Society's macros for
- simplifying the typesetting of complex mathematical material.
- AMS-TeX is meant to be used with plain TeX. For corresponding
- support for LaTeX, see AMS-LaTeX.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, math
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
-Note: The AMS-TeX distribution includes a readme file, a user's guide
- (amsguide.tex) and installation notes (amstinst.tex).
-See also: AMS-LaTeX
-
-Name: amsppt.sty (.doc)
-Description: AMS-TeX article preprint document style.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1a, 22 Jan 1992
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
-See also: amsppt1.tex
-
-Name: amsppt1.tex
-Description: AMS-TeX conversion file to provide compatibility between
- amsppt.sty version 1 and amsppt.sty version 2.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1b, 2 Aug 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
-See also: amsppt.sty
-
-Name: amssym.tex
-Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the AMS symbol
- fonts (msam and msbm). If not used with AMS-TeX, amssym.tex must be
- used with amssym.def (q.v.).
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
-See also: amssym.def, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amssymbl.sty,
- amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty
-
-
-%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files
-
-%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles
-
-Name: amamult.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting
- multi-author mathematics books.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, book,
- multi-author, mathematics
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Jun 1991
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, amamult.doc, an
- example file, amamult.dem, and a readme file.
-See also: lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
-
-Name: amstexsiam.sty
-Description: Unofficial AMS-TeX document style for producing papers for
- SIAM journals.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, SIAM, journal, article
-Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold
- <dna@emmy.umd.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.1, 31 Jan 1990
-Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* (in netlib/typesetting/amstex)
-Note: The amstexsiam package includes a documentation file (siamdoc.tex)
- and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with
- version 2.0 of AMS-TeX.
-See also: siam.sty
-
-Name: imappt.sty
-Description: AMS-TeX document style used by the Institute of Mathematics
- and its Applications for typesetting its preprints.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, article, publisher style
-Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold
- <dna@emmy.umd.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.2
-Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]*
-Note: The imappt package includes a documentation file (imapptdoc.tex)
- and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with
- version 2.0 of AMS-TeX???
-
-Name: jfpppt.sty
-Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style which extends amsppt.sty to
- mimic the style of The Journal of Functional Programming (JFP).
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style, amsppt
-Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1, 22 Mar 1992
-Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc]
-
-Name: jnsams.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting
- articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- journal
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 16 July 1990
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsa.doc, an example
- file, jnsa.dem, and a readme file.
-See also: jns.sty, jns.cmm
-
-Name: lncs.sty
-Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style for submissions to
- Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, article, publisher style,
- camera-ready
-Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1.25, 25 Jan 1992 [beta]
-Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc]
-
-Name: osudeG.sty
-Description: Macros for formatting proceedings volumes of the Ohio
- State University Math Research Institute series. Unlimited
- distribution with few provisos. Provides editorial facilities
- (for proofing), good pagebreaks near headings, quality typography
- with Adobe Type1 fonts, sophisticated mathsurround. For Plain TeX
- and AMS-TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX
-Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> with numerous
- contributions by Walter.D. Neumann.
-Supported: yes
-First Version: 1990
-Latest Version: July 1992
-Note: Includes user guide and several auxiliary files.
-Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu* [128.146.7.200], matups.matups.fr*
- [192.54.146.4]
-
-
-%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files
-
-Name: pptfixes.tex
-Description: Bug fixes for the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
-Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
-Supported: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
-Latest Version: v1.23, 22 Jan 1992
-Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
-
-Name: review.sty
-Description: A set of macros for TeXing Mathematical Reviews text files.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: xfixed.tex
-Description: Fixed/verbatim format for AMS-TeX.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, verbatim
-Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 [beta]
-Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
-
-Name: xppt.sty
-Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX document style amsppt.sty.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
-Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 1992
-Archives: aston
-Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.)
-
-Name: xppt.tex
-Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style and compatible
- styles: supports automatic table of contents, cross references,
- BibTeX bibliographies, and automatic numbering of sections, theorems
- and captions.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
-Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992
-Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
-
-
-%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX
-
-Name: AMS-LaTeX
-Description: AMS-LaTeX is a synthesis of the LaTeX macro package and the
- AMS-TeX macro package which combines the document structure of LaTeX
- with the sophisticated math typesetting capabilities of AMS-TeX. It
- is implemented as a set of document styles and style options for
- LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, NFSS
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-Note: The AMS-LaTeX distribution includes a user's guide (amslatex.tex),
- and two sets of test files (testbook.tex and testart.tex).
-See also: AMS-TeX
-
-Name: amsart.sty
-Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for papers submitted to AMS
- journals.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, article, journal, NFSS, publisher style
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1b, 31 Jul 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: amsbook.sty
-Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for books submitted to the AMS.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, book, NFSS, publisher style
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1b, 2 Aug 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: amsbsy.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing bold math
- symbols, either by using the appropriate bold math font or by
- simulating them with a "poor man's bold" macro.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, bold symbol, math symbol, pmb, NFSS
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-Note: amsbsy.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
-
-Name: amscd.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that adapts the commutative
- diagram macros of AMS-TeX for use in LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, commutative diagrams
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-Note: amscd.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
-
-Name: amsfonts.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides access to the
- AMS math fonts (msam, msbm and eufm), but doesn't actually define
- control sequences for all the individual characters (see
- amssymb.sty).
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, amsfonts, msam, msbm, eufm, blackboard bold,
- NFSS
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1a, 3 Sep 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-Note: amsfonts.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
-See also: amssymb.sty
-
-Name: amssymb.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines names for all the
- symbols in the AMS math fonts (msam and msbm).
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, math symbol, amsfonts, msam, msbm, NFSS
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-Note: amssymb.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
-See also: amsfonts.sty
-
-Name: amstex.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which adapts most of the
- mathematical macros of AMS-TeX for use with LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, AMS-TeX, math, NFSS
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: amstext.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the AMS-LaTeX
- \text command, which makes it easy to incorporate fragments of text
- inside a displayed equation or a sub or superscript. Font sizes are
- automatically scaled in sub/superscripts.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-Note: amstext.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
-
-Name: ctagsplt.sty
-Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option that allows the position of
- equation numbers for the [AMS-TeX] `split' environment to be changed
- from top left (or bottom right if the `righttag' option is in use)
- to vertically centered on the total height of the split equation.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: intlim.sty
-Description: AMS-LaTeX option which changes the placement of `limits' on
- integrals from `on the right side' to `above and below'.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, integral, limits
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: nonamelm.sty
-Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which switches sub and
- superscripts for `operator names' from `above and below' to the
- right side in a displayed equation.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, operatorname
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: nosumlim.sty
-Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement
- of limits for sums and other cumulative operators from above and
- below to on the side.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, summation, sum, limits
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: righttag.sty
-Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement
- of equation numbers from the left margin to the right margin.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
-
-
-%%Section 3: EPLAIN
-
-Name: eplain.tex
-Description: Macros to expand and extend the plain TeX macros by adding
- support for bibliographies, tables of contents, enumerated lists,
- verbatim input of files, numbered equations, tables, two-column
- output, footnotes and commutative diagrams.
-Keywords: plain TeX, bibliography, BibTeX, lists, verbatim, TOC, xrefs,
- autonumbering, table, multi-column, footnotes, two-column
-Author: Karl Berry et al. <karl@cs.umb.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1, 25 March 1992
-Archives: umb* [pub/tex/eplain], ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu
-Note: eplain comes with extensive documentation and example files.
-See also: btxmac.tex
-
-Name: arrow.tex
-Description: Macros for arrow theoretic diagrams.
-Keywords: plain TeX, eplain
-Author: Steven T. Smith <smith@hrl.harvard.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Jan 1992
-Archives: umb*
-
-Name: Card.tex
-Description: Macros for creating greeting cards in TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, eplain, card, dvips, rotate
-Author: William McKeehan <mckeehan@utkux1.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0
-Archives: mathsun17.math.utk.edu:/pub/tex/card.tex* [128.169.200.117]
-Note: Requires eplain.tex (q.v.), rotate.tex (q.v.) and dvips.
-
-
-%%Section 4: FOILTEX
-
-Name: FoilTeX
-Description: FoilTeX is a LaTeX-like macro package (and misc. other
- files) for making transparencies (foils, slides, etc.). It is
- fundamentally similar to SliTeX but has some major structural
- differences.
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, slides
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-Note: Package includes a readme file (README.flt), a user's manual
- (foildoc.tex (q.v.)), and sample file (sampfoil.tex (q.v.)).
-See also: colordvi.tex, blackdvi.tex
-
-%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution
-
-Name: fltplain.tex
-Description: Primary file for building the FoilTeX format fltplain.fmt.
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fmt, slides
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX
-
-Name: fltfonts.tex
-Description: Font selection for building the FoilTeX format
- fltplain.fmt.
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fonts. OFSS
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX
-
-Name: foils.sty
-Description: Main document style for use with the FoilTeX format
- fltplain.fmt.
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 92
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
-
-Name: foil17.sty
-Description: 17 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
- (q.v.).
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
-
-Name: foil20.sty
-Description: 20 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
- (q.v.).
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
-
-Name: foil25.sty
-Description: 25 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
- (q.v.).
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil30.sty
-
-Name: foil30.sty
-Description: 30 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
- (q.v.).
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty
-
-Name: foildoc.tex
-Description: Documentation for FoilTeX in LaTeX form.
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX
-
-Name: foilfont.tex
-Description: Simple file to test font availability for using FoilTeX.
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX
-
-Name: sampfoil.tex
-Description: Large sample file for FoilTeX.
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX, foil*.sty, colordvi.[tex,sty] (in this section)
-
-%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files
-
-Name: PSFonts.sty
-Description: Document style option for using PostScript fonts in FoilTeX
- and LaTeX under the Old Font Selection Scheme with dvips.
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, PostScript, OFSS
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX
-Note: These are revisions of the files by the same names as included
- with Rokicki's dvips program. The are completely compatible with
- Rokicki's versions in LaTeX with the old font selection scheme. Use
- these version if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the
- OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX. The files in this part of
- the package include psfonts.sty, avantgarde.sty, bookman.sty,
- chancery.sty, helvetica.sty, ncs.sty, palatino.sty, times.sty.
-
-Name: amssymbl.sty
-Description: For using AMS-TeX fonts msam, msbm and eufm in FoilTeX or
- LaTeX with the Old Font Selection Scheme.
-Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, msam, msbm, eufm, OFSS
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX, amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty,
- amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
-Note: Use this file if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the
- OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX (also not necessary since
- LaTeX-NFSS can use other files for the same purpose).
-
-
-%%Section 5: INRSTEX
-
-Name: inrstex.tex
-Description: INRSTeX is a complete document preparation package,
- including graphics for document preparation. It was designed from
- the beginning for use in a bilingual (French/English) environment.
-Keywords: plain TeX, inrstex, EPSF, graphics, French
-Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>, (514) 765-7834
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Aug 1991
-Archives: aldebaran.insl.mcgill.ca* [132.206.94.5], shsu
- /pub/inrstex/pc directory for the pc and
- /pub/inrstex/unix for the unix version.
-
-
-%%Section 6: LATEX
-
-%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution
-
-%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles
-
-Name: article.sty (.doc)
-Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting articles.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and R.
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-Note: The original version was written by Leslie Lamport.
-See also: art10.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty, artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty,
- artikel3.sty
-
-Name: book.sty (.doc)
-Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting books.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 92
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: bk10.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty, boek.sty
-
-Name: letter.sty (.doc)
-Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting letters.
-Keywords: LaTeX, letter
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: brief.sty
-
-Name: report.sty (.doc)
-Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting reports.
-Keywords: LaTeX, report
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: rep10.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty, rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty
-
-
-%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options
-
-Name: art10.sty (.doc)
-Description: 10 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
- style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: article.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty
-
-Name: art11.sty (.doc)
-Description: 11 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
- style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art12.sty
-
-Name: art12.sty (.doc)
-Description: 12 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
- style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art11.sty
-
-Name: bezier.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX picture environment macro for plotting quadratic
- Bezier curves.
-Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, Bezier
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 17 Dec 85
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: bk10.sty (.doc)
-Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: book.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty
-
-Name: bk11.sty (.doc)
-Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk12.sty
-
-Name: bk12.sty (.doc)
-Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk11.sty
-
-Name: fleqn.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for making displayed math
- environments flush left.
-Keywords: LaTeX, math, flushleft
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 4 Nov 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: ifthen.sty (.doc)
-Description: Defines an \ifthenelse macro for LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: leqno.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause displayed equation
- labels appear on the left.
-Keywords: LaTeX, math
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 29 Sep 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: makeidx.sty (.doc)
-Description: Defines \see and \printindex commands for producing an
- index with LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, index
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 21 Oct 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: openbib.sty (.doc)
-Description: Produces the "open" bibliography style, in which each block
- of a bibliography entry starts on a new line, and succeeding lines
- in a block are indented by \bibindent.
-Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: proc.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
- produce camera-ready conference proceedings.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 26 Feb 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: rep10.sty (.doc)
-Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, report
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: report.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty
-
-Name: rep11.sty (.doc)
-Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, report
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep12.sty
-
-Name: rep12.sty (.doc)
-Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, report
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep11.sty
-
-Name: showidx.sty (.doc)
-Description: Prints \index entries in outer margin. For use with book or
- report style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, index
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: titlepag.sty (.doc)
-Description: Causes the \maketitle command and the abstract environment
- each to produce a separate page. For use with the article document
- style only.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, titlepage
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: twocolum.sty (.doc)
-Description: Produces two-column pages in LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, two-column
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 27 Jan 1985
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-
-%%Section 6.1.3: Other
-
-Name: addendum.tex
-Description: Errata and additions to the LaTeX manual. Includes all
- errors and omissions reported by 31 October 1991.
-Keywords: LaTeX, manual
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 31 Oct 1990
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: idx.tex
-Description: A LaTeX input file for printing .IDX files.
-Keywords: LaTeX, index
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 22 Jan 1985
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: lablst.tex
-Description: A LaTeX input file for printing label definitions.
-Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 24 Nov 1984
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: latex.tex
-Description: The main body of LaTeX macros.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: lfonts.tex
-Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: lplain.tex
-Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: tryfonts.tex
-Description: A LaTeX input file for trying out fonts in various sizes.
-Keywords: LaTeX, fonts
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 11 Nov 1986
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-
-%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files
-
-%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme
-
-Name: New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS)
-Description: The NFSS is an improved font selection scheme for LaTeX and
- plain TeX (see plainfsl.tex). It implements a scheme that allows
- changing the family, series, shape and size of the fonts
- independently. It also vastly simplifies the task of adding support
- for a new font.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, NFSS, font
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, aston, utrecht, shsu
-Note: The basic macros for the NFSS are found in the files lfonts.new,
- basefont.tex, fontdef.max, fontdef.ori, preload.med, preload.min and
- preload.ori. Documentation and installation notes are provided in
- the files readme.mz, readme.mz3, nfss.bug, nfss.tex, nfssinst.tex
- and nfssprob.tex. The New Font Selection Scheme and the LaTeX
- interface were described in a pair of TUGboat articles: "A new font
- selection scheme for TeX macro packages---the basic macros" by Frank
- Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, TUGboat 10(2): 222--238, July 1989,
- and "Reprint: The new font family selection---User interface to
- standard LaTeX" by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf, TUGboat
- 11(2): 297--305, June 1990.
-
-Name: concrete.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX style for for accessing the Concrete Roman fonts used
- in "Concrete Mathematics" by Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren
- Patashnik.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0h, 20 Jun 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
-
-Name: dclfont.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the DC fonts under
- the New Font Selection Scheme.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, EC/DC
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, aston
-
-Name: euscript.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the Euler script
- fonts (eusm and eusb).
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, amsfonts
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0g, 20 Jun 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
-
-Name: excale.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that implements scaling of the
- math extension font `cmex' under the New Font Selection Scheme.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math, cmex
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0c, 20 Jun 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
-
-Name: lfonts.new
-Description: The basic macros for the New Font Selection Scheme for
- LaTeX. This is a replacement for lfonts.tex.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
-
-Name: margid.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the New Font
- Selection Scheme. It defines all <math alphabet identifiers> (such
- as \bf, \rm, etc.) to take one argument. E.g., $\rm text$ would
- produce a roman "t" and math italics "ext", while $\rm{text}$ would
- produce an all-roman "text".
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
-See also: nomargid.sty
-
-Name: newlfont.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the new font
- selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
-See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty
-
-Name: nomargid.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines all <math
- alphabet identifiers> (such as \bf, \rm, etc.) to switch fonts
- rather than taking an argument. This provides compability with the
- old LaTeX syntax, rather than the default syntax of the New Font
- Selection Scheme (see margid.sty).
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
-See also: margid.sty
-
-Name: oldlfont.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the old font
- selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
-See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty
-
-Name: scripts.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style that implements \ssp and \ssb macros
- for typesetting simple superscripts and subscripts in text mode.
- Requires the NFSS.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, superscript, subscript
-Author: Wayne G. Sullivan <wsulivan@irlearn.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.02, 14 Aug 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, aston, shsu, ymir, utrecht
-
-Name: syntonly.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \syntaxonly
- macro for suppressing all output and providing quick syntax checking
- of a document.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, syntax checking
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0e, 5 Apr 1990
-Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
-
-Name: tracefnt.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a \tracingfonts
- macro to trace font usage with the New Font Selection Scheme.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
- Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0r, 27 Aug 1990
-Archives: stuttgart, ymir, aston, shsu
-
-
-%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files
-
-Name: array.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which reimplements the array
- and tabular environments.
-Keywords: LaTeX, array
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1b, 06 July 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
-Note: Version 2.1 includes most of the now defunct newarray.sty.
-
-Name: doc.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for mixing documentation with
- code in LaTeX style files.
-Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.7k, 24 Aug 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
-See also: docstrip.tex, newdoc.sty
-
-Name: ftnright.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to position footnotes at the
- bottom of the right-hand column in a multiple-column document. For
- use with multicol.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, output, footnotes
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0d, 19 Jun 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
-See also: multicol.sty
-
-Name: multicol.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in multiple
- columns, including the ability to change the number of columns in
- the middle of a page.
-Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.4m, 4 Sep 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
-
-Name: newdoc.sty (.doc)
-Description: Updates or test modifications to the LaTeX document-style
- option doc.sty. This is currently identical to doc.doc.
-Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 24 Aug 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
-See also: doc.sty
-
-Name: thb.sty (.doc)
-Description: "Break" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
- Causes the theorem header to be followed by a line break.
-Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
-See also: theorem.sty
-
-Name: thc.sty (.doc)
-Description: "Change" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
- Causes the header number to appear before the header text, i.e., "3
- Theorem" instead of "Theorem 3."
-Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1b, 28 Nov 1989
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
-See also: theorem.sty
-
-Name: thcb.sty (.doc)
-Description: "Change-break" document-style option for use with
- theorem.sty. This is a combination of the "break" (thb.sty) and
- "change" (thc.sty) options (q.v.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
-See also: theorem.sty
-
-Name: theorem.sty (.doc)
-Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX \newtheorem command to
- provide greater flexibility in specifying the format of theorem-like
- environments.
-Keywords: LaTeX, theorem, math
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1c, 22 Jun 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
-Note: Also distributed with AMS-LaTeX.
-See also: thb.sty, thc.sty, thcb.sty, thm.sty, thmb.sty, thp.sty
-
-Name: thm.sty (.doc)
-Description: "Margin" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
- Causes the number to be set in the left margin.
-Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
-See also: theorem.sty
-
-Name: thmb.sty (.doc)
-Description: "Margin-break" document-style option for use with
- theorem.sty. Combination of the "margin" (thm.sty) and "break"
- (thb.sty) theorem styles.
-Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1c, 17 Feb 1990
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
-See also: theorem.sty
-
-Name: thp.sty (.doc)
-Description: "Plain" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
- This emulates the original LaTeX theorem environments.
-Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
-Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
-See also: theorem.sty
-
-Name: verbatim.sty
-Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX verbatim and verbatim*
- environments. Also defines a robust comment environment for
- ignoring large sections of a document.
-Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, comment
-Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <schoepf@sc.zib-berlin.dbp.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.4i, 20 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, aston, ymir, shsu
-
-
-%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros
-
-Name: psnfss
-Description: LaTeX support for using PostScript fonts under the New Font
- Selection Scheme. The font names used are those widely promulgated
- by Karl Berry and found in dvips; the package depends upon virtual
- fonts to map between the default Computer Modern layout and the
- standard PostScript layout. Optional support is provided for
- scaling the PostScript fonts so that their x-heights match the
- x-heights of the corresponding CM fonts. Support is provided for
- building new formats based on PostScript fonts, but you can also use
- most of the style files without building a new format file, as long
- as you are using the New Font Selection Scheme.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript, dvips, virtual fonts
-Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.2, 12 April 1992
-Note: Style files are provided for using the following PostScript fonts
- as the main text font: AvantGarde, Baskerville, Bembo, Bookman,
- Garamond, Helvetica, lucida, NewCenturySchoolbook, Optima, Palatino,
- Times-Roman. Style files are also provided for loading the Zapf
- Chancery and Zapf Dingbat fonts, as well as for using the Lucida
- math fonts in place of the Computer Modern math fonts. A
- documentation file, psnfss.tex, is included. There are also
- numerous supporting files.
-Archives: aston*, stuttgart
-
-
-%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project
-
-Name: Babel
-Description: Babel is a multilingual style-option for adapting the
- standard LaTeX document styles for use with non-English languages.
- It consists of a collection of common macros and a series of
- language-specific document-style options. The standard distribution
- includes the following common files and documentation: babel.doc
- (the documentation for the whole system), babel.bug (a list of bug
- reports and fixes) babel.com, babel.readme (which contains
- installation notes), babel.hyphen, babel.switch, babel22.switch,
- babel32.switch, hyphen.doc, language.dat, latexhax.com,
- latexhax.doc.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-Note: A description of the Babel system was published in TUGboat
- 12(2):291--301, June 1991.
-
-Name: catalan.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Catalan.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Catalan
-Author: Gon\c{c}al Badenes <goncal@cnm.uab.es>, <goncal@ssws1.cnm.es>
-Supported: Yes?
-Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1991
-Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel
-
-Name: croatian.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Croatian.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Croatian
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: cyrillic.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option for use in conjunction with
- russian.sty to provide support for typesetting in Russian. This is
- meant for use with the cmcyr fonts.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic, cmcyr, NFSS
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and Werenfried Spit
- <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 27 May 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: czech.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in the Czech language.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Czech
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: danish.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Danish.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Danish
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0a, 2 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: dutch.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Dutch.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Dutch
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.2b, 16 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: english.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in American or British English.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, English
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: esperanto.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Esperanto.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Esperanto
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: finnish.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Finnish.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Finnish
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: francais.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in French.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, French
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v4.2d, 20 Sep 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: germanb.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in German and the Austrian dialect of German.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, German, Austrian
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.2c, 26 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-Note: germanb.sty is based on Hubert Partl's german.sty.
-
-Name: italian.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Italian.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0e, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-Note: The original version of this file was written by Maurizio Codogno,
- <urcm@ur785.cselt.stet.it>.
-
-Name: magyar.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Hungarian.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Hungarian
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: norsk.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Norwegian. Support is also provided for the new
- spelling variant `nynorsk' of Norwegian.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Norwegian
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: portuges.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Portuguese, including the Brasilian dialect.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Portuguese
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: romanian.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Romanian.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Romanian
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: russian.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Russian. Meant to be used with cyrillic.sty (q.v.)
- and the cmcyr fonts.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.1b, 22 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: slovene.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Slovenian.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Slovenian
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: spanish.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Spanish.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Spanish
-Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0a, 26 Nov 1991
-Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel, tex-nl, stuttgart,
- aston, utrecht
-
-Name: swedish.sty (.doc)
-Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
- typesetting in Swedish.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Swedish
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-
-%%Section 6.5: REVTeX
-
-Name: revtex.sty
-Description: REVTeX is the official LaTeX macro package for preparing
- manuscripts for producing manuscripts for the American Physical
- Society's Physical Review A, B, C and D, as well as Physical Review
- Letters. (Many AIP journals also accept REVTEX manuscripts.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
- style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 27 Oct 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-Note: The REVTeX package includes a README file, a users manual
- (apguide.tex) and three sample files (smplea.tex, smpleb.tex and
- smplec.tex).
-See also: aps.sty, aps10.sty, aps12.sty, eqsecnum.sty, preprint.sty
-
-Name: aps.sty
-Description: The American Physical Society document style for use with
- REVTeX to produce papers for Physical Review.
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
- style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 28 Oct 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-
-Name: aps10.sty
-Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to
- produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review.
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
- style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-
-Name: aps12.sty
-Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to
- produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review.
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
- style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-
-Name: osa.sty
-Description: REVTeX Document-style option for typeseting papers for
- Optical Society of America (OSA) journals.
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, OSA, physics, journal, publisher style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-
-Name: osa10.sty
-Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with osa.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-
-Name: osa12.sty
-Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with osa.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-
-Name: osabib.sty
-Description: REVTeX bibliography style to produce bibliographies in the
- format required by Optical Society of America journals.
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-
-Name: prabib.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 14 Sep 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-
-Name: prbbib.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 29 Sep 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-
-Name: prsty.bst
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-
-Name: version2.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
-Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 17 Sep 1992
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
-
-%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles
-
-Name: aaai.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for preparing papers for the
- Proceedings of AAAI-88.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
-Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 5 Apr 1988
-Archives: ymir
-Note: The AAAI package includes a documentation file, aaai-doc.tex. The
- most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail to
- macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
-
-Name: abstr_collect.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style that allows multiple articles to be
- collected together in one document.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 15 Aug 1991
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-Note: abstr_collect.tex
-
-Name: accarticle.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for the proceedings of the IEEE
- American Control Conference.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
-Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 6 Feb 1992
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-
-Name: acm.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for ACM conference proceedings papers.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready
-Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 23 Apr 89
-Archives:
-See also: acmconf.sty, acmproc.sty, acm.bst
-
-Name: acmconf.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for producing two-column camera-ready
- papers for ACM conferences, according to ACM specifications.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready, two-column
-Author: Ken Traub
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 16 Mar 1988
-Archives:
-See also: acm.sty, acmproc.sty
-
-Name: acsarticle.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for preparing manuscripts in
- accordance with the formatting instructions of the journal Advances
- in Control Systems.
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 22 May 1991
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: acs.bst
-
-%% Name: aimemo.sty
-
-Name: artikel1.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
- with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with
- article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
-Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
- ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
-See also: artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
- rapport3.sty
-
-Name: artikel2.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
- with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 2. Compatible with
- article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.14, 21 Dec 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
-Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
- ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
-See also: artikel1.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
- rapport3.sty
-
-Name: artikel3.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
- with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip
- and zero parindent). Compatible with article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
-Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
- ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
-See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
- rapport3.sty
-
-Name: asaetr.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
-Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
-Archives: shsu*
-Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
-See also: asaesub.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf
-
-Name: automatica.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for Automatica, the Journal of the
- International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC). To be used
- with ifac9.sty (q.v.).
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 24 Jun 1992
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
-Note: Comes with a sample file, automatica.tex.
-
-Name: boek.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for producing a book compatible with
- Dutch typesetting conventions. Compatible with book.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book, Dutch, NTG
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.03, 19 Feb 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
-Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
- ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
-See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, brief.sty,
- rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty
-
-Name: bookform.sty
-Description: MIL-STD-490 bookform document style for LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book, milstd
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
-Archives: ymir
-See also: bf10.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty, extradefs.tex, milstd.sty
-Note: extradefs.sty is required. Comes with a sample file,
- bookform.tex.
-
-Name: brief.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for Dutch letters.
-Keywords: LaTeX, letter, Dutch, NTG
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.06, 24 Mar 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
-Note: Includes sample file (brief.tex) and documentation (briefdoc.tex),
- both in Dutch.
-See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, rapport1.sty,
- rapport3.sty, bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac,
- letter.tex, lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
-
-Name: cea.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for Computers and Electronics in
- Agriculture Submissions.
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
-Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992
-Archives: shsu
-Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. This
- requires doublespace.sty and endfloat.sty from ftp.shsu.edu.
-See also: cea.bst, doublespace.sty, endfloat.sty
-
-Name: deproc.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for formatting DECUS proceedings
- articles.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, camera-ready, two-column
-Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 24 Apr 86
-Archives: ymir
-Note: documentation in deprocldc.tex
-
-Name: elsevier.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for producing camera-ready articles
- according to instructions of the ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS B.V.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, EUROSIM proceedings, camera ready, publisher
- style
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0-, 29 Jun 1992
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
-
-Name: fac.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for submissions to the Springer-Verlag
- journal Formal Aspects of Computing.
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, publisher style
-Author: Christiane Notarmarco and Rod Mulvey
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.00, 27 Sep 1991
-Archives: shsu, stuttgart
-Note: Includes documentation, facguide.sty.
-
-Name: farticle.sty
-Description: French version of article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, french, article
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 15 May 1988
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Obsolete. Use Babel system or most recent version of latex.tex
- instead.
-
-Name: ifacarticle.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting papers for the
- Proceedings of the International Federation of Automatic Control
- (IFAC) published by Pergamon press.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.2, 2 Dec 1991
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-Note: The IFAC package includes two sample files, ifacsample.tex and
- sample.bib.
-See also: ifac.bst, ifac9.sty, ifac10.sty, ifac12.sty
-
-Name: ijcarticle.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles according to
- the formatting instructions of the International Journal of Control.
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
-Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 6 Jun 91
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ijc10.sty, ijc.bst
-
-Name: iso.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting ISO standards.
-Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
-Author: Nicholas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Includes documentation file iso-doc.sty.
-See also: iso9.sty, iso10.sty
-
-Name: jns.sty
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style for producing
- camera-ready copy for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
-Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, journal
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 16 Jul 1990
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsl.doc, and an
- example file, jnsl.dem.
-See also: jnsams.cmm
-
-Name: laa.sty
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing
- articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics.
-Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, physics,
- multi-column, two-column
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 25 Feb 1991
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, laa.doc, and an
- example file, laa.dem, and a readme file. The package also includes
- a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus list for Astronomy and
- Astrophysics. There is also a variant, laamt.sty, of the macros for
- typesetting with the Monotype Times fonts.
-
-Name: laletter.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National
- Laboratory to format letters according to the rules established in
- the LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include support for
- form letters, choice of Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice
- of Roman or typewriter typefaces, support for multiple addresses on
- a single letter, and support for a salutation, a subject line, a
- reference line, a complimentary close, a signature line, an
- enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a distribution
- list.
-Keywords: LaTeX, letter, PostScript, formletter
-Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 18 Sep 1989
-Archives: stuttgart
-Note: Package includes a README file (laletter.README), a users' manual
- (laletter.ref), and a sample file (lettest.tex). These macros were
- described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726,
- December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings).
-See also: memo.sty
-
-Name: llncs.sty
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing
- camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
-Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, LNCS,
- multi-author, book
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, llncs.doc, an
- example file, llncs.dem, and a readme file.
-
-Name: lmamult.sty
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for
- typesetting multi-author mathematics books.
-Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- multi-author, book, mathematics
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 29 Dec 89
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lmamult.doc, and an
- example file, lmamult.dem, and a readme file.
-See also: amamult.cmm, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
-
-Name: ltugboat.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for preparation of TUGboat, the
- Communications of the TeX Users Group.
-Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, two-column
-Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.14, 8 Mar 1992
-Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
-See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
-Note: requires article.sty, tugboat.cmn
-
-Name: ltugproc.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat,
- the Communications of the TeX Users Group.
-Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings, two-column
-Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.04, 8 Mar 1992
-Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
-See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugboat.cmn
-Note: ltugboat.sty, article.sty, tugboat.cmn required.
-
-Name: manual.sty
-Description: A LaTeX document style based on book.sty, which supports
- page numbering by chapter, LaTeXing only selected pages, and always
- produces right-handed odd-numbered pages (chapters start on
- right-hand pages).
-Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
-Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 4 Apr 1988
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: memo.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National
- Laboratory to format memos according to the rules established in the
- LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include choice of
- Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice of Roman or typewriter
- typefaces, support for "THRU" or "THRULESS" headers, and support for
- a subject line, a reference line, a signature line, an approval
- line, an enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a
- distribution list.
-Keywords: LaTeX, memo, PostScript
-Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 28 Mar 1990
-Archives: stuttgart
-Note: Package includes a README file (memo.README), a user's manual
- (memo.ref), and a sample file (memotest.tex). These macros were
- described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726,
- December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings).
-See also: laletter.sty
-
-Name: memo.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for memos.
-Keywords: LaTeX, memo
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 30 May 1985
-Archives: ymir
-See also: extradefs.tex, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty
-Note: extradefs.tex required
-
-Name: MEParticle.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for proceedings of Mechanical
- Engineering Publications Limited.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, conference, article
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 26 Mar 92
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
-
-Name: milstd.sty
-Description: MIL-STD-490 document style for LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: bookform.sty, extradefs.tex
-Note: extradefs.tex required
-
-Name: mit-press-book.sty
-Description: LaTeX MIT Press book document style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book, MIT Press, publisher style
-Author: <eb@oz> (Ed Barton <eb@oz.ai.mit.edu>???)
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 23 Oct 86
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: mtnsarticle.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for papers in the proceedings of
- Mathematical Theory of Network and Systems.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
-Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1 Apr 1991
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-Note: mtnssample.bib, mtnssample.tex
-
-Name: nar.sty
-Description: Modified article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: Tom Schneider
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.01, 13 Aug 1990
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: paper.sty
-Description: Double-spaced LaTeX document style suitable for producing
- college papers.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 28 Nov 89
-Archives: ymir*
-Note: Requires doublespace.sty and smaller.sty.
-
-Name: rapport1.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with
- Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with
- report.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.14, 19 March 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
-Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
- ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
-See also: voorwerk.sty
-
-Name: rapport3.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with
- Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip and
- zero parindent). Compatible with report.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.16, 7 Jan 1992
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
-Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
- ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
-See also: voorwerk.sty
-
-Name: res.sty
-Description: Resume document style for LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, resume
-Author: Michael DeCorte <mrd@sun.soe.clarkson.edu, mrd@clutx.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 26 Sep 89
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: siam.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles for SIAM
- journals.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
-Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 5 Nov 1991
-Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
- netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
-See also: amstexsiam.sty, siam10.sty, siam11.sty, siam12.sty, siam.bst,
- fixup.sty, numinsec.sty
-
-Name: spie.sty
-Description: Enhanced version of Rick Zaccone's document style for
- producing camera-ready copy for SPIE proceedings.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, SPIE, camera-ready
-Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 11 Jan 1992
-Archives: aston*
-
-Name: svlncs.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for conference proceedings printed in
- Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, publisher style
-Author: Marc Shapiro <shapiro@sor.inria.fr>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 23 Mar 1989
-Note: Obsolete: See llncs.sty.
-
-Name: USCthesis.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style for typesetting Theses or
- Dissertations in accordance with the University of Southern
- California Regulations for Format and Presentation of Theses and
- Dissertations. It provides some alternative ``bells and whistles''
- such as support for multi-volume documents.
-Keywords: LaTeX, thesis, dissertation
-Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.2, 29 Jun 1992
-Archives: shsu*
-Note: Requires Stephen Page's `doublespace' style option (or equivalent)
- in addition to the standard LaTeX `report' style.
-See also: techreport.sty
-
-Name: ucthesis.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for University of California theses.
-Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
-Author: Rusty C. Wright
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-Note: Comes with a readme file, ucthesis.doc.
-
-Name: unixman.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for producing UNIX manual pages.
-Keywords: LaTeX, manpage
-Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.4, November 9th 1991
-Archives: ymir
-See also: manpage.sty
-
-Name: utdiss.sty
-Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document style for typeseting
- dissertation for the University of Texas at Austin.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, thesis, dissertation
-Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1, Mar 1992
-Archives: ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
-Note: Comes with a documentation file (utdiss.doc) and a sample file
- (sampdiss.tex).
-
-Name: uw-thesis.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for University of Washington theses.
-Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
-Author: Jim Fox
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.5, 30 May 1990
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: xarticle.sty
-Description: Modified version of article.sty for use with art7.sty,
- art8.sty, and art9.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 16 Mar 88
-Archives: ymir
-See also: art7.sty, art8.sty, art9.sty
-
-
-%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options
-
-Name: 9pt.sty
-Description: 9 point document-style option for LaTeX article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: Patrick van der Smagt
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 17 Apr 90
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: 10pt.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers at 10pt.
- Its use is optional. But since 11pt works as a style option, it is
- is useful that 10pt works too.
-Keywords: LaTeX, fonts
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 29 May 1992
-Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
-
-Name: a4.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the page layout used
- by the standard LaTeX document styles to conform to the European A4
- standard.
-Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and N.A.F.M.
- Poppelier <N.Poppelier@elsevier.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.2a, 30 Nov 90
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, shsu
-Note: Documented with doc.sty.
-See also: a5.sty, a5comb.sty
-
-Name: a4wide.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase line width of
- standard LaTeX document styles. (Obsolete: use a4.sty (q.v.)
- instead.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout
-Author: Jean-Francois Lamy <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: Jul 1986
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-
-Name: a5.sty
-Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left,
- middle and right and top:side:bottom space = 2:3:4.
-Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: May 1992
-Archives: Aston*
-Supported: yes
-See also: a4.sty, a5comb.sty
-
-Name: a5comb.sty
-Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left and
- right, and twice the amount of centre space (for comb-bound
- documents) and top:side:bottom space = 2:2:4.
-Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: May 1992
-Archives: Aston*
-Supported: yes
-See also: a4.sty, a5.sty
-
-Name: acmproc.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
- produce ACM conference proceedings papers.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: acm.sty, acmconf.sty
-
-Name: acronym.sty
-Description: Defines macros for defining and using acronyms, including
- use of footnote and parenthesised initial usage.
-Keywords: LaTeX, acronym, footnotes
-Author: John Kewley <jk@fiveg.icl.co.uk>, <jk@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 19 Jun 1992
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: add-wes.sty
-Description: A "book" style conforming (just!) to the Addison-Wesley
- house style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, book, camera-ready
-Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1989
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: algorithm.sty
-Description: Defines a theorem-like environment for typesetting
- algorithms.
-Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm, theorm
-Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: ???
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: answers.sty
-Description: Defines \newrtheorem, and commands \Solution and \Hint
- which cause all text up to first line starting \end{Exercise} to be
- output to \jobname.sol.
-Keywords: LaTeX, solutions
-Author: M. J. Piff <MPiff@pa.shef.ac.uk>, <MPiff@ibm.shef.ac.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: agugrl.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to
- typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Geophysical
- Research Letters.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
-Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 20 Jul 87
-Note: Comes with a sample file, agugrl-sample.tex.
-Archives: ymir*
-
-Name: agujgr.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to
- typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Journal of
- Geophysical Research.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
-Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 9 Jul 87
-Note: Comes with a sample file, agujgr-sample.tex.
-Archives: ymir*
-
-Name: aip.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for
- American Institute of Physics journals. For use with article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 13 Apr 1990
-Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
-
-Name: alleqno.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to make all displayed equations
- numbered by default.
-Keywords: LaTeX, math, autonumbering
-Author: Jonathan Thornburg <thornburg@mtsg.ubc.ca>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 25 Sep 1988
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-
-Name: alltt.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style which defines the `alltt' environment,
- which is like the `verbatim' environment except that `\', `\{', and
- `\}' have their usual meanings.
-Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 17 Dec 1987
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: astyped.sty
-
-Name: alltt2.sty
-Description: Modification of the alltt style to indent alltt
- environments by \allttindent parameter
-Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: May 1992
-Note: Based on the original alltt.sty (q.v.) by Leslie Lamport.
-Archives: Aston*
-See also: alltt.sty
-
-Name: amssymbols.sty
-Description: Document-style option which makes the AMS symbol fonts
- (msam and msbm) available to LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 29 May 1992
-Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
-See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty,
- amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
-
-Name: apalike.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used in conjunction with
- apalike.bst to produce an APA-like bibliography.
-Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
-Author: Susan King and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 13 Oct 87
-Archives: labrea*, ymir
-See also: apalike.bst, apalike.tex
-
-Name: apeqnum.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering equations A1, A2,
- A3, etc., within appendices. For use with article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, math, autonumbering
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 8 Nov 1990
-Archives: ymir*
-
-Name: apl.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting APL symbols
- with standard LaTeX fonts.
-Keywords: LaTeX, APL
-Author: Andreas Geyer-Schulz <andreas@awiwuw11.bitnet> and Josef Matulka
- <matulka@awiwuw11.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.3, 11 Mar 1991
-Archives: watserv1.waterloo.edu* [129.97.129.140], ymir,
- ftp.wu-wien.ac.at [137.208.3.5]
-Note: These macros, as well as a preprocessor to convert from APL to
- LaTeX, are described in "A LaTeX Document Style Option for
- Typesetting APL," TUGboat 11(4):644-651, November 1990.
-
-Name: apsabstract.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for abstracts submitted to
- American Physical Society conferences. For use with article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 24 Jun 1992
-Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
-Note: requires an additional file giving APS meeting name, location, etc.
-
-Name: art7.sty
-Description: 7 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 22 Dec 87
-Archives: ymir
-See also: art8.sty, art9.sty
-
-Name: art8.sty
-Description: 8 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 22 Sep 90
-Archives: ymir
-See also: art7.sty, art9.sty
-
-Name: art9.sty
-Description: 9 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 22 Sep 90
-Archives: ymir
-See also: art7.sty, art8.sty
-
-Name: asaesub.sty
-Description: style option for asaetr.sty (q.v.) to meet submission
- requirements.
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
-Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
-Archives: shsu
-Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
-See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf
-
-Name: askinclude.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that prompts the user for a
- list of files to be \include'd.
-Keywords: LaTeX, include
-Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 13 Dec 1991
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: astyped.sty
-Description: Defines the `astyped' environment, which is like the
- `verbatim' environment except most of the special characters have
- their usual meanings.
-Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.3, 30 Jun 1988
-Archives: shsu
-See also: alltt.sty
-
-Name: balanced.sty
-Description: Defines a two-column environment that can be used anywhere
- in a one-column document. The twocolumns environment may extend for
- an unlimited number of pages, and start and finish mid-page.
-Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: shsu
-See also: multicol.sty
-
-Name: bbold.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Alan Jeffrey's bbold
- (blackboard bold) fonts.
-Keywords: LaTeX, mathfonts, blackboard bold, NFSS
-Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1b, 10 Sep 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
-Note: Alan Jeffrey's bbold fonts are different from the blackbord bold
- provided by AMSTeX or AMSLaTeX. They contain a complete blackbord
- bold alphabet with lowers, greek, and digitals in a sans serif-type
- style.
-
-Name: bf10.sty
-Description: 10 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
-Archives: ymir
-Note: This is the default point size.
-See also: bookform.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty
-
-Name: bf11.sty
-Description: 11 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
-Archives: ymir
-See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf12.sty
-
-Name: bf12.sty
-Description: 12 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
-Archives: ymir
-See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf11.sty
-
-Name: biblist.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option for typesetting large bibliography
- listings. Outputs also annotations and ISBN fields.
-Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
-Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.2, 13 Jan 1992
-Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
-
-Name: bibperinclude.sty
-Description: Allows multiple \bibliography tags in one document.
-Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 25 Jun 1991
-Note: This style option is obsolete -- use chapterbib.sty instead. It
- should be deleted on all archives.
-See also: chapterbib.sty
-
-Name: bibunits.sty
-Description: BIBUNITS is a style to generate separate bibliographies for
- different units (parts) of the text (currently only one of chapters,
- sections or bibunit-environments).
-Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 7 Sep 91
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: bigtabular.sty
-Description: LaTeX environment for typesetting large tables that can be
- split across multiple pages.
-Keywords: LaTeX, tables, tabular, array, multi-page
-Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Jul 1990
-Archives: shsu, stuttgart
-See also: longtable.sty, supertab.sty
-
-Name: biihead.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for defining an underlined
- heading style for the LaTeX report style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, report
-Author: Ted Shapin
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 17 Dec 1986
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: fancyheadings.sty, headerfooter.sty
-
-Name: birk.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to
- produce Birkhaeuser conference proceedings papers.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Birkhaeuser, camera-ready
-Author: Bengt Martensson <bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 10 June 1989
-Archives: stuttgart*
-Note: Requires remark.sty (q.v.). Package includes a sample file,
- birksample.tex, which requires the sample bibliography
- birksample.bib.
-
-Name: birkhaus.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to
- format papers for Birk\"auser Verlag conference/workshop
- proceedings.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, conference, proceedings, publisher style
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Feb 1992
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
-Note: Comes with a sample article (birkhaus.tex) and bibliography
- (birkhaus.bib).
-
-Name: blackdvi.sty
-Description: See entry for blackdvi.tex.
-
-Name: bnf.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting BNF
-Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: shsu
-See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex, ebnf.sty
-
-Name: boxedminipage.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the boxedminipage
- environment -- just like minipage, but with a box around it.
-Keywords: LaTeX, minipage, framebox
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>, mods by Jerry Leichter
- <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
-Latest Version: May 1992
-Supported: yes
-Archives: Aston*
-See also: boxit.sty
-
-Name: boxit.sty
-Description: Defines an environment that draws lines arounds its
- contents (which can include verbatim text).
-Keywords: LaTeX, framebox
-Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1992
-Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], shsu
-See also: boxedminipage.sty
-
-%% Name: brandeis-letter.sty
-
-Name: breakcites.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow citations to be broken
- across lines.
-Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 14 Mar 1989
-Archives: ymir*
-
-Name: bruggink.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide for independent
- formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions.
-Keywords: LaTeX, caption, floats
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Virtually identical to zaccone.sty (q.v.). Comes with a sample
- file, bruggink.tex.
-
-Name: bsf.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to bold
- sans serif fonts in LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS
-Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 2 Dec 91
-Archives: ymir
-See also: bsl.sty, isf.sty
-
-Name: bsl.sty
-Description: Provide access to the boldface slanted type style for LaTeX
- under the Old Font Selection Scheme.
-Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font
-Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 5 Apr 1990
-Archives: shsu*
-See also: bsf.sty, isf.sty
-
-Name: calendar.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting a calendar.
-Keywords: LaTeX, calendar
-Author: J"urgen Stuber and W. J. Metzger <u632111@hnykun11.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 29 Nov 1991
-Archives: shsu
-See also: calendar.tex, yearcal.tex
-
-Name: captcont.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to permit the use of captions
- in continuations of floats -- defines a \captcont macro that is like
- \caption except it doesn't update the counter or add an entry to the
- list of figures or tables.
-Keywords: LaTeX, floats, caption
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-
-Name: card.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing text formatted for
- cardfile cards.
-Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, card
-Author: R. Potu\v{c}ek jr. <potucek@winx06.informatik.uni-wuerzburg.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.04, 6 Mar 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*
-
-Name: catmac.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams.
-Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
-Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 12 Nov 1989
-Archives: ymir
-Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by diagram.tex (q.v.)
-
-Name: cd.sty
-Description: Commutative diagram macros modified from AmSTeX for use as
- LaTeX style option.
-Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
-Author: Darrel Hankerson <hank@auducvax.bitnet>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 3 Mar 89
-Archives: ymir
-Note: OBSOLETE: Use amscd.sty, xypic.sty, diagram.tex or diagrams.tex
- instead.
-
-Name: changebars.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing changebars.
-Keywords: LaTeX, changebars, dvi2ln3, dvitops, dvips, dvidrv
-Author: Michael Fine and Neil Winton <nwinton@axion.bt.co.uk> and
- Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, 16 Nov 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, aston, ymir
-Note: Documented with doc.sty. Comes with a bug list, changbar.bug.
-
-Name: chappg.sty
-Description: Define \thepage to output chapter-page (such as 1-3, 5-2,
- etc.) and have each chapter's page number begin on 1.
-Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, pagenumbering
-Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: chapterbib.sty
-Description: Document-style option for allowing multiple bibliographies
- in a LaTeX document.
-Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
-Author: Niel Kempson <rmcs-tex@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.0, 23 Nov 1988
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: chemtex.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting chemistry
- equations.
-Keywords: LaTeX, chemistry
-Author: Roswitha Haas
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Documentation in chemdoc.tex.
-
-Name: chess.sty
-Description: (La)TeX document-style option for writing about chess
- games.
-Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, chess
-Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.2, Feb 1992
-Archives: utrecht*, tue
-Note: These macros are described in "A Font and a Style for Typesetting
- Chess using LaTeX or TeX," TUGboat 13(1):85--89, April 1992.
-
-Name: chicago.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the Chicago BibTeX
- styles chicago.bst and chicagoa.bst.
-Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v4, 31 August 1992
-Archives: shsu*, utah
-See also: chicago.bst, chicagoa.bst
-
-Name: chomsky.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style-option for typesetting parse trees.
-Keywords: LaTeX, parse trees, tree
-Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 22 May 1989
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: cite.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
- or more consecutive numbers into one number range. E.g.,
- [4,5,6,7,9,8,Einstein,6] becomes [4-7,9,8,Einstein,6].
-Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
-Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.0, Oct 1992
-Archives: shsu*, ymir
-See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty
-
-Name: citesort.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for sorting and compressing
- lists of three or more consecutive numbers into one number range.
- E.g., [4,5,6,7,9,8,6] becomes [4-9].
-Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
-Author: Ian Green <img@eng.cam.ac.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1, 10 Dec 1991
-Archives: ymir
-See also: cite.sty
-
-Name: code.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing verbatim displays
- of program code using verbatim.sty (q.v.).
-Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
-Author: George Ferguson <ferguson@cs.rochester.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 3 Jul 1991
-Archives: stuttgart
-Note: Includes a sample file, foo.tex.
-See also: verbatim.sty
-
-Name: colordvi.sty
-Description: See entry for colordvi.tex.
-
-Name: colors.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which adds greyscale and color
- support for PostScript devices.
-Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, color
-Author: Fred Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 15 Apr 92
-Archives: shsu
-Note: The style file is distributed with a file rgb.txt, which defines
- the RGB values for various colors.
-
-Name: cprog.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style option which allows C programs to be
- typeset directly by TeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, verbatim
-Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.4, 12 Sep 1990
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-
-Name: cropmark.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which prints crop marks (corner
- rules) at the four corners of the page.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, output
-Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: v1, 11 Jan 1990
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-Note: This is considered obsolete by the author, who suggests
- pageframe.sty or quire.tex instead.
-See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex, quire.tex
-
-Name: crossword.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for drawing crossword puzzles.
-Keywords: LaTeX, crosswords
-Author: B Hamilton Kelly <rm001a@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> (Marked "To the
- attention of B Hamilton Kelly.")
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-Note: documentation in crosswords.readme and examples in
- crosswords_0.tex and crosswords_1.tex.
-
-Name: currency.sty
-Description: Useful hacks to include currency symbols other than the
- standard \$ and \pounds of LaTeX (currently includes only Japanese
- Yen and British Pounds Sterling).
-Keywords: LaTeX, currency
-Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 17 Apr 1991
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
-
-Name: custombib.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to make it easier to customize
- the section head that is inserted before the bibliography.
-Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, sectioning
-Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 10 Nov 1991
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: cyrillic.sty
-Description: Document-style option which makes the Washington Cyrillic
- fonts (wncyr10 etc) available to LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, cyrillic, AMS
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 29 May 1992
-Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
-See also: cyracc.def
-Note: requires cyracc.def. Transliteration scheme is described by
- Barbara Beeton in cyrmemo.tex (which also needs cyrmemo.def).
-
-Name: dates.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for the
- production of dates. Can be easily tailored to output dates in a
- variety of formats, including the day of the week, and is intended
- to be simple to use in conjunction with non-English languages.
-Keywords: LaTeX, date, dow
-Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.01--0
-Archives: aston*
-See also: dow.tex, dayofweek.tex
-
-Name: dcolumn.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX style option for producing tabular entries aligned on
- a decimal point.
-Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-See also: decalign.sty, dectab.sty
-
-Name: decalign.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for aligning columns in a table
- on decimal point (or other character).
-Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
-Author: Stephen Meatheringham
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1 Oct 1987
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: dcolumn.sty, dectab.sty
-
-Name: dectab.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for decimail alignment of
- numbers in a table.
-Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
-Author: Charles Franklin <c38871cf@wuvmd.wustl.edu>,
- <C38871CF@WUVMD.Bitnet>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 27 Apr 1991
-Archives: shsu, stuttgart
-See Also: decalign.sty, dcolumn.sty
-
-Name: delarray.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX style option extending array.sty.
- Defines implicit \left and \right delimiters. For example:
- \begin{array}({cc}) ... \end{array}
- is equivalent to:
- \left(\begin{array}{cc} ... \end{array}\right)
-Keywords: LaTeX, array, delimiters
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: Version 1.00, 06 July 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
- This feature was previously provided by the now defunct newarray.sty
-See also: tabularx.sty, dcolumn.sty
-
-Name: diagram.tex
-Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams.
-Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
-Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 26 Mar 1992
-Archives: triples.math.mcgill.ca* [132.206.150.30], shsu
-Note: Includes documentation file, diagdoc.tex.
-See also: xypic.tex
-
-Name: diagramf.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for including diagrams created
- in Metafont.
-Keywords: LaTeX, metafont
-Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
-Supported: by Jeremy Gibbons <jeremy@cs.aukuni.ac.nz>
-Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
-Archives:
-Note: Package comes with documentation (diagramf.tex) and requires
- diagramf.mf to work.
-
-Name: doublespace.sty
-Description: LaTeX doucment-style option for producing a double-spaced
- document.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, doublespace
-Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> and Jean-Francois Lamy
- <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> and Don Hosek
- <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 28 Jun 1990
-Archives: ymir*, shsu
-
-Name: dpccyr.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option to make the AMS/University of Washington
- Cyrillic fonts available under the NFSS.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, cyrillic, AMSFonts
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: 1.00, 09 December 1991
-Archives: shsu*, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-
-Name: draft.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements an enhanced
- draft mode, which marks \label, \cite, \ref, \index and \glossary
- commands where they occur in the text.
-Keywords: LaTeX, draft, xrefs
-Author: Joe Baker <jeb@risc.com>, <jbaker@ee.ucla.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, stuttgart (under draft1.sty)
-See also: drafthead.sty
-
-Name: drafthead.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which puts "DRAFT" with date
- and time at top of each page.
-Keywords: LaTeX, draft
-Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 23 Jun 1986
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: draft.sty
-
-Name: drftcite.sty
-Description: Modifies \cite to print the bibliography tags instead of
- numbers.
-Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
-Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1991
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
-See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty
-
-Name: drop.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for dropping and enlarging the first letter(s)
- of a paragraph.
-Keywords: LaTeX, dropcaps
-Author: David G. Cantor <dgc@math.ucla.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 17 Feb 1988
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-
-Name: ebnf.sty
-Description: Simple LaTeX macros for typesetting EBNF grammars.
-Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
-Author: Damian Cugley <damian.cugley@prg.oxford.ac.uk>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 11 Jul 90
-Archives: ymir
-See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex
-
-Name: eclbip.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for drawing bipartite graphs with epic.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
-Author: Hideki Isozaki
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 24 Nov 1990
-Archives: ymir
-See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty
-Note: Sample file eclbipsample.tex
-
-Name: ecltree.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for drawing tree graphs with epic.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
-Author: Hideki Isozaki
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 12 Nov 1990
-Archives: ymir
-See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty
-Note: Sample file eclbiptree.tex
-
-Name: eepic.sty
-Description: Enhancements to the epic.sty macros through the use of tpic
- \special's.
-Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture, tpic, dvips
-Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.1b, 7 Feb 1988
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: eepicemu.sty, epic.sty
-Note: Comes with documentation, eepic.tex.
-
-Name: eepicemu.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros to emulate the eepic macros using only the
- epic macros.
-Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture
-Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.1a, 1 Feb 1988
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: eepic.sty, epic.sty
-
-Name: endfloat.sty
-Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article.
-Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table
-Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
-Latest Version: v2.0, 02 Jun 1992
-Archives: shsu*
-See also: comment.sty, endnotes.sty
-
-Name: endnote.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for producing endnotes instead of footnotes.
-Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: shsu, stuttgart
-See also: endnotes.sty
-
-Name: endnotes.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements a series of
- endnote macros, parallel to the normal footnote macros except that
- the text goes to the end of the document rather than the bottom of
- the page.
-Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes
-Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, <lav@brandeis.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 24 Sept 1991
-Archives: shsu, ymir
-See also: endnote.sty
-
-Name: enumerate.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option giving the enumerate environment an
- optional argument controlling the printing of the counter.
-Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992
-Archives: shsu*, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-
-Name: enumspec.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow for a leading
- character on labels in the enumerate environment.
-Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate
-Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 13 Jan 1988
-Archives: shsu*
-
-Name: env.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting envelopes with
- bar codes.
-Keywords: LaTeX, envelope, barcode
-Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1991
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: zip.tex
-Note: These macros were described in detail in "TeX and Envelopes,"
- TUGboat 12(2):279--284, June 1991.
-
-Name: envelope.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to print addresses onto a
- business envelope fed through the manual paper feed on an Apple
- LaserWriter II NT.
-Keywords: LaTeX, envelope
-Author: Heather Sherman
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 10 Mar 1989
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Includes sample file env-sample.tex.
-
-Name: epac.sty
-Description: Official LaTeX document-style option for the European
- Particle Accelerator Conference.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings
-Author: Christine Petit-Jean-Genaz <christin@cernvm.cern.ch>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 23 Oct 1991
-Archives: ymir, aston
-
-Name: epic.sty
-Description: Enhancements to the LaTeX picture environment.
-Keywords: LaTeX, picture, graphics
-Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.2, 1 Jun 1986
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: eepic.sty
-Note: Package includes documentation (picman.tex).
-
-Name: epsf.sty
-Description: Same file as epsf.tex (q.v.).
-
-Name: eqnarray.sty
-Description: Redefines the LaTeX eqnarray environment to (a) reduce the
- amount of space around the second column and (b) allow \@eqnsel to
- work as documented in latex.tex.
-Keywords: LaTeX, eqnarray, math
-Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 06 May 1992
-Archives: theory.lcs.mit.edu*
-
-Name: equationarray.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which combines the capabilities
- of the eqnarray and array environments. In particular, it allows
- equation arrays with more than 3 columns.
-Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray
-Author: Tony Li <tli@cisco.com>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 15 Jun 1988
-Archives: ymir
-See also: AMS-LaTeX, hackarray.sty
-
-Name: equations.sty
-Description: A collection of macros to aid in constructing displayed
- equations in LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, math
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 26 Jul 1990
-Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*, shsu
-See also: AMS-LaTeX
-Note: Includes subeqn.sty (q.v.)
-
-Name: eslides.sty
-Description: Macros for converting a paper written with article.sty into
- slides.
-Keywords: LaTeX, slides
-Author: Georg Denk <denk@mathematik.tu-muenchen.de>,
- <Georg.Denk@Mathematik.TU-Muenchen.dbp.de (X.400)>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 5 Feb 1990
-Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart
-Note: TUGboat, vol. 11, No. 2 (1990), pp. 280-283. The package includes
- a documentation file eslides.tex and sample file
- eslides-example.tex.
-See also: lslide.sty, seminar.sty
-
-Name: espo.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in Esperanto.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: esperant.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Esperanto.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, language, Esperanto
-Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1.a, 10 Dec 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-Note: This file is different from esperanto.sty (q.v.) by J. Braams.
- esperant.sty does not support the babel system.
-
-%% Name: etcetera.tex
-
-Name: exam.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting examinations.
- Includes support for multiple choice, true-false, fill-in-the-blank
- and essay questions.
-Keywords: LaTeX, examination
-Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 21 Jul 1989
-Archives: shsu*
-
-Name: example.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option to print TeX examples both verbatim and
- typeset.
-Keywords: LaTeX, TeX examples, TeX tutorials
-Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 20 May 1991
-Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
-
-Name: exercise.sty (.doc)
-Description: This style option implements a LaTeX style option for
- typesetting exercises. The exercise environment is modelled along
- the lines of the exercise macros in The TeXbook, i.e., the answer
- can be given right after the exercise. Answers are collected in a
- file that can be included afterwards. The appearance of exercises
- and answers may be customized. Rainer Sch\"opf's verbatim style is
- a prerequisite for this style option.
-Keywords: LaTeX, exercise
-Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0d, 2 Jul 1992
-Archives: euler.math.uni-frankfurt.de* [141.2.90.2], stuttgart
-Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package
- includes a driver file for the documentation (exercise.tex), a driver
- file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (extest.tex)
- and a README file.
-
-Name: exercise.sty (.tex)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to adapt the \exercise and
- \answer macros from page 422 of the TeXbook for use with LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, exercise
-Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 23 Nov 1988
-Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart (as exercise.mac)
-
-Name: extradefs.tex
-Description: A collection of macros which are required by the bookform,
- memo and milstd document styles.
-Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: bookform.sty, memo.sty, milstd.sty
-
-Name: fancybox.sty
-Description: Tips and tricks for LR-boxes, plus shadow, oval, and double
- boxes. Also contains macros that allow material to be typeset
- verbatim inside of boxes.
-Keywords: LaTeX, box, LR-box, framebox, shadowbox, ovalbox, rotate,
- verbatim, framebox
-Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.91, 25 Nov 1992
-Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
- stuttgart, aston
-Note: Comes with an excellent documentation and tutorial file,
- fancybox.doc, which may be appended to the end of fancybox.sty on
- some archives.
-
-Name: fancyheadings.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which allows easy customization
- of page headers and footers.
-Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
-Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, Mar 1989
-Archives: utrecht*, ymir, shsu
-See also: biihead.sty, headerfooter.sty
-Note: Contains documentation in fancyheadings.doc.
-
-Name: finder.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to automatically search an
- address file for a specified letter recipient.
-Keywords: LaTeX, letter, addresses
-Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>,
- <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1, 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*
-Note: Package includes a documentation file (finder.txt, in German), a
- sample file (finder.tex) and a sample address file (adressen.tex).
- Support and any help is available, just send an email (address see above).
- More german information in an article in c't 3/92.
-
-Name: fixup.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that modifies various LaTeX
- macros.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: John Hobby <hobby@research.att.com>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 25 Jan 1988
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: floatnohead.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause pages containing only
- floats to be typeset without page headers or footers.
-Keywords: LaTeX, output, floats
-Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> and Don Hosek
- <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-
-Name: float.sty (.doc)
-Description: This style option improves the interface for defining
- floating objects such as figures and tables in LaTeX. It adds the
- notion of a `float style' that governs appearance of floats. New
- kinds of floats may be defined using a \newfloat command analogous
- to \newtheorem.
-Keywords: LaTeX, float
-Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0c, 25 Feb 1992
-Archives: stuttgart, shsu
-Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package
- includes a driver file for the documentation (float.tex), a driver
- file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (fltest.tex)
- and a README file.
-
-Name: flowchart.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which might be useful for
- drawing flow charts.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: David Chase <dchase@eng.sun.com>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 24 Oct 1988
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: fnpara.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to typeset footnotes in run-on
- paragraphs.
-Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes, output
-Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@vax.acs.open.ac.uk> and Dominik Wujastyk
- <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 3 Oct 1988
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: fnpara.tex
-
-Name: font-nostalgia.sty
-Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- provides commands
- with the pre-NFSS meanings of \rm, \bf, etc.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: May 1992
-Archives: Aston*
-
-Name: footnpag.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option to enumerate footnotes anew on each
- page.
-Keywords: LaTeX, footnote numbering
-Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 2.1 (07 Nov 1991)
-Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
-
-Name: format.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing floating point
- numbers in a fixed format.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 29 May 1992
-Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
-
-Name: frontiers.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for the proceedings of the
- Frontiers'88 symposium. For use with article.sty and proc.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
-Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988
-Archives: ymir
-See also: article.sty, proc.sty
-
-Name: ftn.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to make footnotes available in
- any environment, except inside floats.
-Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes
-Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 2 Jan 92
-Archives: shsu, stuttgart
-
-Name: fullpage.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the textheight and
- textwidth.
-Keywords: LaTeX, page layout
-Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2, 15 Dec 1988
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-
-Name: geophysics.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for the journal Geophysics, a
- publication of the Society of Exploration Geophysicists. For use
- with article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
-Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 16 Jan 87
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: article.sty
-Note: requires article.sty
-
-Name: german.sty (.tex)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option and plain TeX input file for
- writing german texts.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german
-Author: Hubert Partl and Bernd Raichle et al.
- <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.4a, 12 Apr 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, listserv@dhdurz1
-Note: The macro file can be used with LaTeX and plain TeX.
-
-Name: go.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to create diagrams for Go board
- positions (Go is a board game from the Orient). Requires special Go
- font.
-Keywords: LaTeX, game of Go, fonts
-Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odzieska, MacroSoft Ltd., ul. Chro\'scickiego 49,
- 02-414 Warsaw, Poland. (no E-mail)
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Nov 1991
-Archives: tue, milton.u.washington.edu:public/go/latex.tar.Z
-Note: The package contains the macros, documentation, and mf (MetaFont)
- sources for the Go fonts. The TUE site also contains pre-generated
- fonts in go.gf.tar.Z, go.pk.tar.Z, go.tfm.tar.Z. See go.README for
- more information.
-
-Name: greekctr.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a numbering macro
- \greek, analogous to \alpha, for printing the values of counters out
- as greek letters.
-Keywords: LaTeX, counter
-Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 15 Jun 1990
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: hackalloc.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the allocation
- primitive so that all allocations (\newdimen, \newcount, etc.)
- become block local.
-Keywords: LaTeX, allocation
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: hackarray.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the hackarray
- environment, which is a mixture of the equation and array
- environments. In particular, it allows equation arrays with more
- than 3 columns.
-Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray
-Author: Brian Wylie <bjnw@castle.ed.ac.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: AMS-LaTeX, equationarray.sty
-
-Name: hangcaption.sty
-Description: Defines a variant of the caption command to produce
- captions with hanging indentation.
-Keywords: LaTeX, float, caption
-Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: v2.00, 27 August 1992
-Archives: shsu, stuttgart
-Note: The original author of this file is unknown. David Jones fixed a
- typo in the file and Rainer Schoepf made some enhancements to the
- code.
-
-Name: harvard.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides support for the
- Harvard family of bibliography styles.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 0.99a
-Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
-Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
- family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
- distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
-See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst
-
-Name: headerfooter.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to simplify the definition of
- three-part page headers and footers.
-Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
-Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 13 Apr 89
-Archives: ymir*, shsu
-See also: biihead.sty, fancyheadings.sty
-
-Name: here.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option giving floats a [H] option, meaning `do
- not float'.
-Keywords: LaTeX, figure, table, floats
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992
-Archives: shsu*, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-
-Name: hex.sty
-Description: Defines a numbering macro \hex for representing counters in
- hexadecimal notation.
-Keywords: LaTeX, counter
-Author: Eric Domenjoud <domen@euler.crin.fr>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 7 Oct 91
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: hhline.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX style option defining an alternative to \hline
- for producing horizontal lines in tables.
-Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, hline
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-
-Name: icassp.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
- for the ICASSP'89 conference. For use with article.sty and
- proc.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
-Author: John Vlontzos
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 13 Dec 1988
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Based on frontiers.sty.
-See also: article.sty, proc.sty
-
-Name: ieee9.sty
-Description: 9 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
-
-Name: ieee10.sty
-Description: 10 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
-
-Name: ieee11.sty
-Description: 11 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 15 Jul 1989
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee12.sty
-
-Name: ieee12.sty
-Description: 12 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty
-
-Name: ieeconf.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
- for IEE conference proceedings
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEE, camera-ready
-Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.00--0, 20 Aug 1991
-Archives: aston*
-
-Name: ieeeconf.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
- for IEEE conference proceedings; can also be used for the
- International Conference on Pattern Recognition (or the 11th one,
- anyway). Based on the template written by Matthew Ward of Worcester
- Polytechnic Institute which is distributed by the IEEE.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEEE, ICPR, camera-ready
-Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.00--0, 17 Apr 1992
-Archives: aston*
-
-Name: ieeetr.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements the guidelines
- for submissions to Information for IEEE Transactions and Journal
- Authors as of September 1989. For use with article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, IEEE
-Author: Terry Bohning <bohning@acc.fau.edu>, <71036.1066@compuserve.com>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 9 Apr 1991
-Archives: ymir
-See also: article.sty, ieeetr.bst
-
-Name: ieeetran.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for preparing articles for IEEE
- journals.
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 7 Feb 92
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ieee.bst, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
-
-Name: ifac10.sty
-Description: 10 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
- (q.v.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ifacarticle.sty
-
-Name: ifac12.sty
-Description: 12 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
- (q.v.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Jun 1992
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ifacarticle.sty
-
-Name: ifac9.sty
-Description: 9 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
- (q.v.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ifacarticle.sty
-
-Name: ijc10.sty
-Description: 10 point document-style option for with ijcarticle.sty
- (q.v.).
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
-Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ijcarticle.sty
-
-Name: ijcai89.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style the proceedings of IJCAI'89. For use
- with article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
-Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 22 Feb 1989
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Should be used in conjunction with the "named" bibliography style.
- The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail
- to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
-See also: named.bst
-
-Name: indentfirst.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option to indent the first paragraph of a section.
-Keywords: LaTeX, indentation, section
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992
-Archives: shsu*, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-
-Name: inputfile.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for keeping track of the
- current \input file.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: R. Tucci, Ciba-Geigy AG Basle
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Feb 1991
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: insertplot.sty
-Description: Macro for use with the ArborText DVIPS PostScript driver to
- insert PostScript files or graphics output from the DI-3000/PICSURE
- PostScript driver.
-Keywords: LaTeX, ArborText dvips
-Author: C. E. Higgs <higgs@cageir5a.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 15 Jul 1988
-Archives: ymir
-Note: insertplot.readme
-
-Name: isf.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to italic
- san serif fonts in LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font
-Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 25 August 1989
-Archives: shsu
-See also: bsf.sty, bsl.sty
-
-Name: iso9.sty
-Description: Nine point LaTeX document-style option for use with
- iso.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
-Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
-Archives: aston, ymir
-See also: iso.sty, iso10.sty
-
-Name: iso10.sty
-Description: Ten point LaTeX document-style option for use with iso.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
-Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
-Archives: aston, ymir
-See also: iso.sty, iso9.sty
-
-Name: ist21.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a title
- appropriate for BSI IST/21 documents and general memos.
-Keywords: LaTeX, standards documents
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 20 May 1987
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: italic.sty
-Description: See entry for italic.tex.
-
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Journal of Business
- Strategies. For use with article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style
-Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 3 Jul 1988
-Archives: shsu*, ymir
-
-Name: jeep.sty
-Description: A collection of customizations and modifications to the
- article and report styles.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: G. W. Stewart <stewart@cs.umd.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 3 Feb 1989
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-Note: Modifications are described in jeep.tex.
-
-Name: jmb.sty
-Description: Identical to apalike.sty.
-See also: apalike.sty
-
-Name: labels.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the \label
- command so that it prints label names in the margin (except when
- used in a \caption, when the name appears in the text).
-Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs, labels
-Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 17 July 1992
-Archives: shsu, aston
-
-Name: labels.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing mailing labels in
- various configurations. Can also be used with the letter style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, letter
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 4 May 1990
-Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
-
-Name: lablst.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing label definitions
- at the end of a document.
-Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Jun 1990
-Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
-Note: Based on Leslie Lamport's lablst.tex.
-See also: lablst.tex
-
-Name: landscape.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to change the textwidth and
- textheight to landscape values.
-Keywords: LaTeX, page layout, landscape
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: listoftheorem.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for generating a list of
- theorems similar to the list of figures or list of tables.
-Keywords: LaTeX, TOC
-Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: Jul 1990
-Archives: stuttgart, utrecht
-
-Name: loggates.sty
-Description: (La)TeX macros for typesetting digital circuit diagrams.
-Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, logical gates, symbols
-Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 8 Apr 1992
-Note: Requires the font loggates.mf.
-Archives: utrecht*
-
-Name: longtable.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX style option defining a multi-page version of
- tabular.
-Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, page
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: Version 3.04, 12 Oct 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-See Also: supertab.sty, bigtabular.sty
-
-Name: losymbol.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating list of symbols,
- analagous to the usual list of tables or list of figures.
-Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, toc
-Author: Gerry van Dooren <elecgd@urc.tue.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Aug 1992
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: lscape.sty
-Description: LaTeX style defining a landscape option, which rotates the
- pages in its scope through 90 degrees. The page head and foot are
- NOT affected.
-Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, rotation
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: 2.00, 18 November 1992
-Archives: shsu*, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Requires Rokicki's rotate.sty, and his dvips driver.
- Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-See also: side.sty, portland.sty, landscape.sty
-
-Name: lslide.sty
-Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for typesetting
- slides.
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, slides
-Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.0.1, Apr 1992
-Archives: shsu
-Note: Comes with a sample/documentation file, lslide.tex.
-
-Name: ltgtsim.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the commands to
- combine the symbols "<", "~" and ">", "~".
-Keywords: LaTeX, symbol
-Author: Bill Thompson <thompson@stars.gsfc.nasa.gov>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 29 Jul 91
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: ltugbot.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement a rudimentary
- pseudo-TUGboat format.
-Keywords: LaTeX, journal
-Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 1 Mar 89
-Archives:
-See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
- tugboat.cmn
-Note: Obsolete, see ltugboat.sty
-
-Name: makerobust.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option defining \makerobust. This command
- allows you to make commands robust, so they to not need \protect.
-Keywords: LaTeX, fragile, robust
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: Version 1.00, 19 May 1991
-Archives: shsu*, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-
-Name: man10.sty
-Description: 10 point document-style option for manual.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
-Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
-Archives: ymir
-Note: This is the default.
-See also: manual.sty, man11.sty, man12.sty
-
-Name: man11.sty
-Description: 11 point document-style option for manual.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
-Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
-Archives: ymir
-See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man12.sty
-
-Name: man12.sty
-Description: 12 point document-style option for manual.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
-Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
-Archives: ymir
-See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man11.sty
-
-Name: manpage.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing UNIX manual
- pages.
-Keywords: LaTeX, manpage
-Author: Rong Chen <rchen@cs.uiuc.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.03, 11 Jun 1992
-Archives: shsu*, ymir
-Note: Includes a sample file appended to the end of the style file.
-See also: unixman.sty
-
-Name: marginote.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for using marginal notes
- numbered like footnotes.
-Keywords: LaTeX, margin notes
-Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 12 Sep 1989
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
-
-Name: marnote.sty
-Description: Macros to print a short note vertically in left or right
- margin on all pages.
-Keywords: LaTeX, dvips
-Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v0.1, 3 Jan 92
-Archives: shsu, stuttgart
-Note: Requires psfig (q.v.) and dvips
-
-Name: mathsing.sty
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style option for
- typesetting single-author mathematics books.
-Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- single-author, book, mathematics
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 3 Dec 1991
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, and an
- example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file.
-See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm
-
-Name: mathtext.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the macro \text
- for inserting fragments of text in math mode.
-Keywords: LaTeX, math
-Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1989
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
-
-Name: memo10.sty
-Description: 10 point document-style option for memo.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, memo
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 30 May 1985
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Requires extradefs.tex.
-See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty
-
-Name: memo11.sty
-Description: 11 point document-style option for memo.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, memo
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 30 May 1985
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Requires extradefs.tex
-See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo12.sty
-
-Name: memo12.sty
-Description: 12 point document-style option for memo.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, memo
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 30 May 1985
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Requires extradefs.tex.
-See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty
-
-Name: merge.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing form letters.
-Keywords: LaTeX, letter
-Author: Graeme McKinstry <graeme%otago.ac.nz@relay.cs.net>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 4 Feb 1990
-Archives: ymir
-See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex,
- lettermac.tex, letter.sty
-
-Name: mf.sty
-Description: Document style option to define Metafont logo in all sizes.
-Keywords: LaTeX, METAFONT, NFSS
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 24 Jun 1990
-Archives: ymir*
-
-%% Name: mfr.sty
-%% Description:
-%% Keywords:
-%% Author:
-%% Latest Version:
-%% Archives:
-
-Name: misc.sty
-Description: LaTeX style file which contains definitions of the
- following macros: \pmb (poor man's bold), \timeofday, \verbfile (for
- verbatim listings of files) and \listing (same as \verbfile, but
- with automatic line numbers).
-Keywords: LaTeX, pmb, verbatim
-Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 14 Jul 1986
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: mitpress.sty
-Description: Rudimentary LaTeX document-style option for the MIT Press
- format.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book, publisher style
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: mitthesis.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for MIT theses. For use with
- report.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
-Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 12 Sep 89
-Archives: ymir*, shsu
-
-Name: module.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for modularizing definitions,
- i.e., for allowing for conditional definition of definitions within
- a macro file.
-Keywords: LaTeX, macro, modularity
-Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
-Archives:
-See also: styledef.tex
-
-Name: morefloats.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the number of
- floats from 18 to 36.
-Keywords: LaTeX, floats
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 27 Jul 1990
-Archives: ymir*, shsu
-
-Name: ms10.sty
-Description: 10 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms12.sty
-
-Name: ms11.sty
-Description: 11 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: milstd.sty, ms10.sty, ms12.sty
-
-Name: ms12.sty
-Description: 12 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
-Author: Kent McPherson
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
-Note: This is the default.
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms11.sty
-
-Name: msam.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS A symbol
- font (msam).
-Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
-Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
-Archives:
-See also: msbm.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty,
- amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
-
-Name: msbm.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS B symbol
- font (msbm).
-Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
-Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
-Archives:
-See also: msam.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty,
- amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
-
-Name: mtns12.sty
-Description: 12 point document-style option for use with
- mtnsarticle.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
-Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 6 May 1991
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-
-Name: multibox.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide multiple boxes in
- pictures, similar to the \multiput command.
-Keywords: LaTeX, picture
-Author: Brian Hamilton Kelly, Royal Military College of Science,
- Shrivenham, SWINDON, SN6 8LA, United Kingdom
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 13 Oct 1988
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: multicolpar.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting paragraphs in
- multiple columns, which corresponding paragraphs in the two columns
- aligned. This format is useful for translated articles, in which
- there is the original language in the first column and the
- translated version in the second.
-Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column
-Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> and Max
- Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: multirow.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \multirow
- command for making tabular entries that span multiple rows.
-Keywords: LaTeX, table
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Note: This doesn't seem to be self-contained.
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: named.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements citations for
- the ``named'' bibliography style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX
-Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending
- mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
-See also: named.bst
-
-Name: natsci.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which formats citations for the
- NATSCI bibliography style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX
-Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 28 feb 91
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: natsci.bst
-
-Name: newarray.sty
-Description: Prints an informative message, and then generates an error.
- All the features of previous releases of this style are now in
- array.sty or delarray.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, newcolumn, delimiters
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 06 July 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
-See also: array.sty delarray.sty
-Note: Obsolete: Use array.sty.
-
-Name: newequation.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defined the \newequation
- command, which is analogous to the standard \newtheorem command.
-Keywords: LaTeX, equation, math
-Author: Richard Clayton <clayton@thumper.bellcore.com>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 12 Jan 91
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: nextslide.sty
-Description: Adds \newslide command to SliTeX, allowing some other
- environments to span multiple slides.
-Keywords: SliTeX, page control
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: May 1992
-Archives: Aston*
-
-Name: nf.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for
- Nuclear Fusion (and other IAEA journals?). For use with
- article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 25 Jun 1992
-Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
-
-Name: nfsslint.sty
-Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- warns of possible
- font problems in pre-NFSS files.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: May 1992
-Archives: Aston*
-
-Name: nofm.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce page headers with
- page numbers of the form "n of m."
-Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
-Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-
-Name: nosecnum.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to suppress section numbers,
- but still put the section titles in page headings.
-Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, pagestyle
-Author: Michael Lemke <michael@crown.as.utexas.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 6 Dec 1991
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: nosecnumbers.sty
-Description: Suppresses section numbers in \sections, \subsections,
- etc., (but still writes entries for a table of contents).
-Keywords: LaTeX, section numbers
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: May 1992
-Archives: Aston*
-
-Name: npsfont.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for defining new PostScript fonts with NFSS.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript fonts
-Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Nov 1991
-Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
-
-Name: ntg10.sty (.doc)
-Description: 10 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
- artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
-Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
-See also: ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty
-
-Name: ntg11.sty (.doc)
-Description: 11 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
- artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
-Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
-See also: ntg10.sty, ntg12.sty
-
-Name: ntg12.sty (.doc)
-Description: 12 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
- artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.17, 24 Apr 1991
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
-Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
-See also: ntg10.sty, ntg11.sty
-
-Name: numdef.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option (also works with plain) to allow
- `arrays' of macros \xx1 \xx2 etc.
-Keywords: LaTeX, numbers, \newcommand, \def
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: (only one version)
-Archives: aston*, shsu
-Note: I am not sure that this was a good idea, it works though.
-
-Name: numinsec.sty
-Description: Document-style option for use with siam.sty (q.v.) to cause
- equations, figures and tables to be numbered within sections.
-Keywords: LaTeX, SIAM, journal
-Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all)
-
-Name: oncew.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to
- only warn you once of each undefined citation.
-Keywords: LaTeX, citation
-Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 29 Jun 1990
-Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by xrefwarn.sty (q.v.)
-
-Name: outline.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option based on the enumerate
- environment that defines a six-level list environment for
- typesetting outlines (The sections are numbered in the following
- styles: I., A., 1., a., (1), (a) ).
-Keywords: LaTeX, outline, list
-Author: Peter Halvorson <peter@fission.gatech.edu>,
- <ne201ph@prism.gatech.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 10 Jan 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, shsu
-Note: Comes with a sample file, outline.tex.
-
-Name: outlineitems.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which alters to numbering of
- items in the enumerate environment to follow the conventional
- "outlining" numbering: i.e., \Roman for first level, \Alph for
- second level, \arabic for third level and \alph for fourth level.
-Keywords: LaTeX, lists
-Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 9 Jan 1991
-Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart
-
-Name: overcite.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
- or more consecutive numbers into one number range and displaying
- them as a superscripted citation. E.g., "foo [1,2,3]." becomes
- "foo.^{1-3}".
-Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
-Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1991
-Archives: shsu*, utrecht
-See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, rangecite.sty
-
-Name: oz.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Z and Object-Z
- specifications.
-Keywords: LaTeX, Z, Object-Z
-Author: Formal Methods Group (fmg@cs.uq.oz.au)
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 10 Apr 91
-Archives: ymir, ftp.cs.uq.oz.au* [130.102.192.20] (coming soon)
-Note: Includes documentation file oz.tex.
-
-Name: pagefoots.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to number footnotes within a
- page.
-Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes
-Author: Brian T. Schellenberger <bts@unx.sas.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 01 Jan 1989
-Archives: ymir, shsu*
-
-Name: pageframe.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a frame around the
- text area of a page, or for just putting cropmarks in the corners.
- Also puts a timestamp, job ID, page number and sequence number
- outside the text area on each page.
-Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, book, output
-Author: Cameron Smith <cameron@symcom.math.uiuc.edu>, (513) 429-2707
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Nov 1991
-Archives: shsu*, aston, stuttgart
-See also: cropmark.tex, quire.tex
-Note: The package comes with documentation, pgframedoc.tex, and a test
- file, pgframetest.tex. It's vitally important to read the
- documentation before trying to use the style file, as it answers
- many questions about the package. Also, on some archives this
- package is called "pgframe" rather than "pageframe".
-
-Name: pap11.sty
-Description: 11 point document-style option for paper.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 22 Feb 90
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: pap12.sty
-
-Name: pap12.sty
-Description: 12 point document-style option for paper.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 22 Feb 90
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: pap11.sty
-
-Name: parskip.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce zero \parindent and
- non-zero \parskip for any document style and size.
-Keywords: LaTeX, page style
-Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 19 Jan 1989
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: path.sty
-Description: TeX macro which defines the \path macro, which is similar
- to LaTeX's \verb (i.e. it typesets its parameter in verbatim mode
- (and therefore in \tt)) but also allows its parameter to be broken
- at specifiable discretionary breakpoints (typically punctuation
- characters), without introducing hyphens which might otherwise be
- ambiguous.
-Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, filename, e-mail pathname, discretionary, verbatim
-Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.03, 18th December 1991
-Archives: ??? no idea where Nelson put it !!!
-
-Name: path.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \pathname
- macro, which is similar to \verb, except it allows its argument to
- be broken at punctuation characters.
-Keywords: LaTeX, filename, path name, discretionary
-Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v3.02, 23 Oct 1991
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: portland.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to facilitate switching between
- portrait and landscape printing.
-Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, portrait
-Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 16 Dec 1988
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: program.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting algorithms.
-Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm
-Author: Martin Ward
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1991
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-Note: Includes demonstration file, program-demo.tex.
-
-Name: proof.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting proof trees.
-Keywords: LaTeX, prooftree, tree
-Author: Makoto Tatsuta <tatsuta@riec.tohoku.ac.jp>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 13 Oct, 1990
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-Note: Comes with a sample file, proofeg.tex.
-
-Name: psfig.sty
-Description: See entry for psfig.tex.
-
-Name: pspicture.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option re-implementing, and extending, LaTeX
- picture mode commands, using PostScript \specials.
-Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, picture
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: 2.01, 16 June 1992
-Archives: shsu*, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: The \special's are set up for Rokicki's dvips. A docstrip option
- for dvi2ps \special's is also provided. The distribution also
- includes texpicture.sty and pspicture.ps. Documentation requires
- Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-See also: epic, eepic, xypic
-
-Name: quote.sty
-Description: See entry for quote.tex.
-
-Name: raggedtab.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause all parboxes to be
- typeset ragged-right.
-Keywords: LaTeX, parbox
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: rail.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating syntax diagrams
- (sometimes known as railroad diagrams).
-Keywords: LaTeX, BNF, railroad
-Author: L.W.J. Rooijakkers <lwj@cs.kun.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0 #1, 12 Feb 1991
-Archives: ftp.cs.kun.nl* [131.174.33.1], ymir, aston
-Note: The complete Rail package consists of a C program, a LaTeX style
- file, a LaTeX documentation file, a UNIX manual page and some
- examples. The program is required for processing the diagrams; the
- style file alone is useless.
-See also: bnf.tex, bnf.sty, ebnf.sty
-
-Name: rangecite.sty (runcite.sty)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
- or more consecutive numbers into one number range.
-Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
-Author: Nachum Dershowitz <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> and Edward M. Reingold
- <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 12 Apr 1990
-Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26], ymir
-See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty
-
-Name: RCS.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to incorporate RCS keyword
- strings such that their value can be used, e.g. for printing in a
- page footer.
-Keywords: LaTeX, RCS keyword strings
-Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1 Jul 1992
-Archives: tue
-See also: rcs.sty (longer code, but does special date processing)
-Note: source is fully documented
-
-Name: rcs.sty
-Description: Interface to the RCS Revision Control System for LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, RCS
-Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 1992
-Archives: utrecht*, stuttgart, rcs.sty
-
-Name: refman.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing technical
- reference manuals, users' guides and articles with a design similar
- to the PostScript Reference Manual. For use with article.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, manual
-Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.1, 4 Oct 1989
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: remark.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a \newremark
- command, parallel to the \newtheorem command, but for remark-like
- environments instead of theorem-like environments.
-Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Possibly obsolete. See theorem.sty.
-
-Name: resume.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting resumes.
-Keywords: LaTeX, resume
-Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 8 Mar 89
-Archives: ymir*, shsu
-Note: Comes with sample file, resume-sample.tex.
-
-Name: romanneg.sty
-Description: Causes the page numbers in the DVI file (as defined by
- \count0) to be negative when roman pagenumbering is in effect.
-Keywords: LaTeX, output, pagenumbers
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: May 1992
-Archives: Aston*
-Supported: yes
-
-Name: rotate.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for rotating and flipping TeX
- boxes.
-Keywords: LaTeX, dvips
-Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990
-Archives: labrea*, ymir
-Note: rotate.sty is part of the dvips distribution.
-See also: rotate.tex
-
-Name: rotating.sty
-Description: A set of macros for rotating all sorts of boxes in LaTeX,
- and allowing the right amount of space. Also supports rotated
- floats.
-Keywords: LaTeX, rotation
-Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1.6 (4 June 92)
-Note: Documented with Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.) system in a full
- manual, which was published in TUGboat 13(2):156--180, July 1992.
-Archives: Aston
-
-Name: sans.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option changing the r\^oles of sans
- serif and roman. NFSS only.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, sans serif
-Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: (no number) 1992
-Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons)
-
-Name: sc21.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing cover pages
- appropriate for ISO/TC97/SC21 documents.
-Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, ISO, standards documents
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 20 May 1987
-Archives: ymir, utrecht (newer?)
-See also: sc21-wg1.sty
-
-Name: sc21-wg1.sty
-Description: A variant of sc21.sty (q.v.)
-
-Name: sched.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. Based
- on schedule.sty (q.v.), but uses PiCTeX instead of PostScript for
- shading boxes.
-Keywords: LaTeX, PiCTeX
-Author: Jim Hefferon <hefferon@smcvax.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 12 Aug 1992
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: schedule.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: Frank Pfenning <fp@cs.cmu.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
-
-Name: schulzrinne.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines
- \cleardoublepage to provide a completely blank page between chapters
- of a book.
-Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: screen.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing a document
- suitable for previewing with SCREENVIEW.
-Keywords: LaTeX, SCREENVIEW
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: script.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Ralph Smith's rsfs
- script fonts.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, mathfonts, script, Lagrangian symbol, Hamiltonian
-Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1.0a 11 Sep 1992
-Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons)
-
-Name: seceqn.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for article.sty to cause
- equations to be numbered within sections.
-Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, equation
-Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 13 Apr 89
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: secret.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting classified
- reports by preceding all paragraphs with "(U)", "(C)" or "(S)".
-Keywords: LaTeX, classified
-Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 24 Nov 89
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: seminar.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for slides and notes.
-Keywords: LaTeX, slides
-Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.92, 8 May 1992
-Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], shsu
-
-Name: setspace.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides commands and
- environments for doing double and one-and-a-half spacing based on
- the point size.
-Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing
-Author: Erica M. S. Harris and George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@SHSU.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Aug 1992
-Archives: shsu*
-
-Name: set_sp.sty
-Description: modification of Erica Harris's setspace.sty (q.v.) to work
- with the New Font Selection Scheme.
-Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing
-Author: Geoffrey Tobin <ecsgrt@luxor.latrobe.edu.au>
-Supported: yes, by email to author's address, for the present
-Latest Version: v0.1, Thu 23 Jan 1992
-Archives: none as of Thu 21 May 1992
-
-Name: sfwmac.sty
-Description: LaTeX support for writing UNIX-style documentation, mostly
- by providing a set of standard abbreviations.
-Keywords: LaTeX, UNIX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, utrecht
-
-Name: shading.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for putting text on a shaded
- background. Requires a PostScript printer and dvi-file converter.
-Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, dvips
-Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>, <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.3, 29 Sep 1992
-Archives: shsu
-Note: Art Mulder is not the author of this file, just the most recent
- modifier. Based on shadebox.tex.
-
-Name: shadow.sty
-Description: Defines a LaTeX macro \shabox which has the same meaning as
- \fbox, except that a "shadow" is added to the bottom and right sides
- of the box.
-Keywords: LaTeX, framebox
-Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 10 May 1991
-Archives: shsu*, ymir
-
-Name: showkeys.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option modifying \label, \bibitem, \cite, \ref
- and \pageref, to print their `key' arguments. The printing of these
- keys does not alter the formatting of the rest of the document.
- (Well not by very much!)
-Keywords: LaTeX, label, ref, citation, keys
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: 1.01, 25 August 1992
-Archives: shsu*, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-See also: showlabels.sty
-
-Name: showlabels.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the \label to
- show the labels inline and modifies the \ref and \pageref to print
- undefined labels rather than just "??".
-Keywords: LaTeX, citation
-Author: Gil Neiger <gil@cc.gatech.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
-
-Name: siam10.sty
-Description: 10 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
- (q.v.).
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
-Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
-Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
- netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
-
-Name: siam11.sty
-Description: 11 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
- (q.v.).
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
-Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
-Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
- netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
-
-Name: siam12.sty
-Description: 12 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
- (q.v.).
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
-Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
-Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
- netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
-
-Name: side.sty
-Description: Defines environments sidetable and sidefigure for including
- landscape ("sideways") tables and figures in LaTeX documents.
-Keywords: LaTeX, floats, dvips
-Author: F. K. Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> and M. F. Ryba
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 3 Dec 91
-Archives: shsu
-Note: Requires rotate.tex (q.v.).
-
-Name: SLaTeX (with slatex.sty)
-Description: The TeX file slatex.sty allows automatic multiple-font
- typesetting of Scheme or Lisp code in both LaTeX and plain TeX.
- Relies on the non-TeX program SLaTeX, which is makefile-portable to
- any Scheme and Common Lisp.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, SLaTeX, Scheme, Common Lisp
-Author: Dorai Sitaram <dorai@titan.rice.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Version 1.99, Dec. 1991
-Archives: titan.rice.edu* (public/slatex-1.99.tar.Z)
-
-Name: slem.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style to modify \em so that it uses \sl
- rather than \it.
-Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, emphasis
-Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: smaller.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style to provide relative sizing macros for
- the Old Font Selection Scheme, i.e., \smaller will reduce the
- current font size by one step and \larger will increase it.
-Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS
-Author: Bernie Cosell <cosell@wilma.bbn.com> and Don Hosek
- <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1 May 1990
-Archives: ymir*, shsu
-
-Name: smalltalk.sty
-Description: Useful for typesetting small fragments of the Smalltalk
- programming language
-Keywords: LaTeX, Smalltalk programming language
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: May 1992
-Supported: yes
-Archives: Aston*
-
-Name: sober.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to reduce the amount of space
- after section headers and in list environments and reduce the size
- of section headers.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: Nico Poppelier <n.poppelier@elsevier.nl>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: spacecites.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to insert spaces between
- entries in a multiple citation key, i.e., [Furu86, Furu87] instead
- of [Furu86,Furu87].
-Keywords: LaTeX, citation
-Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986
-Archives: ymir, utrecht
-
-Name: spacing.sty
-Description: Single- and double-spacing macros for LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, doublespace
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Probably obsolete. Use doublespace.sty instead.
-
-Name: sprite.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for creating low-resolution bitmap characters
- in TeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
-Author: Martin Costabel
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Oct 1987
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-
-Name: sshdbk10.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the ten-point
- book style (bk10.sty) to use sans serif headings.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book, font
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: shsu, shsu
-
-Name: stbrief.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option based on letter.sty.
- Configuration is done interactively during the TeX run. Just
- answer the questions and a personnal configuration file is edited
- or changed.
-Keywords: LaTeX, letter, interactive configuration
-Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>,
- <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.4, 21 Mar 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*
-Note: defuser.sty is the file which is automatically included. It
- does the interactive configuration. stbrief.tex is an example for
- a letter. Just TeX it and jou'll see! An version with english
- texts will follow soon. Any help is available via email (see above
- for address). More german information in an article in c't 7/92.
-
-Name: stmaryrd.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the St Mary's Road
- symbol font (stmary) created by Jeremy Gibbons and Alan Jeffrey.
-Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, OFSS, mathfonts
-Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
-Archives:
-Note: Requires module.sty and the St Mary's Road fonts METAFONT sources.
- Comes with documentation, stmaryrd.tex.
-
-Name: subeqn.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering a series of
- equations as 4a, 4b, 4c, etc.
-Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering
-Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 13 Feb 90
-Archives: ymir*, utrecht, shsu
-See also: equations.sty
-
-Name: subeqnarray.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the subeqnarray,
- which is just like the eqnarray environment except that the lines
- are numbered as 1a, 1b, 1c, etc.
-Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Nov 1988
-Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
-
-Name: subfigure.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing support for the
- inclusion of small `sub' figures. It simplifies the positioning,
- captioning and labeling of them within a single figure environment.
-Keywords: LaTeX, floats
-Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.5, 06 August 1992
-Archives: shsu*, ymir, utrecht
-
-Name: supertab.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the supertabular
- environment, which is like tabular except that large tables are
- automatically split across pages. The table head and tail are
- repeated on each page.
-Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tables, multi-page
-Author: Theo Jurriens <taj@hgrrug5.bitnet> and Johannes Braams
- <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.6h, 3 Jul 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, utrecht, stuttgart, shsu
-See also: longtable.sty, bigtabular.sty
-
-Name: suthesis.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Stanford University
- Ph.D. thesis style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
-Author: Joseph Pallas
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 13 Sep 88
-Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
-
-Name: svma.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag
- multiple-author books.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style
-Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department,
- Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 01 Nov 87
-Archives: ymir, utrecht
-Note: Includes documentation file svma-doc.sty. Probably obsolete: use
- lmamult.sty (q.v.) instead.
-See also: svsa.sty, lmamult.sty
-
-Name: svsa.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag
- single-author books.
-Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style
-Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department,
- Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 01 Nov 87
-Archives: ymir, utrecht
-Note: Probably obsolete: use mathsing.sty (q.v.) instead.
-See also: svma.sty, mathsing.sty
-
-Name: tables.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for creating tables.
-Keywords: LaTeX, tables
-Author: Ray F. Cowan and Bob Taylor
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 20 Mar 1987
-Archives: ymir
-Note: tables.tex???
-
-Name: tabls.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to keep text from touching text
- or hlines above or below.
-Keywords: LaTeX, tables
-Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.1, 1992
-Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu*
-
-Name: tabverb.sty
-Description: LaTeX environment similar to the LaTeX verbatim
- environment, but it expands tab characters and interprets CTL-L's as
- \newpage's.
-Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
-Author: Michael Fine
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 29 Sep 1987
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-
-Name: tabularx.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX style option defining the tabularx environment. This
- is like tabular*, except that the widths of certain `p' columns are
- modified to achieve the desired total width, rather than the width
- of the inter-column space.
-Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tabularx
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: 1.04, 02 September 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-
-Name: tape.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for making cassette labels.
-Keywords: LaTeX, cassette
-Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 20 Jun 1986
-Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
-Note: Includes documentation and examples: tape-doc.tex, tape.readme and
- tape.example.
-See also: cassette.tex
-
-Name: techreport.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to the USCthesis style for
- converting a thesis or dissertation into a technical report.
-Keywords: LaTeX, technical report
-Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.6, 23 Mar 1991
-Archives: shsu*
-Note: Requires Tomas Rokicki's `rotate' style option (or equivalent) if
- the spine-art option is used.
-See also: USCthesis.sty
-
-Name: texnames.sty
-Description: Style file which defines macros for names of various TeX
- and METAFONT programs.
-Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, logos
-Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.06, 27 Jan 1992
-Note: Distributed as part of the eplain.tex package.
-Archives: utah*, umb, utrecht, stuttgart, aston, ymir, shsu
-See also: tex.logos
-
-Name: tgrind.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting tgrind output, based on
- tgrindmac.tex.
-Keywords: LaTeX, tgrind
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
-See also: tgrindmac.tex
-
-Name: theapa.sty
-Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for use with the
- theapa BibTeX bibliography style (theapa.bst).
-Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
-Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.5.1 May 1992
-Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
-See also: theapa.tex, theapa.bst
-
-Name: threecolumn.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for setting documents in three
- columns.
-Keywords: LaTeX, output, multi-column
-Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1 Oct 1989
-Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart, aston
-See also: multicol.sty
-
-Name: threepart.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating three-part headers
- and footers.
-Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
-Author: Lance Berc <mcvax!unizh!olsen!lance@seismo.css.gov>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Jan 1987
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-
-Name: timeline.sty
-Description: Macros for drawing time lines in either LaTeX or plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, timeline
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: trademarks.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines macros for
- various common trademarks.
-Keywords: LaTeX, trademark, logos
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-
-Name: trees.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for drawing binary or ternary trees.
-Keywords: LaTeX, tree, graphics
-Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 18 Apr 1990
-Archives: ymir, aston
-Note: Comes with documentation file trees.readme.
-
-Name: twoup.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to print documents two-up with
- the help of dvidvi.
-Keywords: LaTeX, dvidvi
-Author: Gary Levin <gary@sun.mcs.clarkson.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-
-Name: uct10.sty
-Description: 10 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
-Author: Rusty C. Wright
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: uct11.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty
-
-Name: uct11.sty
-Description: 11 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
-Author: Rusty C. Wright
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: uct10.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty
-
-Name: uct12.sty
-Description: 12 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
-Author: Rusty C. Wright
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: uct10.sty, uct11.sty, ucthesis.sty
-
-Name: ukdate.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for UK-style
- dates. Also provides macros to calculate the day of week and the
- phase of the moon.
-Keywords: LaTeX, date, calendar, pom, dow
-Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 26 Oct 1988
-Note: Obsolete: Use dates.sty instead.
-
-Name: ulem.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines \em to
- underline text rather than set it in italics. This underlining
- allows line breaks, and works with plain TeX also (using \uline{}).
-Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, underlining, emphasis
-Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
-Supported: Yes
-Latest Version: 1992
-Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart
-
-Name: usenix.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
- produce papers in the format of the Usenix conference proceedings.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings
-Author: Dave Steiner <steiner@topaz.rutgers.edu>,
- <..!rutgers!topaz.rutgers.edu!steiner>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v0.9, 1 Jun 1989
-Archives: ymir, stuttgart
-Note: The official Usenix proceedings are typeset by converting all
- papers to troff, so this style can't be used to submit camera-ready
- copy.
-
-Name: userps.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to define various useful
-\pagestyles. (Only contains one so far.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
-Author:
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-Note: Unsupported.
-
-Name: varfbox.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a variant of the
- standard \fbox command which allows the user to specify the size of
- the \fboxrule on the fly.
-Keywords: LaTeX, box
-Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 8 Aug 1989
-Archives: shsu*
-
-Name: vdm.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting VDM specifications.
-Keywords: LaTeX, VDM specification language
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 3.0, May 1992
-Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart
-Note: Comes with documentation: vdm.tex
-
-Name: version.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for defining environments whose contents will
- be optionally ignored when you run LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, comment
-Author: Stephen Bellantoni
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1990
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-
-Name: vita.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for creating a vita similar to that
- suggested by the Handbook for Scholars.
-Keywords: LaTeX, vita, resume
-Author: KC Border <kcb@hss.caltech.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Sep 1990
-Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: voorbeeldom.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines an enumerate-like
- environment for typesetting Linguistic examples.
-Keywords: LaTeX, lists
-Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 08 Jan 1990
-Archives: utrecht*, ymir
-
-Name: voorwerk.sty
-Description: Dutch version of titlepage.sty for use with rapport1.sty
- and rapport3.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, report, Dutch, NTG
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 15 Apr 1990
-Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, aston,
-Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
-
-Name: vrbinput.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with verbatim.sty
- (q.v.) to allow the verbatim input of files.
-Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, input
-Author: Bernd Raichle <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0b, 30 Jun 1991
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart*
-Note: vrbinput.sty (.doc) is part of the verbatim distribution.
-See also: verbatim.sty
-
-Name: warn.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to get LaTeX warnings to mention
- the line number.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, stuttgart
-
-Name: workshop.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style to be used for formatting articles for
- the workshops on discrete event systems in Prague, August 1992, and
- on robust control in Ascona, April 1992.
-Keywords: LaTeX, conference, article
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 11 Feb 1992
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
-Note: Obsolete. Use birkhaus.sty instead.
-
-Name: wrapfig.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the environment
- "wrapfigure" to manually place a figure at the side of the page and
- wrap text around it.
-Keywords: LaTeX, floats,
-Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1991
-Archives: shsu*
-
-Name: wright.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option which extends \newcommand and
- \renewcommand to support commands with optional arguments.
-Keywords: LaTeX, newcommand, optarg
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, stuttgart
-Note: Includes example file wright.tex.
-
-Name: xrefwarn.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to
- only warn you once of each undefined citation.
-Keywords: LaTeX, x-ref warnings, citation
-Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.2, 24 Feb 1992
-Archives: utrecht*
-
-Name: xspace.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option defining \xspace, a macro to put at the
- end of abbreviations. It makes a space unless the following
- character is a punctuation character, or {}.
-Keywords: LaTeX, spaces
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992
-Archives: shsu*, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
-
-Name: young.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style option which defines an environment
- {Young} to draw Young tableaux (group theory).
-Keywords: LaTeX, Young tableaux
-Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 7 Feb 1992
-Note: Based on using young.tex by Paul E. S. Wormer <U644301@HNYKUN11>
-Archives: shsu*
-
-Name: zaccone.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide independent
- formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions.
-Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-Note: Virtually identical to bruggink.sty (q.v.)
-
-Name: zero.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to start numbering at zero,
- where appropriate. Also allows specification of initial counter
- values other than one or zero (useful for counters that count
- "within" other counters).
-Keywords: LaTeX, counter, "numbering within"
-Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 19 Jun 1991
-Archives: tue, shsu
-Note: documentation and test file included in package named zero.tar.Z
-
-
-%%Section 6.8: Other
-
-Name: asaetr.tex
-Description: LaTeX documentation for asaetr package
-Keywords: documentation, LaTeX, publisher style
-Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
-Archives: shsu
-Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
-See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.bst, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf
-
-Name: calprog.tex
-Description: See yearcal.tex
-
-Name: docstrip.tex
-Description: LaTeX program to convert .doc files written with doc.sty
- into stripped-down .sty files.
-Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.11 test, 10 Dec 1990
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: doc.sty, newdoc.sty
-
-Name: lcustom.tex
-Description: A miscellaneous collection of LaTeX customizations,
- including support for the verbatim input of a file.
-Keywords: LaTeX, vrbinput
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-
-Name: pphlp.tex
-Description: This file is part of the PPHLP package, which allows both
- printed manuals and VMS help library modules to be prepared from a
- single file.
-Keywords: LaTeX, VMS, documentation
-Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 19 July 1992
-Archives: aston, shsu
-
-Name: preload.tex
-Description: A .tex file for making latex formats with certain style
- options preloaded. Speeds things up on a slow PC!
-Keywords: LaTeX, PC, speed, initex
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: (only one version)
-Archives: aston*
-Note: May not work with recent releases of LaTeX.
-
-Name: pslplain.tex
-Description: PSLaTeX is a variant of LaTeX that uses PostScript fonts
- where possible (including math mode). The assumed encoding of text
- fonts is not that of the Computer Modern fonts, but the Adobe
- Standard Encoding, enabling any PostScript font using this encoding
- to be used as a text font. The latest version incorporates the New
- Font Selection Scheme.
-Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript fonts
-Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 3.0, Jun 1992
-Note: comes with documentation (pslatex.tex) and many supporting files.
-
-Name: xcomment.sty
-Description: LaTeX style option for printing only selected environments.
-Keywords: LaTeX, comment
-Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Jun 1992
-Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
-
-Name: xxxcustom.tex
-Description: Miscellaneous customizations to LaTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.00, 17 Jun 1985
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-
-Name: yearcal.tex
-Description: LaTeX program for printing a year calendar.
-Keywords: LaTeX, calendar
-Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
-Supported: yes
-Latsion: 25 Jun 1992
-Archives: shsu
-See also: calendar.sty, calendar.tex
-Note: An earlier version of this program was called calprog.tex.
-
-
-%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX
-
-%% These entries need to be fleshed out more.
-
-Name: lamstex.tex
-Description: LamS-TeX is a macro package which provides AMS-TeX with
- some of the document-structuring commands of packages such as LaTeX.
- Support is also provided for tables, commutative diagrams,
- cross-references, bibliographies (including the use of BibTeX),
- indices, etc.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams, xrefs, BibTeX
-Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama,
- Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.)
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.01, 1991
-Archives: ymir, stuttgart
-Note: LamS-TeX comes with installation instructions (inst.tex and
- insttbls.tex) and a brief sample file (samp.tex), which also
- contains a short description of the package. A user's manual
- ("LamS-TeX, The Synthesis") is sold separately by the TeXplorators
- Corporation. A Wizards's Manual, documenting the code, is also
- available and a Style File Designer's Manual is planned. LamS-TeX
- comes with two programs (dvipaste and index) and five new fonts
- (lams1.mf, ..., lams5.mf). LamS-TeX is almost compatible with plain
- TeX and AMS-TeX and compatibility modes are supplied (see
- acompat.tex and pcompat.tex). LamS-TeX is organized in modules,
- which can be swapped in and out as needed to make more efficient use
- of limited memory. (Those files with "(.tox)" next to their names
- are modules.)
-
-Name: acompat.tex
-Description: LamS-TeX file which allows an old AMS-TeX file to be run
- through LamS-TeX.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX
-Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama,
- Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.)
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
-Archives:
-
-Name: alignat.tex (.tox)
-Description: LamS-TeX module which defines the alignedat, alignat,
- xalignat and xxalignat math environments for equation arrays.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, math
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: amstexl.tex
-Description: LamS-TeX file which provides the basic AMS-TeX macros.
-Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
-Archives:
-
-Name: anynum.tex (.tox)
-Description: LamS-TeX module which defines \newcounter and \usecounter.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: bib.tex (.tox)
-Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for a bibliography.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, bibliography
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: bibtex.tex
-Description: LamS-TeX file which provides support for BibTeX.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
-Archives:
-
-Name: book.st
-Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic book.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, book
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
-Archives:
-Note: Also book.stb, book.stf and book.stt for providing extra macros.
-
-Name: cardord.tex (.tox)
-Description: LamS-TeX module for printing the value of constants and
- counters as cardinal and ordinal numbers.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: cd.tex (.tox)
-Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for
- commutative diagrams?
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: dblacc.tex (.tox)
-Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for the \accented
- command for putting multiple accents on a character.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, accent
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: dvipaste.tex
-Description: LamS-TeX macros for using the program dvipaste, which
- provides a way to paste in tables that may otherwise be too big to
- include in your document using traditional means.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, table
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1989
-Archives:
-Note: Documentation in dvipaste.doc. Sample files join.tex, boxes1.tex
- and boxes2.tex.
-
-Name: islands.tex (.tox)
-Description: LamS-TeX module which provides supports for floating
- insertions.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, float
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: lamslogo.tex
-Description: LamS-TeX file which defines the LamS-TeX logo, \LamSTeX.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: lamstbl.tex
-Description: Subset of the LamS-TeX macros that are most useful for
- producing tables with dvipaste?
-Keywords: LamS-TeX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
-Archives:
-
-Name: lamstex.stb
-Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing an index.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, index
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
-Archives:
-
-Name: lamstex.stf
-Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing a table of contents.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, TOC
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
-Archives:
-
-Name: lamstex.stt
-Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing tables.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, tables
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: letter.st
-Description: LamS-TeX letter document style.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, letter
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-Note: A sample letter, letter.tex, is provided.
-
-Name: lists.tex (.tox)
-Description: LamS-TeX module for providing support for itemized lists.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, lists
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: literal.tex (.tox)
-Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for typesetting
- pieces of TeX code verbatim
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, verbatim
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: lithl.tex
-Description: LamS-TeX macros for doing something magic.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
-Archives:
-
-Name: paper.st
-Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic paper.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, article
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
-Archives:
-Note: Also paper.stt, which has something to do with tables.
-
-Name: pcompat.tex
-Description: LamS-TeX which allows LamS-TeX to format a plain TeX file.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LamS-TeX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
-Archives:
-
-Name: places.tex (.tox)
-Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for floating
- insertions.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, float
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: ptmatrix.tex
-Description: LamS-TeX macros for typesetting partitioned matrices.
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, math, matrices
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
-Archives:
-
-Name: varref.tex (.tox)
-Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for cross
- references?
-Keywords: LamS-TeX, xrefs
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-
-%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX
-
-Name: 10point.tex
-Description: Defines a \tenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the one
- mentioned in the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
- 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
- plain-cm.tex
-
-Name: 10pointss.tex
-Description: Defines a \tenpointss macro to switch to the ten point
- sans-serif font.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 11point.tex,
- 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, plain-cm.tex
-
-Name: 11point.tex
-Description: Defines an \elevenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
- the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
- 10pointss.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
- plain-cm.tex
-
-Name: 12point.tex
-Description: Defines a \twelvepoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
- the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
- 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
- plain-cm.tex
-
-Name: 14point.tex
-Description: Defines a \fourteenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
- the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
- 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
- plain-cm.tex
-
-Name: 17point.tex
-Description: Defines a \seventeenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
- the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
- 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 20point.tex,
- plain-cm.tex
-
-Name: 20point.tex
-Description: Defines a \twentypoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
- the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> and J. Leon
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
- 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex,
- plain-cm.tex
-
-Name: 2columns.mac
-Description: The two column output format from Chapter 23 of the
- TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: 2side.tex
-Description: A two-sided format for plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, output
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: 7point.tex
-Description: Defines a \sevenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
- one mentioned in the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
- 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
- plain-cm.tex
-
-Name: 8point.tex
-Description: Defines an \eightpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
- one mentioned in the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: 7point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
- 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
- plain-cm.tex
-
-Name: 9point.tex
-Description: Defines a \ninepoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
- one mentioned in the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
- 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
- plain-cm.tex
-
-Name: aa.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal,
- multi-column, two-column
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.0, 25 Feb 1991
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file (aa.doc), three
- example files (aa.dem) two of them are files with the macros for the
- head ready to "fill in" the text (aa.big, and aa.tex), and a readme
- file. The package also includes a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus
- list for Astronomy and Astrophysics. There is also a variant,
- aa.mtm, of the macros for typsetting with the Monotype Times fonts.
-
-Name: address.tex
-Description: Generates form letters and mailing labels from an address
- list.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, formletter, mailing labels
-Author: Michael Wester <wester@spectre.unm.edu> and Jackie Damrau
- <damrau@bitbucket.ssc.gov>
-Supported: Yes
-Latest Version: 25 May 1992
-Archives: shsu*
-Note: Package includes several auxiliary files, including a README file.
- This package is described in the paper "Form Letters with 3-Across
- Labels Capability," TUGboat 12(4):510-516, December 1991. This
- paper is also included in the address package.
-See also: bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex,
- lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
-
-Name: amssym.def
-Description: Makes the AMS symbol fonts (msam and msbm) available to
- plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991
-Archives: e-math*
-See also: amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty,
- amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
-
-Name: apalike.tex
-Description: Macros to make apalike.bst work with plain TeX and
- btxmac.tex.
-Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
-Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.99b, 29 Feb 1992
-Archives: labrea*
-See also: btxmac.tex, apalike.sty, apalike.bst
-
-Name: automagic.tex
-Description: Defines some fairly simple macros for automatically
- numbering section headings in plain TeX. Also has rudimentary
- support for a table of contents.
-Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, TOC
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex
-
-Name: autotoc.tex
-Description: Automatic Table of contents generation for plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TOC
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: automagic.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex
-
-Name: badges.tex
-Description: plain TeX program for making name tags.
-Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>, <rcpt@heithe5.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Package includes badges.ps, badges.readme and addresses.tex.
-
-Name: bellmac.tex
-Description: Form letter package for plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, formletter
-Author: Edwin V. Bell, II <bell@ukanvax.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.1, 9 Oct 1986
-Archives: ymir
-See also: address.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, lettermac.tex,
- letter.sty, merge.sty
-
-Name: bibplain.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for using BibTeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Anthony J. Ferro <ferro@asucps.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: btxmac.tex
-Note: Probably obsolete. Use btxmac.tex instead.
-
-Name: blanks.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting questions with blanks left
- for the answers.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX
-Author: Hal R. Varian
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 19 Aug 1987
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Includes an example file, blanks-sample.tex.
-
-Name: bnf.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for formatting BNF grammars.
-Keywords: plain TeX, BNF
-Author: Erik Quanstrom
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 10 Nov 1990
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Includes an example file, bnfexample.tex.
-See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.sty
-
-Name: borders.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for putting a black border around page.
-Keywords: plain TeX, output
-Author: James A. Brister
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 28 Jan 1991
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: boxit.tex
-Description: plain TeX macro to put boxes around text, similar to the
- LaTeX \fbox command.
-Keywords: plain TeX, framebox
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-Note: This is similar to, but inferior to, the \boxit macro presented in
- Exercise 21.3 of the TeXbook.
-See also: frame.tex
-
-Name: btable.sty
-Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting character tables of finite
- groups.
-Keywords: plain TeX, table
-Author: Bob Howlett <howlett_r@maths.su.oz.au> and Andrew Mathas
- <andrew@math.uic.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 6 Jul 90
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: btxmac.tex
-Description: Defines macros that make BibTeX work with plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.99j, 14 Mar 1992
-Archives: labrea*, ymir
-
-Name: Caesar-CM
-Description: Macros to provide (nearly) perfect hyphenation at slight
- cost on TeX systems lacking good virtual font support. These
- macros allow one to supplement ordinary Computer Modern fonts with
- some extended Computer Modern prose fonts containing some or all
- the accented characters in the 1989 Cork norm for TeX-encoding of
- latin alphabets. For example, the distribution includes three
- basic prose fonts of the "TM" series due to
- Brouard-Sullivan-Taupin.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern, Cork norm,
- virtual fonts, em, Macintosh
-Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Sept 1992
-Note: Caesar-CM is recommended for TeX systems lacking good virtual
- font support. Originally designed for OzTeX and Textures, it
- provides special comforts for these two. For Textures, there is
- support for all Adobe type1 fonts, covering roughly the same ISO
- Latin1 accented characters as the TM fonts.
-Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
- [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
-
-Name: calendar.tex
-Description: Interactive plain TeX program for formatting a monthly
- calendar.
-Keywords: plain TeX, calendar
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: calendar.sty, yearcal.tex
-
-Name: capparmode.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros to typeset every paragraph with a drop
- capital.
-Keywords: plain TeX, dropcaps
-Author: David J. Braunegg
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 1986
-Archives: labrea*, ymir
-
-Name: cassette.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros to typeset labels for standard Phillips
- audio cassette boxes.
-Keywords: plain TeX, cassette label
-Author: David Strip <drstrip@isrc.sandia.gov>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1991
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Uses, but does not require, two special fonts, dolby and cdlogo.
-See also: tape.sty
-
-%% Name: cell1.tex
-%% Name: cell2.tex
-%% Name: cell3.tex
-%% Name: cell4.tex
-%% Name: cellular.doc
-%% Name: cellular.tex
-
-Name: chbars.tex
-Description: Macros for producing changebars without \special's (with
- plain TeX).
-Keywords: plain TeX, changebars, output
-Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 9 Oct 1989
-Note: This is, in fact, a talk at EuroTeX '89 in Karlsruhe. (That's the
- EuroTeX where no proceedings appeared.) The talk attempted to push
- TeX to its limits and to show these limits. The author neither uses
- nors support this macro by himself; but if he receives repairs, he
- will incorporate them into a new version.
-Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart, ymir, aston
-
-Name: cnoweb.tex
-Description: A plain TeX macro package for pretty-printing C code
- without using CWEB.
-Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, C
-Author: Jim Fox
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.2, 30 Oct 1989
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-Note: Includes a sample file, pf.c, and a readme file, cnoweb.readme.
-
-Name: comment.sty
-Description: Macros for commenting out sections of documents in plain
- TeX or LaTeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, comment
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.0, 19 Jun 1992
-Archives: stuttgart, shsu
-See also: comment.tex, verbatim.sty
-
-Name: comment.tex
-Description: Defines macros for commenting out sections of text in plain
- TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, comment
-Author: J. C. Alexander
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: May 1986
-Archives: ymir, aston
-See also: comment.sty, verbatim.sty
-
-Name: cpjour2.cmm
-Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- camera-ready copy for various two-column journals.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- journal, multi-column, two-column
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 24 Oct 1991
-Archives:
-Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 and PJour2g packages.
-
-Name: CPMoMu01
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for preparing
- camera-ready monographs or contributions to multi-author books.
-Keywords: plain TeX, book, single-author, multi-author, proceedings,
- camera-ready
-Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: 1.0
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-
-Name: cyracc.def
-Description: Definitions of accents and special characters required for
- use of the Cyrillic fonts arranged according to the AMS scheme.
-Keywords: generic, amsfonts, Cyrillic, AMS
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991
-Archives: e-math*, ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-Name: declare.tex
-Description: Provides a method of locally allocating registers without
- interference with previously allocated registers.
-Keywords: plain TeX, allocation, register
-Author: J. E. Pittman
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1 Jun 1990
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: dmhgener.tex
-Description: Provides plain TeX with rudimentary support for sectioning
- commands, automatic numbering of chapters, equations, figures and
- tables, and bibliography entries and cross-referencing.
-Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, xrefs, bibliography
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: doublecol.tex
-Description: Generic double column output for plain TeX, modified from
- Donald Knuth's routine in Appendix E of the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: edmac.tex (.doc)
-Description: EDMAC is a set of plain TeX macros for formatting critical
- editions of texts in the traditional way, similar to the Oxford
- Classical Texts, Teubner and Arden Shakespeare. Support is provided
- for marginal line numbering and multiple series of footnotes and
- endnotes keyed to line numbers.
-Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, line numbering
-Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>,
- <lav@brandeis.bitnet> and Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.22
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart, utrecht
-Note: The documentation requires doc.sty and newdoc.sty to format, as
- well as egg.sty, which is distributed with the package.
-
-Name: epsf.tex
-Description: TeX macros to include an Encapsulated PostScript graphic.
-Keywords: plain TeX, dvips, epsf, PostScript
-Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 18 Jul 1990
-Archives: labrea*, ymir
-Note: epsf.tex is part of the dvips distribution.
-See also: epsf.sty, psfig.tex, psfig.sty
-
-Name: figplace.tex
-Description: Macros which implement an alternate floating insertion
- routine for plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, output, floats
-Author: Joost Zalmstra <jjaz%nat.vu.nl@hearn.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 25 Oct 1988
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-
-Name: FloatNotes.tex
-Description: TeX macros allowing \midinsert's to be treated by the
- user much like displays. In particular, it becomes possible to
- use a midinsert without a special label or title, in spite of
- occasional "floating" to a following page. The trick is to use a
- "floatnote".
-Keywords: plain TeX, \midinsert, newinserts.tex
-Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: alpha; Sept 1992
-Note: Documentation is internal. Derives from W. Neumann's
- newinserts.tex correction/revision of \midinsert. Hence it is only
- valid with formats based on Plain TeX
-Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
- [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
-
-Name: fnote.tex
-Description: Defines a plain TeX macro \fnote for automatically
- numbering footnotes. Also redefines \vfootnote to reset
- \baselineskip to restore single spacing within double-spaced text.
-Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, autonumbering
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: fnpara.tex
-Description: Redefines plain TeX's footnote macros so that all footnotes
- on a page are combined into a single paragraph, a la pages 398--400
- of the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, TeXbook
-Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 15 Sep 1988
-Archives: ymir (but munged)
-See also: fnpara.sty
-
-Name: fontbl.tex
-Description: plain TeX program for displaying font tables.
-Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
-Author: Roger L. Beeman and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-See also: testfont.tex
-
-Name: fontchart.tex
-Description: plain TeX program for displaying magnified font tables.
- Shows bounding boxes and baselines of characters.
-Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-See also: testfont.tex, fontbl.tex
-
-Name: fortran.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for including verbatim program listings.
- Based on Dirty Trick #3 of Appendix D of the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, TeXbook, vrbinput
-Author: B. H. Toby
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Aug 1986
-Archives: ymir
-See also: list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, verbtim2.tex,
- misc.sty, lcustom.tex
-
-Name: frame.tex
-Description: Defines a macro for putting a frame around an \hbox; also
- defines a macro for producing an empty box of arbitrary dimensions.
-Keywords: plain TeX, framebox
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: boxit.sty
-
-Name: gkpmac.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros used to typeset "Concrete Mathematics" by
- Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik.
-Keywords: plain TeX, book
-Author: Ronald Graham and Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik
-Maintainer: Donald E. Knuth; Computer Science Department; Stanford
- University; Stanford, CA 94305 <op@cs.stanford.edu (Care of Oren
- Patashnik)>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: concrete.sty
-
-Name: headlinerule.tex
-Description: Redefines plain TeX's \makeheadline macro to include an
- \hrule spanning the width of the page.
-Keywords: plain TeX, header
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: HyAcc-CM
-Description: Macros allowing decent hyphenation for languages using
- accented characters when typesetting fonts with Computer Modern
- encoding.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern
-Authors: Daniel Flipo <flipo@citil.citilille.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann
- <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: May 1992
-Note: Recommended for small TeX systems, and for European language
- typescripts circulated in the US or wherever CM fonts predominate
-Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
- [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
-
-Name: index.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for use with the MakeIndex program to make
- an index for a document. The macros work with MakeIndex in its
- default mode, so no extra MakeIndex "style" file is needed (even
- though that default mode is actually for LaTeX). For draft
- documents a switch will turn on "galley marks" for indexed words or
- phrases (a ruled box is drawn around the item). Includes macros for
- both creating the raw index file and printing the processed index.
- Instructions are provided for setting up more than one index.
-Keywords: plain TeX, index, MakeIndex
-Author: Eric Myers <myers@landau.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.15, 19 Jun 1992
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-See also: TeXsis
-Note: index.tex is also included in TeXsis (q.v.)
-
-Name: jns.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- journal
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 16 July 1990
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jns.doc, an example
- file, jns.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, jns.amm, for
- typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
-See also: jns.sty, jnsams.cmm
-
-Name: label.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for creating mailing labels.
-Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: address.tex, labels.tex, make-env.tex
-
-Name: labeldefs.tex
-Description: Simple threecolumn output for a plain TeX newsletter, based
- on the example on page 257 of the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, newsletter
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: LabelFig.tex
-Description: Semi-interactive macros for attaching TeX labels to
- imported graphics from outside sources such as Postscript.
-Keywords: TeX, graphics, PostScript
-Authors: Raymond Seroul <seroul@math.u-strasbg.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann
- <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
-Supported: yes
-First Version: July 1991
-Latest Version: July 1992
-Note: The interactivity derives from a canonical grid visible on the
- preview or preprint. As one can attach anything to anything,
- LabelFig.tex gives a simple paste-up environment. Documentation
- is internal.
-Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
- [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
-
-Name: labelmac3.tex
-Description: Plain TeX macros for creating mail labels for use with
- Avery 5160 laser printer labels.
-Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels
-Author: R. Bharat Rao <bharat@herodotus.cs.uiuc.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 11 Oct 1991
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: lecmono.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- monographs in the Lecture Notes in Physics series.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- single-author, book, LNP, physics
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Nov 1990
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecmono.doc, two
- example files, lecmono1.dem and lecmono2.dem, and a readme file.
- There is also a file, lecmono.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete)
- Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
-
-Name: lecproc.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- proceedings in the Lecture Notes in Physics series.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- LNP, proceedings, physics, multi-author, book
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.0
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecproc.doc, two
- example files, lecproc.dem and lecproc.dem, and a readme file.
-
-Name: letter.mac
-Description: A stripped-down version of letter format from Appendix E of
- the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, letter
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.tex, lettermac.tex,
- letter.sty, merge.sty
-
-Name: letter.tex
-Description: Donald Knuth's letter format, an expanded version of the
- letter format in Appendix E of the TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, letter, TeXbook
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: labrea*, ymir
-See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac,
- lettermac.tex, letter.sty, merge.sty
-
-Name: lettermac.tex
-Description: Simple macros for writing letters.
-Keywords: plain TeX, letter
-Author: J. Daniel Smith
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 23 May 90
-Archives: ymir
-See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, letter.tex,
- letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
-
-Name: LeXTeX.tex
-Description: A macro package for use with plain.tex for producing legal
- documents (including pleadings).
-Keywords: plain TeX, LeXTeX
-Author: Roger C-H. Horne <rhorne@cix.compulink.co.uk>, 7 New Square,
- Lincoln's Inn, London WC2A 3QS, UK
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.005, Feb 1992
-Archives: None as yet.
-
-Name: list.tex
-Description: Makes a verbatim listing of one or more files. Typical
- usage: tex list *.c \\end
-Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: labrea*, ymir
-See also: fortran.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex
-
-Name: listing.mac
-Description: Macros for the LISTEX system by DCB.
-Keywords: plain TeX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: llist.tex
-Description: Makes a two-up verbatim listing of one or more files.
- Typical usage: tex llist *.c \\end
-Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, dvips, vrbinput
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: labrea*, ymir
-See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex
-
-%% Name: longtocline.tex
-
-Name: lwebmac.tex
-Description: macros for the LWEB system by DCB
-Keywords:
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: make-env.tex
-Description: Print an address on an envelope according to strict USPS
- standards.
-Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels, barcode
-Author: J. Daniel Smith
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Includes a sample file, test.adr. Requires zip.tex and
- lettermac.tex.
-See also: address.tex, label.tex, labels.tex
-
-Name: mamath.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- camera-ready articles for manuscripta mathematica.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- journal, mathematics
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Jun 1990
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mamath.doc, an
- example file, mamath.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file,
- mamath.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM)
- fonts.
-
-Name: manmac.tex
-Description: Macros used to typeset The TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TeXbook, book
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: labrea*, shsu
-
-Name: mathmult.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- multi-author mathematics books.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- multi-author, book, mathematics
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Mar 1991
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathmult.doc, an
- example file, mathmult.dem, and a readme file. There is also a
- file, mathmult.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern
- (AM) fonts.
-See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
-
-Name: mathsing.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- single-author mathematics books.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- single-author, book, mathematics
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, Oct 1990
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, an
- example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. There is also a
- file, mathsing.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern
- (AM) fonts.
-See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.sty
-
-Name: memo.tex
-Description: Generate a memo banner.
-Keywords: plain TeX, memo
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: mftmac.tex
-Description: Special macros for use with MFT output.
-Keywords: plain TeX, METAFONT, MFT
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Archives: labrea*
-
-Name: mhack.tex
-Description: plain TeX code for producing margin notes.
-Keywords: plain TeX, margin notes
-Author: Norman Walsh <walsh@cs.umass.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Sep 1991
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: model.tex
-Description: Rudimentary document style for ACM proceedings
-Keywords: plain TeX, ACM, proceedings
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: mrecog.tex
-Description: Mathmode control-sequence recognition for TeX/LaTeX.
- Allows math formulas to be typed as, for example, "$cos(pi log
- phi)\,d phi$" rather than "$\cos(\pi \log \phi)\,d \phi$".
-Keywords: plain TeX, math
-Author: Robert H. Wentworth <rhw@hoh-1.att.com>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v0.1 (beta), 26 Jun 1990
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: mssymb.tex
-Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the old AMS fonts
- (msxm and msym). Obsolete. Use amssym.tex instead.
-Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS
-Author:
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-Note: Obsolete.
-See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty,
- amssymb.sty, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbl.sty
-
-Name: multihead.tex
-Description: Multiple line header for plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, header
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-
-Name: multip.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- multiple-author physics books in the so-called "Ergebnisse" format.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- multi-author, book, physics
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Mar 1989
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an
- example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multip.amm, for
- typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
-
-Name: multpghb.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- multiple-author physics books in the so-called "GHB" format.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- multi-author, book, physics
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 12 Dec 1988
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an
- example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multpghb.amm, for
- typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
-
-Name: newinsert.tex
-Description: Bug fixes to plain TeX macros \midinsert and \topinsert.
-Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, inserts, figures
-Author: Walter Neumann <neumann@mps.ohio-state.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Apr 1990
-Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu:ftp/pub/osutex/OSUDEG/tools*
- [128.146.7.200], ymir
-
-Name: nofill.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for preserving line breaks and spaces in
- lines of text.
-Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, nofill
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: null.tex
-Description: Empty TeX file. Useful when TeX prompts you for a file
- name and you don't want to provide a real file.
-
-Name: outline.sty
-Description: Reads structured files generated by PC-OUTLINE and formats
- them in plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, outline
-Author: Hal R. Varian
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Sep 1987
-Archives: ymir, shsu
-
-Name: paragraphs.tex
-Description: Demonstrates various combinations of \everypar, \hangafter,
- \hangindent, \indent, \lastbox, \noindent and \parindent.
-Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: phoncard.tex
-Description: Formats a list of phone numbers into 9x9 blocks.
-Keywords: plain TeX, phonelist
-Author: Daniel R. Greening <dgreen@cs.ucla.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.03, 2 Jun 1992
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Author will incorporate bug fixes if supplied, but will not fix
- bugs himself.
-
-Name: PJour2g
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for articles in
- Springer-Verlag Heidelberg journals with two-column layout. Variant
- of PJour2 (g=general).
-Keywords: plain TeX, article, two-column
-Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest version: 1.0
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-See also: PJour2
-
-Name: picmac.tex
-Description: Macros for drawing simple pictures in plain TeX. This is a
- subset of LaTeX's picture environment, with added support for
- quadratic splines.
-Keywords: plain TeX, graphics
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: labrea*, ymir
-
-Name: pjour1.zip
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- various 1-column journals.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript,
- journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour1.doc), a
- reference card (pjour1.ref), the macro file (pjour1.mac), a readme
- file, and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there
- are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the
- macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex),
- and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX
- format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run.
-See also: pjour2
-
-Name: pjour2.zip
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- various 2-column journals.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript,
- journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science, OR,
- shock waves, geodesy
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour2.doc), a
- reference card (pjour2.ref), the macro file (pjour2.mac), a readme
- file and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there
- are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the
- macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex),
- and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX
- format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run.
-See also: pjour1
-
-Name: plain.tex
-Description: plain TeX format as described in The TeXbook.
-Keywords: plain TeX, fmt, TeXbook
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v3.141
-Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, aston, shsu
-
-Name: plncs.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for producing
- camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- LNCS, multi-author, book
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, plncs.doc, and an
- example file, plncs.dem.
-
-Name: plotting.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for plotting x-y graphs.
-Keywords: plain TeX, graphics
-Author: Laurence G. Yaffe <lgy@newton.phys.washington.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1987
-Archives: ymir*
-
-Name: reference.tex
-Description: Provides rudimentary support for a list of references with
- labels and crossreferences.
-Keywords: plain TeX, xrefs, bibliography
-Author: B. A. Leland (XHEMIA:BAL)
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.1, 6/27/86
-Archives: ymir
-See also: btxmac.tex
-
-Name: resume.tex
-Description: Resume document style for plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, resume
-Author: <parker@oz> (Lynne Parker <parker@rice-chex.mit.edu>??)
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Jan 1986
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: resumemac.tex
-Description: Resume macro file for plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, resume
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-Note: Includes sample file, sample_resume.tex.
-
-%% Name: rightfig.mac
-
-Name: rotate.tex
-Description: Macros for rotating and flipping a TeX box.
-Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, dvips
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990
-Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
-Archives: labrea*, ymir
-Note: rotate.tex is part of the dvips distribution.
-See also: rotate.sty
-
-Name: scmac.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting scripts.
-Keywords: plain TeX, scripts, drama
-Author: Na Choon Piaw
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.02, 1989
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Also called scmac202.tex.
-
-Name: scorecard.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for printing a baseball scorecard for one
- team, as well as summary statistics boxes (Pitcher's stats, Offense,
- Defense, and Pitching miscellanea, a Notes section, and a line
- score).
-Keywords: plain TeX, baseball
-Author: Matthew Wall <matt@cs.brandeis.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Apr 1989
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: setstrut.tex
-Description: Automatic strut computation.
-Keywords: plain TeX, strut
-Author: Stephan v. Bechtolsheim
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1987
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: singlep.cmm
-Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- single-author physics books.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- single-author, book, physics
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: May 1989
-Archives: dhdspri6*
-Note: The package comes with a documentation file, singlep.doc, and two
- example files, singlep1.dem and singlep2.dem. There is also a file,
- singlep.am, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM)
- fonts.
-
-Name: split.tex
-Description: Defines macros which takes two pieces of text and boxes
- them side by side.
-Keywords: plain TeX, box
-Author: Eric Skinner <ers2f@uottawa.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: stables.tex
-Description: Macros for producing tables with plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, table
-Author: Robert Nilsson <ranhelp@venus.tamu.edu>,
- <ranhelp@tamvenus1.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.0
-Archives: ymir, utrecht
-See also: stables_doc.tex
-Note: Includes documentation, stables_doc.tex.
-
-Name: sterne.cmm
-Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- the "Handbuch f\"ur Sternfreunde".
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 22 Nov 1988
-Archives:
-Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package
-
-Name: sw.cmm
-Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- camera-ready copy for the journal Shock Waves.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
- journal, multi-column, two-column
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: v0.9, 4 Dec 1990
-Archives:
-Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 package
-
-%% Name: tabledoc.tex
-%% Description: Documentation for tables.tex
-%% Keywords: plain TeX, tables, documentation
-%% Author: Ray F. Cowan
-%% Latest Version: 22 Feb 85
-%% Archives: ymir
-%% Note: Note tables.tex on ymir?
-
-Name: tables.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables.
-Keywords: plain TeX, table
-Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1986
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: tbemacros.tex
-Description: Some new commands defined in the book "TeX by Example,"
- (copyright (c) 1992, Academic Press).
-Keywords: plain TeX
-Author: Arvind Borde
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991
-Archives: shsu, stuttgart, aston
-Note: There is also a file of examples, called tbesamples.tex.
-
-Name: tech-erg.cmm
-Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- articles for Technik using the "Ergebnisse" format.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
-Archives:
-Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
-
-Name: tech-ghb.cmm
-Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- articles for Technik using the "Grosshandbuch" format.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
-Archives:
-Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
-
-Name: tech-std.cmm
-Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
- articles for Technik using the "Stodola" format.
-Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
-Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
-Archives:
-Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
-
-Name: testfont.tex
-Description: TeX program for displaying font tables.
-Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-See also: fontchart.tex, fontbl.tex
-
-Name: theapa.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for use with the theapa BibTeX
- bibliography style (theapa.bst).
-Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
-Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0 Apr 1992
-Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
-See also: theapa.sty, theapa.bst
-Note: theapa.tex is not compatible with btxmac.tex. A compatible
- version may be available upon request.
-
-Name: toc.mac
-Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a Table of Contents.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TOC
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Author:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: autotoc.tex, toc.tex
-
-Name: toc.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for automatically generating a Table of
- Contents.
-Keywords: plain TeX, autoTOC
-Author: Dan Zirin
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1987
-Archives: ymir
-See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac
-
-Name: treedef.tex
-Description: A macro to make aligned (horizontal) trees in TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, tree
-Author: David Eppstein
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: Feb 1986
-Archives: ymir
-Note: Described in TUGboat, vol. 6 (1985), no. 1, pp. 31--35.
-
-Name: tgrindmac.tex
-Description: Macros for TeX "tgrind" (a TeX equivalent of UNIX 4bsd
- "vgrind").
-Keywords: plain TeX, tgrind
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.4, 30 Mar 1985
-Author: Van Jacobson <van@lbl-rtsg.arpa>
-Archives:
-See also: tgrind.sty
-
-Name: tugboat.cmn
-Description: Macros which are common to both the plain and LaTeX style
- files for TUGboat.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, common macros
-Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.10, 8 Mar 1992
-Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
-See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty
-Note: Previously named tugboat.com, but renamed to avoid conflicts
- with an MS-DOS naming convention. Please delete any files named
- tugboat.com.
-
-Name: tugbot.sab
-Description: Supplementary definitions for abbreviations and logos that
- appear in TUGboat.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat
-Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 1 Mar 1989
-Archives: ymir
-See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty,
- tugboat.cmn
-Note: Obsolete; content incorporated into tugboat.cmn
-
-Name: tugboat.sty
-Description: plain TeX macros for preparing an article for TUGboat, the
- Communications of the TeX Users Group.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TeX Users Group, TUGboat,
-Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.11, 8 Mar 1992
-Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
-Note: Requires tugboat.cmn
-See also: ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
-
-Name: tugbot.sty
-Description: TeX macros for preparing a document in TUGboat format.
-Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat
-Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 8 Jul 87
-Archives:
-See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
- tugboat.cmn
-Note: Obsolete; superseded by tugboat.sty
-
-Name: tugbot.tex
-Description: Model "top-level" file for TUGboat article
-Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat
-Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: 18 Aug 85
-Archives: ymir
-See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
- tugboat.cmn
-Note: Obsolete
-
-Name: tugproc.sty
-Description: plain TeX macros for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, the
- Communications of the TeX Users Group.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings
-Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.09, 8 Mar 1992
-Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
-See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
-Note: Requires tugboat.sty and tugboat.cmn.
-
-Name: unouter.tex
-Description: Removes the concept of \outer from plain TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, outer
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Nov 1988
-Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: varindent.tex
-Description: Macros for making the indentation of each paragraph match
- the length of the preceding line.
-Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph
-Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: no versions
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: verbatim.mac
-Description: Support for verbatim listing of TeX source code. Lifted
- from tugbot.sty and ultimately derived from manmac.tex.
-Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: verbtim2.tex
-Description: Produce verbatim listings of various sorts.
-Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput
-Author: Tim Morgan <morgan@uci-icsa>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty,
- misc.sty, lcustom.tex
-
-Name: web9pt.tex
-Description: ???
-Keywords:
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: webmac.tex
-Description: standard macros for formatting WEB listings.
-Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: WEBMAC4.0
-Archives: labrea*
-
-Name: webmacss.tex
-Description: Modifies standard webmac macros to print Pascal text in
- sans-serif type.
-Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Aug 1987
-Author:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: webmac.tex
-
-Name: weirdtitle.tex
-Description: A weird title macro.
-Keywords: plain TeX, weird
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Author:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: xrcs.tex
-Description: Tex interface to the RCS Revision Control System.
-Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, RCS
-Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.25, 28 Jan 1992 [beta]
-Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
-
-
-%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX
-
-%% Name: driver.tex
-%% Name: plainfsl.doc
-%% Name: plainfsl.tex
-%% Name: readme.plf
-%% Name: scripts.doc
-%% Name: xxxlfont.doc
-
-
-%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros
-
-Name: newsletr.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a newsletter. Includes
- support for multiple columns.
-Keywords: plain TeX, newsletter, multi-column
-Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v01-014, 3 Jun 1989
-Archives: shsu*
-
-Name: italic.tex
-Description: Defines macros for typeset text in italics and
- automatically insert italic corrections when necessary
-Keywords: LaTeX, font
-Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 21 Aug 1991
-Archives: shsu
-Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, italic.sty.
-
-Name: quote.tex
-Description: TeX macros to make " expand into either `` or '' depending
- on context.
-Keywords: plain TeX, quote marks
-Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 Aug 1991
-Archives: shsu*
-Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, quote.sty.
-
-
-%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX
-
-Name: ScriptTeX
-Description: ScriptTeX is a plain TeX-based macro package for
- typesetting screenplays and scripts.
-Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay
-Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.03, 24 October 1991
-Archives: ymir*
-Note: ScriptTeX comes with a user's manual, stdoc.tex, and a
- demonstration file, stdemo.tex.
-
-Name: screenplay.tex
-Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a screenplay.
-Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay
-Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991
-Archives: ymir*
-
-Name: stageplay.tex
-Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a stageplay.
-Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, stageplay
-Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991
-Archives: ymir*
-
-
-%%Section 9: SLITEX
-
-%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution
-
-Name: slitex.tex
-Description: SliTeX is a version of LaTeX for making black-and-white or
- color slides. It is part of the standard LaTeX distribution.
-Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992
-Archives:
-Note: SliTeX is documented in Appendix A of the LaTeX manual.
-
-Name: sfonts.tex
-Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for SliTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991
-Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
-
-Name: slides.sty
-Description: The standard document-style option for producing slides
- with SliTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 17 Jan 1986
-Archives:
-
-Name: splain.tex
-Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with SliTeX.
-Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX
-Author: Leslie Lamport
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 25 Mar 92
-Archives:
-
-
-%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files
-
-Name: xxxslides.sty
-Description: Miscellaneous modifications of slides.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.04, 28 Aug 1986
-Archives: ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
-
-
-%%Section 10: PHYSE
-
-Name: physe.tex
-Description: PHYS-TeX is a macro package for writing physics papers.
- Support is included for automatic numbering of chapters, sections,
- ..., appendices, pages, footnotes, equations, figures, references
- and tables. Also provides supports for tables of contents and lists
- of figures, tables and references.
-Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics, autonumbering
-Author: P. Breitenlohner and A. Kabelschacht; Max-Planck-Institute f\"ur
- Physik and Astrophysik; Werner-Heisenberg-Institute f\"ur Physik;
- P.O. Box 40 12 12; Munich, Germany
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.0, March 1986
-Archives: ymir
-Note: A user's manual, physe.doc, is included.
-See also: physupdt.tex
-
-Name: physupdt.tex
-Description: Modifications and updates to PHYS-TeX version 1.0.
-Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 6 Apr 1988
-Archives: ymir
-
-
-%%Section 11: PHYZZX
-
-Name: phyzzx.tex
-Description: PHYZZX is a macro package designed to make typing papers
- for Physical Review or Nuclear Physics as simple as possible.
- Support is given for cross-references, automatic numbering of
- sections and equations, footnotes, itemized lists, and numbered
- references, tables and figures.
-Keywords: PHYZZX, physics
-Author: Vadim Kaplunovsky and M. Weinstein; Stanford Linear Accelerator
- Center; Stanford University; Stanford, CA 94309
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Apr 1988
-Archives: ymir
-Note: phyzdoc.tex is a user's manual; myphyx.tex is an example of how to
- modify the default PHYZZX format. The font definitions for PHYZZX
- are contained in the file phyzzx.fonts. phyzzx.local is an example
- of site-dependent macros.
-See also: revtex.sty
-
-
-%%Section 12: TEXT1
-
-Name: text1.tex
-Description: TEXT1 is a macro package designed to provide many of the
- functions found in LaTeX (multiple columns, tables of contents,
- indexing, chapters, lists, boxes, margin notes, screening, etc.)
- while simultaneously maintaining full compatibility with plain TeX
- and making it easy to modify formats.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, index
-Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
- <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992
-Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
-Note: A user's manual for TEXT1 can be ordered from the following
- address: TEXT1 Distribution; Computing Service Center; Washington
- State University; Pullman, WA 99164-1220; USA. The TEXT1 macros are
- split across many files. Only the main files are listed in this
- Index. In addition to the macro files, the TEXT1 packages comes
- with an index processor, texix, written in WEB, with change files
- for CMS, VMS and the Macintosh operating system.
-
-Name: txt1v407.tex
-Description: The main TEXT1 macros.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1
-Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
- <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992
-Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
-
-Name: fixcol.tex
-Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the fixed
- mode.
-Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column
-Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
- <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 29 Jan 1986
-Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
-
-Name: flexcol.tex
-Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the
- flexible mode.
-Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column
-Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
- <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1 Jul 1989
-Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
-
-Name: letter.texinput
-Description: Sample letter format for TEXT1.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter
-Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
- <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1 Apr 1987
-Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
-Note: Includes a model input file, letter.texmodel.
-
-Name: memo.texinput
-Description: Sample memo format for TEXT1.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, memo
-Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
- <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 15 Aug 1986
-Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
-Note: Includes a model input file, memo.texmodel.
-
-Name: mergetxt.texinput
-Description: Sample merge letter format for TEXT1.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter, formletter
-Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
- <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 20 Apr 1990
-Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
-Note: Includes demonstration files, mergelet.texmodel,
- mergelst.texmodel, mergetxt.texmodel.
-
-Name: paper.texinput
-Description: Sample student paper format for TEXT1.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, paper
-Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
- <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 16 Nov 1986
-Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
-Note: Includes a model input file, paper.texmodel.
-
-Name: resume.texinput
-Description: Sample resume format for TEXT1.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, resume
-Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
- <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 10 Jun 1988
-Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
-Note: Includes a model input file, resume.texmodel.
-
-Name: thesis.texinput
-Description: TEXT1 format for Washington State University graduate
- school theses.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, thesis
-Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
- <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 15 Jun 1987
-Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
-Note: Includes a model input file, thesis.texmodel.
-
-
-%%Section 13: TEXSIS
-
-Name: texsis.tex
-Description: \TeX sis is a collection of \TeX\ macros for typesetting
- physics documents such as papers and preprints, conference
- proceedings, books, theses, referee reports, letters, and memos.
- \TeX sis macros provide automatic numbering of equations, automatic
- numbering and formatting of references, double column formatting,
- macros for making tables and figures, with or without captions,
- including tables with horizontal and vertical rules. \TeX sis
- supports a wide variety of type sizes and a number of specialized
- document formats, and it even includes macros for making form
- letters for job applications or letters of recommendation.
-Keywords: TeXsis, physics, fmt
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-Note: Includes a user's manual (Manual.tex), a UNIX man page (texsis.1),
- installation notes (INSTALL and Install.tex), a README file, a GNU
- emacs mode (texsis.el) and an example paper (Example.tex). For
- support for an index, see index.tex.
-
-Name: AIP.txs
-Description: American Institute of Physics style file for TeXsis.
-Keywords: TeXsis, physics, AIP
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-
-Name: CVformat.txs
-Description: TeXsis style file for Curriculum Vitae.
-Keywords: TeXsis, resume
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.15, 7 Nov 1985
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-
-Name: Elsevier.txs
-Description: TeXsis style file for North Holland publications.
-Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-
-Name: IEEE.txs
-Description: IEEE proceedings style file for TeXsis
-Keywords: TeXsis, IEEE
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-
-Name: mtexsis.tex
-Description: The core set of TeXsis macros in a form designed to be used
- by casual users to print out new physics papers without having to
- install all of TeXsis. (Do you want to specifically mention the
- bulletin boards?)
-Keywords: TeXsis, physics
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-
-Name: nuclproc.txs
-Description: TeXsis style file for Nuclear Physics proceedings
-Keywords: TeXsis, physics, proceedings
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-
-Name: PhysRev.txs
-Description: TeXsis style file for Physical Reviews.
-Keywords: TeXsis, physics, journal, Physical Review
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-See also: revtex.sty
-
-Name: ruled.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables with horizontal and
- vertical rules.
-Keywords: plain TeX, tables
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.15, 17 Jun 1992
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-Note: Includes documentation, ruleddoc.tex. These macros are
- incorporated into TeXsis (q.v.), but may be used independently of
- that package. On the other hand, some of the documentation still
- requires TeXsis.
-
-Name: Tablebody.txs
-Description: TeXsis macros for making simple ruled tables. Obsolete:
- Use ruled.tex instead.
-Keywords: TeXsis, tables
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: v2.15, 20 Nov 1991
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-Note: These macros are included for backward compatability and will
- eventually be phased out.
-
-Name: thesis.txs
-Description: TeXsis style file for theses. Includes two variants,
- \Yalethesis for Yale Graduate School theses and \UTthesis for
- University of Texas theses.
-Keywords: TeXsis, thesis
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.15, 19 Jun 1992
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-
-Name: WorldSci.txs
-Description: World Scientific proceedings style file for TeXsis
-Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings
-Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
-Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
-
-
-%%Section 14: YTEX
-
-Name: YTeX
-Description: YTeX is a TeX macro package which provides support for some
- of the document structuring and page layout commands of packages
- such as LaTeX but in a purportedly more flexible (but less
- well-specified) manner.
-Keywords: yTeX, fmt
-Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.0, 1986
-Archives: ymir
-Note: The main macros are split among the files ybase.mac, yfonts.mac,
- yuser.mac. A user's manual, yusage.tex, is provided.
-
-Name: plain-cm.tex
-Description: Extends the plain TeX format to include support for font
- sizes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> and BKPH and RAY
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 17 Jul 86
-Archives: ymir
-See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
- 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex
-
-Name: ytex.ieee
-Description: YTeX macros to generate IEEE style papers.
-Keywords: YTeX, IEEE, article
-Author: Michael A. Gennert <michaelg@wpi-cs.wpi.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-
-%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS
-
-Name: 2up.tex/2up.sty
-Description: (Generic) TeX macros for printing a document two-up.
-Keywords: output, two-up
-Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Oct 1992
-Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
- stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: anti.tex
-Description: A TeX macro for typesetting a superscripted antiparticle.
-Keywords: TeX, generic, physics, antiparticle
-Author: Rich Holmes <rich@suhep.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1/88
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: apldef.tex
-Description: This file defines the 2-letter control sequences for using
- the font cmapl10 to typeset APL program code
-Keywords: TeX, generic, font, APL
-Author: Aarno Hohti <hohti@finfun.bitnet> and Okko Kanerva
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Nov 1987
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-Note: cmapl10 was described in TUGboat 8(3), November 1987.
-
-Name: blackdvi.tex
-Description: Style files for disabling the color macros defined in
- colordvi.tex (q.v.) to allow easy black/white printing.
-Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX, colordvi.tex
-Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same
- name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included
- here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with
- colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with
- that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from
- Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with
- FoilTeX.
-
-Name: BoxedArt.tex
-Description: TeX macros for use on Macintoshes with TeXtures or OzTeX,
- assisted by a preprocessor called ArtDealer. Aims to speed the
- process of including PICT and PostScript graphics in TeX
- documents.
-Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, PostScript, EPSF
-Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Sep 1992
-Note: There is a documentation file, BoxedArt.doc.
-Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
- [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: BoxedEPS.tex
-Description: Highly portable macros for including EPSF files in a TeX
- document in a device-driver-independent way.
-Keywords: TeX, PostScript, EPSF, PostScript
-Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Sep 1992
-Note: This is subset of the larger, but less portable, system
- BoxedArt.tex. There is a documentation file, BoxedEPS.doc.
-Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
- [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: colordvi.tex
-Description: Style file for putting color in FoilTeX, LaTeX, or any
- other TeX documents. It use device independent (but driver
- dependent) \special keywords and syntax. Fully compatible with
- Rokicki's dvips driver and TeXView on the NeXT. Blackdvi.tex (q.v.)
- can be is used to no-op all the color macros defined in
- colordvi.[tex,sty] for easy black/white printing. The color names
- are generally derived from the Crayola crayon box of 64 colors.
-Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color
-Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
- Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
-Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
-See also: FoilTeX, blackdvi.tex
-Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same
- name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included
- here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with
- colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with
- that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from
- Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with
- FoilTeX.
-
-Name: compare.tex
-Description: A TeX macro to compare two strings.
-Keywords: TeX, generic, string comparison
-Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: cropmark.tex
-Description: TeX macros which redefine \shipout to place cropmarks on
- the page.
-Keywords: cropmark
-Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 17 Mar 1992
-Archives: shsu
-See also: pageframe.sty, quire.tex
-
-Name: dayofweek.tex
-Description: TeX macro for calculating the day of week and the phase of
- the moon.
-Keywords: TeX, generic, calendar, dow, pom
-Author: Martin Minow <minow%bolt.dec@decwrl.dec.com>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: dates.sty, dow.tex
-
-Name: daytime.sty
-Description: TeX macros for printing the time of day.
-Keywords: TeX, generic, time
-Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: shsu*
-See also: misc.sty
-
-%% Name: defstring.tex
-
-Name: diagrams.tex
-Description: TeX macros for drawing rectangular category-theory diagrams
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, category-theory
-Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 17 Dec 1990
-Archives:
-
-Name: dow.tex
-Description: TeX macro to calculate the day of the week.
-Keywords: LaTeX, calendar, dow, date
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, aston
-See also: dates.sty, dayofweek.tex
-
-Name: emtrees.tex
-Description: TeX macros to typeset trees using \special commands
- implemented by emTeX.
-Keywords: TeX, emTeX, tree
-Author: Harald Boegeholz <hwb@texnix.stgt.sub.org>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 91
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: endnote.tex
-Description: TeX macros for producing endnotes.
-Keywords: generic, endnotes
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, aston
-
-Name: epigram.tex
-Description: TeX macro for typesetting epigrams.
-Keywords: generic, epigram
-Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir*
-
-Name: fakebold.tex
-Description: The poor man's bold macro from Appendix D of the TeXbook.
-Keywords: generic, TeXbook, pmb
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: hep.tex
-Description: TeX macros for typesetting Dirac's bracket notation and
- "normal ordered" products.
-Keywords: generic, physics
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: inscrutable.tex
-Description: An inscrutable TeX program dedicated to the perl hackers.
-Keywords: TeX, perl
-Author: Andrew Marc Greene <amgreene@athena.mit.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 7 Feb 91
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: ipamacs.tex
-Description: TeX macros for typesetting using the Washington State
- University International Phonetic Alphabet fonts (wsuipa).
-Keywords: TeX, IPA, font
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir, stuttgart
-
-Name: laps.tex
-Description: TeX macros for vertical "laps" similar to \llap and \rlap.
-Keywords: generic
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: latin1.tex
-Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set
- for TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, font
-Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: v1.3, 8 Aug 1991
-Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xlatin1.tex (q.v.)
-
-%% Name: maybeload.tex
-
-Name: multido.tex/multido.sty
-Description: A loop macro with fixed-point addition. Useful for pictures.
-Keywords: generic, loop, fixed-point, picture, graphics, programming
-Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.3, 06 Nov 1992
-Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
- stuttgart, aston
-Note: Comes with a documentation file, multido.doc, which may be
- appended to the end of multido.tex on some archives.
-
-Name: prooftree.tex
-Description: Build proof tree for Natural Deduction, Sequent Calculus,
- etc., with shortening of proof rules! (preliminary)
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX,
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 17 Aug 1990
-Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk>
-Archives:
-
-Name: psfig.tex
-Description: TeX macros for including Encapsulated PostScript graphics
- in a TeX document.
-Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, epsf, PostScript, dvips, dvi2ps
-Author: Trevor J. Darrell <trevor@media.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.9, 17 Oct 1991
-Archives: whitechapel.media.mit.edu* [18.85.0.125], shsu, aston
-Note: Also available as a LaTeX style file, psfig.sty.
-
-Name: pstricks.tex
-Description: PostScript (color, graphics, etc.) macros for (Generic)
- TeX.
-Keywords: PostScript, color, graphics, trees, rotation
-Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.92, 2 Oct 1992
-Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
-
-Name: quotation.tex
-Description: Defines a simple macro for typesetting short quotations
- with an attribution.
-Keywords: generic, quotation
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-%% Name: redefine.tex
-
-Name: selectpage.tex
-Description: prints out selected pages of a TeX document.
-Keywords: generic, output
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 2 Jul 1987
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: shadebox.tex
-Description: Macros for printing text on top of shaded boxes on
- PostScript devices.
-Keywords: generic, PostScript, dvips
-Author: <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 16 Jan 1992
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: tex.logos
-Description: Definitions of the TeXMaG, LaTeX, AmSTeX, SliTeX and PicTeX
- logos.
-Keywords: generic, logos
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: texnames.sty
-
-Name: time.tex (.sty)
-Description: Defines a macro, \now, which produces the current time in
- the format hh:mm A.M./P.M.
-Keywords: generic, time
-Author: Sunando Sen <sens@nyuacf.bitnet>, <sens@acfcluster.nyu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 6 Jan 1992
-Archives: shsu
-
-Name: TreeTeX.tex
-Description: TeX macros for drawing binary and unary-binary trees, using
- a modification of an algorithm of Reingold and Tilford.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, binary trees
-Author: Anne Brueggemann-Klein <brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de>
- and Derick Wood.
-Supported: Yes (bug fixes only)
-Latest Version: 2.3
-Archives: fidji.informatik.uni-freiburg.de* [132.230.30.80]
-Note: The package contains a readme file, a file classes.tex, which
- includes a small library of classes of trees, and a file l_pic.tex,
- which includes the subset of the LaTeX macros that are required by
- the TreeTeX package if used with TeX. Documentation is available
- from the authors in printed form, free of charge. Write to Dr. Anne
- Brueggemann-Klein; Institut fuer Informatik; Universitaet Freiburg;
- Rheinstr. 10--12; 7800 Freiburg; Germany, or send e-mail to
- brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de.
-
-Name: underl.tex
-Description: Macro for underlining text.
-Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-See also: xunderl.tex
-
-Name: undertilde.tex
-Description: Macro for putting a tilde under a character.
-Keywords: generic, accent
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: weekday.sty
-Description: TeX macros for calculating the day of the week from a given
- date.
-Keywords: generic, calendar
-Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> and George D. Greenwade
- <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 21 Feb 1991
-Archives: shsu*
-
-Name: wiggly.tex
-Description: TeX macro for drawing variable length wiggly lines
- horizontally under its argument in the same way as \underbar.
-Keywords: generic, accent
-Author: John S. Garavelli
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 4 Dec 1987
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: xlatin1.tex
-Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set
- for TeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, font
-Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1.25 1992/01/28
-Archives: ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
-
-Name: xunderl.tex
-Description: Improved version of the macro in underl.tex.
-Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis
-Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 14 Jan 1991
-Archives: ymir
-See also: underl.tex
-
-Name: xypic.tex
-Description: Macros for typesetting diagrams.
-Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, XY-pic, diagrams, graphics,
- commutative diagrams.
-Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.6, 24 Jun 1992
-Note: Comes with extensive documentation (xypicman.doc) which requires
- AMS-TeX version 2.1 to format. (The manual is also distributed
- preformatted.) XY-pic also requires several special fonts
- (xyatip10.mf, xybtip10.mf, xyline10.mf, xymisc10.mf, xyqc10.mf)
- which are distributed with the package. Numerous other files are
- also included.
-Archives: aston, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]*
- [/pub/TeX/misc/xypic*]
-
-Name: zip.tex
-Description: Macros for making a barcode for a ZIP code.
-Keywords: TeX, zip, barcode
-Author: J. Daniel Smith
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 24 May 1990
-Archives: ymir
-See also: env.sty
-
-
-%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros
-
-Name: border.tex
-Description: Macros to typeset borders around pieces of text. Part of
- the Midnight macros package.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, borders, frames
-Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Oct 1991
-Note: Documentation is provided in the file border.doc.
-Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
- stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: dolines.tex
-Description: Macros to help in defining macros whose arguments are
- separated by newlines and by empty lines. Part of the Midnight
- macros package.
-Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, newlines, lines, line breaks
-Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 15 Apr 1991
-Note: Documentation is provided in the file dolines.doc.
-Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
- stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: gloss.tex
-Description: Macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive
- sentences. Part of the Midnight macros package.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, glossing, linguistics
-Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Nov 1990
-Note: Documentation is provided in the file gloss.doc.
-Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
- stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: labels.tex
-Description: Macros to print address labels and bulk letters. Part of
- the Midnight macros package.
-Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, envelope, mailing labels
-Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 24 Oct 1991
-Note: Documentation is provided in the file labels.doc.
-Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
- stuttgart, aston
-See also: address.tex, label.tex, make-env.tex
-
-Name: loop.tex
-Description: A simple looping construct (meta-macros). Part of the
- Midnight macros package.
-Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, loop
-Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Jun 1991
-Note: Documentation is provided in the file loop.doc.
-Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
- stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: quire.tex
-Description: Macros for making booklets, printing double pages, and
- printing outlines and crop marks. Part of the Midnight macros
- package.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, book, cropmark, output
-Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 19 Jan 1991
-Note: Documentation is provided in the file quire.doc.
-Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
- stuttgart, aston
-See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex
-
-Name: styledef.tex
-Description: Macros to selectively input parts of a file. Part of the
- Midnight macros package.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, modularity
-Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 16 Apr 1991
-Note: Documentation is provided in the file styledef.doc.
-Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
- stuttgart, aston
-See also: module.sty
-
-
-%%Section 15.2: PicTeX
-
-Name: pictex.tex
-Description: PicTeX is a macro package for drawing pictures under plain
- TeX or LaTeX. A manual is available from the TeX Users Group.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics
-Author: Michael Wichura
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Sep 1987
-Note: The PicTeX distribution includes the following files:
- latexpicobjs.tex, piclatex.sty, postpictex.tex, prepictex.tex.
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: texpictex.tex
-Description: Macros to modify PicTeX to draw lines by using tpic
- specials. (This removes the restriction on the slopes and lengths
- of lines.)
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, tpic, dvips
-Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: tree.sty
-Description: Macros for drawing binary trees with PiCTeX.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, binary trees
-Author: Edward M. Reingold <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> and Nachum Dershowitz
- <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 2 Apr 1992
-Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26]
-
-
-%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX
-
-Name: TeX-Xet
-Description: A modification of TeX with support for typesetting in
- languages which read from right to left.
-Keywords: Hebrew
-Author: Donald E. Knuth and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v3.0
-Archives: huji
-
-Name: heb_macros.tex
-Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the Old
- Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
-Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
-Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.3
-Archives: huji*
-
-Name: heb_macros_newcode.tex
-Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the New
- Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
-Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
-Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.3
-Archives: huji*
-
-Name: heb_macros_pccode.tex
-Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the PC
- system of Hebrew Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
-Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
-Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1
-Archives: huji*
-
-Name: hebcal.sty
-Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the
- Gregorian date with the Old Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv,
- OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
-Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar
-Author: Michail Rozman <misha@iop.tartu.ew.su>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992
-Archives: huji*
-See also: hebcal_newcode.sty
-
-Name: hebcal_newcode.sty
-Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the
- Gregorian date with the New Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv,
- OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
-Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar
-Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992
-Archives: huji*
-See also: hebcal.sty
-
-Name: hebrew.sty
-Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the Old Code
- (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
-Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS
-Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael
- Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.2
-Archives: huji*
-
-Name: hebrew_newcode.sty
-Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the New Code
- (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
-Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS
-Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael
- Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.2
-Archives: huji*
-
-
-%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS
-
-%% This section is particularly unsatisfactory. It needs much
-%% more work. -- dmj
-
-Name: czhyphen.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for Czech.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Czech
-Author:
-Supported:
-Latest Version: 8 Nov 1991
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: eshyph.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for Spanish.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish
-Author: Armando Jinich, Maria Garza and Max Diaz <max@east.aurora.com>
-Supported:
-Latest Version: 1990
-Archives: stuttgart, ymir
-Note: Originally called silaba.tex.
-
-Name: f8hyph.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 8 bit fonts?
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
-Author:
-Supported:
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: fhyph.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 7 bit fonts?
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French
-Author:
-Supported:
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: fr8hyph.dc
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with the EC/DC
- encoding.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French, EC/DC
-Author: Jacques D'esarm'enien and Michael Ferguson
- <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: ghyphen.max
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for German.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German
-Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
- (X.400)>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988
-Archives: stuttgart
-Note: ghyphen.max comes with a list of words that are hyphenated
- incorrectly by these patterns.
-See also: ghyphen.min
-
-Name: ghyphen.min
-Description: Abbreviated hyphenation patterns for German for use with
- PC's (presumably this is for use with TeX implementations with
- little room for hyphenation patterns).
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German
-Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
- (X.400)>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988
-Archives: stuttgart
-Note: ghyphen.min comes with a list of words that are hyphenated
- incorrectly by these patterns. The list is distributed in two
- forms: The first (liste.min) marks all the hyphenation points of the
- words, including incorrect hyphenation points, correct hyphenation
- points not found by the patterns and correct hyphenation points
- found the the patterns. The second (fehler.min) is a list in a form
- suitable to be used as input to the \hyphenation command to provide
- suitable hyphenation exceptions.
-See also: ghyphen.max
-
-Name: ghyphen3.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for German with umlauts. This is an
- experimental version for testing the integration of umlauts and
- `es-zett', but without `c-k'. Integration of 'es-zett' does n o t
- mean hyphenation into s-s, but words containing 'es-zett' may be
- hyphenated at different positions.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
-Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
- (X.400)>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 13 Feb 1992
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: hyphen.polish
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for Polish.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Polish
-Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odziejska
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: hyphen.tex (or ushyph1.tex)
-Description: The standard hyphenation patterns for American English.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
-Author: Donald E. Knuth
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: labrea*, stuttgart
-See also: ushyph2.tex
-
-Name: ihyphen.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for Icelandic.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Icelandic
-Author: Jorgen Pind <jorgen@lexis.hi.is>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 30 Jun 1987
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: ithyphen.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for Italian
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
-Author: G. Patergnani
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 4 Mar 1988
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: nehyph1.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
-Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1989
-Note: This seems to be a subset of nehyph2.tex.
-Archives: stuttgart
-See also: nehyph2.tex, nehyph3.tex
-
-Name: nehyph2.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
-Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1989
-Archives: stuttgart
-See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph3.tex
-
-Name: nehyph3.tex
-Description: A very short hyphenation file for Dutch.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
-Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart
-See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph2.tex
-
-Name: portug.hyphen
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for Portuguese.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Portuguese
-Author: Pedro J. de Rezende <derezende@northeastern.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 13 Feb 1987
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: rgrhyph.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for the modern Greek language, using
- the reduced Greek fonts of Yannis Harambolous.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Greek
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Mar 1990
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: rhyphen.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for Russian. These are designed to
- work with the University of Washington Cyrillic fonts (wncyr) with
- all ligatures disabled.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Russian, amsfonts
-Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Note: These hyphenation patterns are described in "Notes on Russian
- TeX," TUGboat 10(3):332--336, November 1989.
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: shyphen1.2.sh
-Description: Bourne shell script to generate hyphenation patterns for
- Spanish for use with 7- and 8-bit fonts.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish, EC/DC
-Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 25 Sep 1991
-Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/spanish
-Note: This is a Bourne shell script that generates members of my
- hyphenation pattern family. No standard members are provided, though
- it is planned.
-
-Name: tkhypha.tex
-Description: Mechanically-generated hyphenation patterns for Turkish.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Turkish
-Author: Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1987
-Note: These hyphenation patterns were described in "Turkish Hyphenations
- for TeX," TUGboat 9(1):12--14, April 1988. The program which
- generated the patterns, turk_hyf.c, is also available.
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: ukhyphen.tex
-Description: Hyphenation patterns for UK English.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, UK English
-Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> and Graham Toal
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 17 Apr 1992
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-Name: ushyph2.tex
-Description: Additional hyphenation patterns for American English, to be
- used with hyphen.tex. Based on the Hyphenation Exception Log
- published in TUGboat 10(3): 337-341, November 1989.
-Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, English
-Author: G. D. C. Kuiken <wbahkui@hdetud1.tudelft.nl>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1 Mar 1990
-Archives: stuttgart
-
-
-%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES
-
-Name: abbrv.bst
-Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
- bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled
- with numbers. Author names, month names and journal names are
- abbreviated. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
- van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
-Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
-Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
- manual.
-
-Name: abstract.bst
-Description: This is a modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with
- added support for the "abstract," "comment" and "keyword" fields.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: David Kotz
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: acm.bst
-Description: BibTeX style for producing ACM Transactions bibliographies.
- A lot like abbrv.bst of the "plain" family (sorted alphabetically by
- author and labeled with numbers, with author names, month names and
- journal names abbreviated), but names come out "Last, initials", and
- in \sc, and some dates are parenthesized.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, ACM
-Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 24 Jan 1988
-Archives: labrea*
-
-Name: acs.bst
-Description: BibTeX style for the journal Advances in Control Systems.
- This is a modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.).
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: acsarticle.sty
-
-Name: agsm.bst
-Description: BibTeX style based on J. Pitson's "Style Manual for authors
- editors and printers of Australian government publications." It
- supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and "(Williams
- 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a
- parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors
- name.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 0.99a
-Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
-Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
- family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
- distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
-See also: dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
-
-Name: alpha.bst
-Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
- bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author with entry
- labels like "Knu66" formed from the author's name and the year of
- publication. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
- van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
-Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
-Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
- manual.
-
-Name: amsalpha.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to alpha.bst except that
- it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of
- a reference.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
-Archives: e-math*
-
-Name: amsplain.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to plain.bst except that
- it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of
- a reference.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style
-Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, 1 Jul 1991
-Archives: e-math*
-
-Name: annotate.bst
-Description: Modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with added support
- for an "annotate" field.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author:
-Supported:
-Latest Version:
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: annotation.bst
-Description: Modified version of plain.bst (q.v.) with added support
- for an "annote" field.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author:
-Supported:
-Latest Version:
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: apa.bst
-Description: This is a modification of apalike.sty (q.v.) which
- incorporates features of Sake J. Hogeveen's astron.bst (q.v.).
- The modifications implement a "\cite*" command, which generates
- references in short form. For example, "Rogers \cite*{...}" would
- produce "Rogers (1992)".
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: v1.1, 27 Jun 1992
-Archives: utah
-Note: Requires astron.sty (q.v.).
-
-Name: apalike.bst
-Description: BibTeX style for producing citations of the form "(Jones,
- 1986)" and without labels in the bibliography. Author (and editor)
- names appear as last name, comma, initials.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA
-Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.99a, 24 Jan 1988
-Archives: labrea*
-
-Name: asaetr.bst
-Description: BibTeX style Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers
-Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style
-Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
-Archives: shsu
-Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
-See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf
-
-Name: btxbst.doc
-Description: The master file from which the standard BibTeX bibliography
- styles (plain, unsrt, alpha and abbrv) are generated. Contains
- extensive documentation of the code.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
-Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
-See also: plain.bst, unsrt.bst. alpha.bst, abbrv.bst
-
-Name: cea.bst
-Description: BibTeX style for Computers and Electronics in Agriculture
-Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style
-Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992
-Archives: shsu*
-See also: cea.sty
-Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub.
-
-Name: chicago.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference
- style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style. Citations
- formats include: "(author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name and
- author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name et al. year)";
- "(author-last-name)"; "author-last-name"; "author-last-name (year)";
- "(author-last-name and author-last-name)"; "(author-last-name et
- al.)"; "(year)" or "(year,year)"; "year" or "year,year". The
- reference list is sorted alphabetically by author.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style
-Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992
-Archives: shsu*, utah
-See also: chicagoa.bst, chicago.sty
-Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty.
-
-Name: chicagoa.bst
-Description: A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference
- style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style, like
- chicago.bst, but also supports annotated bibliographies through the
- BibTeX field `annotation'.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style
-Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992
-Archives: shsu*, utah
-Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty.
-
-Name: dcu.bst
-Description: BibTeX style based on the conventions used by the Design
- Computing Unit, Department of Architectural and Design Science,
- University of Sydney. It supports citations of the form "Williams
- (1992)" and "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is
- used as a noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are
- sorted by authors name.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 0.99a
-Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
-Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
- family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
- distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
-See also: agsm.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
-
-Name: ieee.bst
-Description: Modified version of unsrt.bib (q.v.) for producing articles
- according to the IEEE's instructions.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 6 Feb 92
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ieeetran.sty
-
-Name: ieeetr.bst
-Description: BibTeX style for producing IEEE Transactions
- bibliographies. Numeric labels, order-of-reference, IEEE
- abbreviations, quotes around article titles, commas separate all
- fields except after book titles and before "notes". Otherwise, much
- like the "plain" family, from which this is adapted.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE
-Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988
-Archives: labrea*
-
-Name: ifac.bst
-Description: BibTeX style for references according to the instructions
- of the International Federation of Automatic Control.
-Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher
- style
-Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.3, 24 Jun 1992
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ifacarticle.sty
-
-Name: ijc.bst
-Description: Modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.) for producing articles
- for the International Journal of Control.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal
-Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 5 Jun 1991
-Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
-See also: ijcarticle.sty
-
-Name: kluwer.bst
-Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of Kluwer Academic
- Publishers. It supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and
- "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a
- noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by
- authors name.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 0.99a
-Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
-Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
- family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
- distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
-See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
-
-Name: named.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the
- form "[author, year]" or "[year]" and provides access to the year
- and author information in separate macros. Must be used in
- conjunction with named.sty.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1988
-Archives: ymir
-Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending
- mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
-See also: named.sty
-
-Name: natsci.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the
- form "(Gildea, 1987)", as required by the Natural Sciences
- bibliography format.
-Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX 0.98
-Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 08 Jan 87
-Archives: clarkson
-See also: natsci.sty
-Note: This will not work with BibTeX 0.99a or later.
-
-Name: nederlands.bst
-Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of the department of
- dutch of the University of Nijmegen, being more or less the standard
- practice among (dutch) historians and linguists. It supports
- citations of the form "Jansen (1992)" and "(Jansen 1992)" depending
- on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a parenthetical
- note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors name following
- Dutch (and german) rules (regarding the `von' part of the name).
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.2, 22 Apr 1992
-Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
-Note: remarks regarding the layout are welcome. The main aim of the
- style is to treat names regarding to dutch (and german) rules.
- Variations of style could be provided. This is part of the Harvard
- family of bibliography styles, which is described in "The Harvard
- Family of Bibliography Styles," distributed with the package in the
- file harvard.tex.
-See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, harvard.sty
-
-%% Name: paren.bst (mentioned in cup.sty)
-
-Name: plain.bst
-Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
- bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled
- with numbers. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
- van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
-Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
-Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
- manual.
-
-Name: siam.bst
-Description: BibTeX style for producing SIAM bibliographies. Numeric
- labels, alphabetic order, Mathematical Reviews abbreviations, names
- in \sc, titles in italics, book titles mixed upper-lower and article
- titles lowercase, commas separate all fields except before "notes".
- An author's name that is identical to the author's name of the
- preceding entry is replaced by a rule. Otherwise, much like the
- "plain" family, from which this is adapted.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, SIAM
-Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988
-Archives: labrea*
-
-Name: theapa.bst
-Description: BibTeX style file for producing citations with a very
- flexible format. In particular, it can be used for citations of the
- form "(Jones, 1986)" or "Jones (1986)". It supports most features
- of the APA style.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA
-Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.5.1, May 1992
-Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
-Note: Requires theapa.tex (for plain TeX) or theapa.sty (for
- LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX).
-
-Name: unsrt.bst
-Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
- bibliographies that are labeled with numbers and with entries that
- appear in the order of their first citation.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
-Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
-Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
- manual.
-
-Name: xppt.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style for use with the AMS-TeX amsppt
- document style. xppt.bst emulates the standard bibliography styles
- using the amsppt reference commands.
-Keywords: BibTeX, AMS-TeX, bibliography, amsppt
-Author: Hans Dybkjaer <dybkjaer@ruc.dk> and Kristoffer H. Rose
- <kris@diku.dk>
-Supported: no [obsolete]
-Latest Version: v1.22, 17 Jan 1991
-Archives:
-Note: Obsolote: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.)
-
-
-%%Section 19: OTHER
-
-Name: deprocldc.tex
-Description: instructions for using deproc.sty to format DECUS proceedings
- articles.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, authors' guide
-Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 24 Apr 86
-Archives: ymir
-
-Name: guidepro.tex (proceedings guidelines)
-Description: plain TeX instructions for TUG Proceedings. This file is the
- source for the article Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1992 Annual
- Meeting of the TeX Users Group.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, TUG proceedings, authors' guide
-Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.05, 8 Mar 1992
-Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: LinoTeX
-Description: Selective typesetting mechanism for OzTeX and Textures on
- Macintosh micros. Useful when random pieces of a long TeX
- typescript require repeated testing, for example troublesome
- formulas, and graphics being integrated or labelled.
-Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, selection, region, interactivity,
-Author: Laurent Siebenmann<lcs@matups.matups.fr>
-Supported: yes
-First Version: 1991
-Latest Version: June 1992
-Note: Uses both Macintosh system macros and TeX macros. A similar
- mechanism has been available in some or all emacs TeX modes.
-Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], stuttgart
-
-Name: tubguide.tex (tugboat author guidelines)
-Description: TUGboat Authors' Guide. This file is an updated version of
- the file that produced the original Authors' Guide in TUGboat 10, no.
- 3, November 1989.
-Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, authors' guide
-Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.02, 9 Mar 1992
-Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
-
-Name: elm.tex (essential latex mathematics)
-Description: An addition to essential latex, describing mathematics.
-Keywords: LaTeX, math, essential, primer
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: (only one version)
-Archives: aston*
-Note: Does not describe mathematics under the NFSS. Uses the obsolete
- ms[xy]m fonts. If I ever rewrite this for the NFSS, I will support
- it again. Requires amssymbols.sty.
-See also: essential.tex, symbols.tex
-
-Name: symbols.tex
-Description: A listing of all the standard LaTeX math symbols and the
- AMS symbols.
-Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, AMSFonts
-Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
-Latest Version: 2.00, 12 June 1992
-Archives: shsu*, aston
-Supported: yes
-Note: If used with the NFSS, requires AMSFONTS2.1, and amssymb.sty. If
- used without the NFSS, does not show the AMS Fonts.
-
-***************************************************************************
- LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES
-
-Much of the following information was quoted with permission from the
-May 1992 version of the `Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions,'
-currently maintained by Guoying Chen <chenguo@spunky.cs.nyu.edu>.
-Wherever possible, I have had the information verified by the
-maintainers of the archives.
-
-Unless otherwise indicated, all of these archives are accessible via
-anonymous ftp. As a general rule, you can obtain information about the
-mail servers by sending a message containing only the word "help" to the
-address listed. Exceptions are noted below.
-
-In the "Archives" fields above, I refer to the archives by abbreviated
-names. In most cases, the mapping between abbreviation and archive is
-obvious. Whenever it is not, I have included the abbreviation in
-parentheses after the full archive name.
-
-On most archives, the TeX-related files are located in an obvious place,
-namely in a subdirectory "TeX" of the directory that ftp deposits you
-in. However, in a few cases the macros are located in a less obvious
-place and in such cases I've tried to provide some guidance for the
-user.
-
-dhdspri6.bitnet (Mail server only)
- Springer-Verlag
- Mail server: svserv@dhdspri6.bitnet
-
- Main archive for all official Springer-Verlag macros and other
- information. All packages are in ZIP archives and will be mailed
- UUencoded.
-
-e-math.ams.com [130.44.1.100]
- The American Mathematical Society
- Contact: tech-support@math.ams.org
- System type: UNIX
-
- Home of AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts packages.
-
- Since e-math is not a general-purpose TeX archive, it doesn't allow
- submissions.
-
- TeX-related files are found in the directory ams.
-
-ftp.cs.ruu.nl [131.211.80.17] (utrecht)
- Abbreviation: utrecht
- Department of Computer Science, Utrecht University, the Netherlands
- Time Zone: +0100 GMT
- Contact: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
- Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings (2000 to 0900 UTC)
- System type: UNIX
- Mail server: mail-server@cs.ruu.nl or uunet!mcsun!hp4nl!ruuinf!mail-server
- To receive the help file, send the following message:
-
- begin
- path your_complete_email_address
- send HELP
- end
-
- TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/TEX.
-
- Note: This archive was formerly called archive.cs.ruu.nl.
-
-ftp.cs.umb.edu [192.12.26.23]
- Computer Science Department; University of Massachusetts at Boston
- System type: UNIX
-
- Latest versions of Karl Berry's modes.mf, Eplain macros, and font
- naming scheme, Lucida-for-TeX (without the actual fonts, of course) and
- web2c, the base of UNIX TeX, as well as the Sauter parameterizations of
- the CM, lasy, Cyrillic, etc., fonts.
-
- TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/tex.
-
-ftp.math.utah.edu [128.110.198.2]
- Timezone: -0700 (Mountain Standard Time)
- Center for Scientific Computing, Department of Mathematics,
- University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA
- Contact: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
- Mail server: tuglib@math.utah.edu
- System type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1)
-
- TeX User Group archives, awk, benchmarks (floating-point, integer,
- window system), elefunt (elementary function test package), IBM PC,
- IBM RS/6000, Macintosh, Stardent, VAX VMS (only a few utilities).
- The pub directory contains ls-lr file showing entire archive
- contents, plus 00*.cmd and 00*.lst files giving recent changes in
- directory listing and ftp command form. Each directory contains an
- index file summarizing its contents. pub/misc directory contains
- sources for several archive utilities. Indexed by archie servers.
-
- TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. BibTeX styles are found
- in pub/tex/bibtex.
-
-ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75]
- Technical University Darmstadt, Computing Center
- System type: UNIX (AIX)
- Time Zone: CET/CDT, ie, +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer
- Contact:
- concerning TeX: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
- general stuff: ftpadmin@ftp.th-darmstadt.de
-
- About 100MB of TeX material, uses mirror software extensively.
-
- TeX-related fles are found in pub/tex.
- LaTeX styles are placed in pub/tex/latex, plain macros in pub/tex/plain.
-
-ftp.win.tue.nl [131.155.70.100]
- Department of Mathematics and Computing Science
- Eindhoven University of Technology
- The Netherlands
- System Type: UNIX
- Time Zone: MET ( = GMT+1 = +0100 GMT )
- Mail server: No (not yet, at least)
- Contact: <ftp@win.tue.nl>
-
- TeX-related files are found in pub/tex.
-
-ftp.uni-stuttgart.de [129.69.1.12]
- Computing Centre of the University of Stuttgart (RUS), Germany
- Time Zone: +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer
- Contact: Barbara Burr <infoadm@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de>
- Rainer Sch\"opf <texinfo1@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de>
- Mail server: mail-server@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de
- System type: UNIX
-
- More than 400MB of TeX files. Works together with TeX.ac.uk.
-
- This archive is the primary source for emTeX, publicTeX, publicMF
- and all styles by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf (multicol,
- verbatim, theorem, NFSS, ftnright, array).
-
- TeX-related files are found in soft/tex.
-
-goya.uu.es [138.4.2.2]
- Spain
- Mail server: info@goya.uu.es
-
- This is not a general TeX archive, but it is the home to a few files
- for typesetting in Spanish. Those files can be found in
- info/src/text/TeX/babel and info/src/text/TeX/spanish.
-
-hearn.bitnet (Mail server only)
- Abbreviation: tex-nl
- Mail server: listserv@hearn.bitnet
- Contact: Johannes L. Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-
- Home of the TEX-NL archives and the Babel system. Contains material of
- particular use to Dutch-speaking users, as well as material of more
- general interest.
-
- People who are on the bitnet/earn RSCS network can retrieve files by
- interactive commands, like SEND LISTSERV@HEARN GET TEX-NL FILELIST
-
-june.cs.washington.edu [128.95.1.4]
- The University of Washington
- Contact: elisabet@max.acs.washington.edu
- System type: UNIX
-
- TeX-related files are in the directory tex.
-
-labrea.stanford.edu [36.8.0.47]
- Stanford University, California, USA
- Time zone: -0700 GMT
- Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings.
- System type: UNIX
- Mirrored by: yallara.cs.rmit.oz.au [131.170.24.42]
-
- Home of the archives of the Stanford TeX Project, e.g. tex.web.
-
- TeX-related files are in the directory tex.
-
-midway.uchicago.edu [128.135.12.73]
- Time Zone: -0500 GMT
- Contact: Walter Carlip <oztex@midway.uchicago.edu>
-
- Home of various Macintosh TeX goodies (in macintosh/tex).
- Requests for any TeX-related things for the Mac can be sent
- to oztex@midway.uchicago.edu and Walter will see if he
- can find it. (How's *that* for dedication!)
-
- OzTeX and related files are found in pub/OzTeX.
-
-ftp.shsu.edu [192.92.115.8]
- Sam Houston State University
- Contact: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
- Mail server: fileserv@shsu.edu
- System type: VMS
-
- Contains the usual TeX goodies.
-
- SHSU has a flat file system, so files are fairly easy to find.
- Miscellaneous individual LaTeX style files can be found in the
- directory STY; other packages can be found in top-level directories
- with obvious names (such as AMSLATEX, ASAETR, ARRAY, etc.)
-
- If you would like to deposit a file in Sam Houston State University's
- TeX-related archives, please ftp to pip.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.10) and
- login as anonymous. Then:
-
- 1) cd TeX-archive (the incoming archive directory)
-
- 2) mkdir Your_own_directory_name (if necessary; whatever directory
- name you choose should be appropriate for the file[s] you are
- depositing)
-
- 3) cd Your_own_directory_name (if appropriate)
-
- 4) [m]put Your_files
-
- Please follow this by sending a mail message to:
-
- <FILESERV-Mgr@SHSU.edu>
-
- with a Subject: line of ARCHIVE SUBMISSION. Please briefly state
- what the files are and where you have placed them. Efforts will be
- made to move them as quickly as possible to Sam Houston State
- University's main ftp access host, ftp.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.8).
-
- Due to space constraints, files in the TeX-archive directory tree are
- not stable and may be removed at any time. If you have any questions
- about this, please contact <FILESERV-Mgr>.
-
-noa.huji.ac.il [132.64.254.10]
- The Computation Center of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem
- Contact: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
- System type: UNIX
-
- This is an archive containing Hebrew supplements to TeX, as well as
- the TeX-XeT program, which is TeX including reversing commands for
- right to left as well as left to right text. In addition to
- TeX-XeT, it also contains the Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa and
- DeadSea fonts.
-
- TeX-related files are found in the directory tex.
-
-TeX.ac.uk [134.151.40.18]
- Abbrevation: Aston
- Aston University, Birmingham, UK
- Time Zone: 0000 GMT
- Contact: Archive-Group@TeX.ac.uk
- Mail server: texserver@TeX.ac.uk
- System type: VMS
-
- Home of the UKTeX newsletter, and a repository for all sorts of
- things. Aggressively tracks down packages for downloading. Claims
- to be the biggest TeX archive in the world. In addition to ftp and
- mail-server access, other services include
-
- - telnet access to browse directories
-
- - JANET access (UK only)
- Host: uk.ac.tex (JANET DTE 000020120091)
- Username: public Password: public
- Log in interactively to browse the directories
-
- - supply of TeX for Unix, VMS, MS-DOS and Mac on tape or disk as
- appropriate. Details can be found at the end of every issue of the
- UKTeX Digest, which is archived in [tex-archive.digests.uktex]. In
- an emergency, you can write to
- Peter Abbott
- Computing Service, Aston University,
- Aston Triangle, Birmingham B4 7ET
- p.abbott@aston.ac.uk
-
- The UK TeX Archive's chief characteristics are
-
- - `exploded' filestore. This is not a set of compressed tar achives,
- but directories containing (where possible) ASCII individual files
- only (for ease of transfer in somewhat cranky UK network). Binary
- files are ASCII encoded.
-
- - support for VMS, Mac, DOS and Unix; we try to have up to date
- working copies of TeX, etc., for the major OSes.
-
- TeX-related files are found in the directory DISK$TEX:[TEX-ARCHIVE].
-
- To submit files to the Aston archive, send mail to
- archive-contributions@tex.ac.uk with details of what you want to add.
- JANET users can transfer material direct to [contributions], but should
- also send mail to indicate they have done so.
-
-theory.lcs.mit.edu [18.52.0.92]
- Theory of Computation Group; MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
- Cambridge, Massachusetts
- Contact: William Ang <ang@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
- Mail server: archive-server@theory.lcs.mit.edu
- System Type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1)
-
- Home of the TeX Macro Catalogue, which can be found in
- pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt, along with a smattering of other
- TeX-related files.
-
-vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de (Mail server only)
- Heidelberg
- Mail server: listserv@vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de
-
-wsmr-simtel20.army.mil [192.88.110.20]
- White Sands Missile Range, New Mexico, USA
- Time Zone: -0600 GMT
- Contact: w8sdz@wsmr-simtel20.army.mil (Keith Petersen)
- Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings
- Mirrored by: wuarchive.wustl.edu [128.252.135.4]
-
- An archive of MS-DOS and other stuff. TeX-related things
- can be found in the directory pd1:<msdos.tex>.
-
-ymir.claremont.edu [134.173.4.23]
- The Claremont Colleges, California, USA
- Time zone: -0700 GMT
- Contact: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
- Mail server: mailserv@ymir.claremont.edu
- System type: VMS
-
- The second-largest TeX archive in the world. Aggressively tracks
- down packages for downloading.
-
- Most TeX macros files are found in subdirectories of
- LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.INPUTS], though the Babel system is in
- LOCAL:[ANONYMOU.TEX.BABEL] and MusicTeX is in
- LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.MUSIC]. BibTeX files are in
- LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.BIBTEX].
-
- To submit a file to the ymir archive, ftp to fenris.claremont.edu
- (134.173.4.146) and place the file in the directory pub/submission;
- then send a note to tex-group@hmcvax.claremont.edu to alert the
- archive staff of the new file. If you don't have access to ftp, send
- a note to tex-group with the sizes and number of files and they will
- work out how to receive it.
-
-***************************************************************************
- GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS
-
-Actually, this is more of a list of keywords right now. I've tried to
-clarify obscure keywords, while relying on many keywords to be
-self-explanatory. For example, any keyword which is the name of a
-language indicates that the macros provide support of some sort for
-typesetting in that language. Similarly, a keyword which is a name of a
-major TeX package means that the macros are meant for use with that
-package.
-
-A4 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A4 page size
-
-A5 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A5 page size
-
-accent -- macros for putting special accents on characters
-
-ACM -- macros for typesetting papers for ACM proceedings
-
-acronym -- macros for manipulating acronyms
-
-AIP -- implements a layout based on the American Institute of Physics
- journals
-
-algorithm -- useful for typesetting algorithms
-
-allocation -- macros which modify or extend TeX's allocation mechanism
- (i.e., things like \newdimen, \newskip, etc.)
-
-AMS -- macros which are either supported by the American Mathematical
- Society, or which provide support for the AMS fonts.
-
-AMS-LaTeX
-
-AMS-TeX
-
-amsfonts -- macros which provide support for the AMSFonts package, which
- includes the msam and msbm symbol fonts.
-
-amsppt -- modifications or extensions to the AMS-TeX amsppt preprint
- document style.
-
-antiparticle -- macros for typesetting anti-particles in particle physics.
-
-APA -- macros for producing citations of the form "(Jones, 1986)" and
- without labels in the bibliography. [what does APA stand for,
- anyway? -- dmj]
-
-APL -- useful for typesetting code written in the programming language
- APL
-
-ArborText dvips -- requires ArborText's implementation of dvips
-
-array -- modifies or extends the LaTeX "array" environment
-
-article -- implements a document style useful for typesetting documents
- such as journal articles. When applied to a LaTeX document-style
- option, it means that the option is primarily meant to be used with
- article.sty
-
-Austrian
-
-authors' guide -- guidelines or documentation for authors
-
-autonumbering -- support for the automatic numbering of such document
- structures as sections, theorems, lists, etc.
-
-autoTOC -- support for the automatic compilation of a Table of Contents.
-
-Babel -- Part of Johannes Braams' Babel system for foreign language
- support in LaTeX and plain TeX.
-
-barcode -- typesets the zipcode barcodes used by the US Postal Service.
-
-baseball
-
-Bezier -- implements Bezier curves (cubic or quadratic splines)
-
-bibliography -- macros for producing a bibliography
-
-BibTeX -- macros for use with Oren Patashnik's BibTeX bibliograpy
- database program
-
-BibTeX 0.98 -- requires an obsolete version of BibTeX
-
-binary trees
-
-blackboard bold
-
-BNF -- macros for typesetting Backhaus-Naur formalisms
-
-bold symbol -- macros for accessing bold versions of math symbols
-
-book -- implements a document style, or otherwise provides support, for
- typesetting book-like documents. When applied to a LaTeX
- document-style option, it means that the option is primarily meant
- to be used with book.sty
-
-bookform
-
-borders -- macros for putting frames around boxes
-
-box -- macros for manipulating boxes
-
-C -- for typesetting code written in the C programming language
-
-calendar -- provides various calendar functions for TeX
-
-camera-ready
-
-caption
-
-card
-
-cassette
-
-cassette label
-
-Catalan
-
-category-theory
-
-changebars
-
-chemistry
-
-chess
-
-citation -- macros which modify or extend LaTeX's \cite command, or
- which provide an analogous function
-
-classified -- macros for typesetting documents with "classified" ratings
-
-cmcyr
-
-color -- support for color graphics or other special effects
-
-comment -- implements a comment environment for TeX
-
-Common Lisp -- support for typesetting Common Lisp code
-
-common macros -- macros common to two or more document styles
-
-commutative diagrams -- graphics support for producing commutative
- diagrams
-
-counter
-
-Croatian
-
-cropmark
-
-crosswords
-
-currency
-
-Cyrillic
-
-Czech
-
-Danish
-
-date
-
-decimal
-
-DECUS
-
-delimiters
-
-diagrams
-
-discretionary
-
-dissertation
-
-documentation
-
-doublespace
-
-dow -- macros for calculating the day of week
-
-draft
-
-drama
-
-dropcaps -- typesets the first letter of a paragraph enlarged
-
-Dutch
-
-dvi2ln3
-
-dvi2ps
-
-dvidrv
-
-dvidvi
-
-dvips
-
-dvitops
-
-e-mail pathname
-
-EC/DC
-
-emphasis
-
-emTeX -- for use with emTeX, a TeX implementation for PC's
-
-endnotes
-
-English
-
-enumerate
-
-envelope
-
-epigram
-
-eplain
-
-EPSF
-
-epsf
-
-eqnarray -- modifications of LaTeX's eqnarray environment
-
-equation
-
-equation number
-
-Esperanto
-
-essential
-
-eufm
-
-examination
-
-figure
-
-figures
-
-filename
-
-Finnish
-
-float
-
-floats
-
-flushleft
-
-fmt -- indicates that the package is meant to serve as the basis for a
- new format (.fmt) file.
-
-font
-
-fontchart -- prints out a font table similar to those found in Appendix F
- of the TeX Book
-
-fonts
-
-footnote numbering
-
-footnotes
-
-formletter
-
-framebox -- macros for drawing rules around boxes, similar to LaTeX's
- \framebox command or the \boxit macro in Exercise 21.3 of the
- TeXbook
-
-frames -- macros for putting frames around boxes
-
-French
-
-generic -- macros which should work with practically any TeX macro
- package
-
-German
-
-german
-
-glossing -- macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive sentences
-
-graphics
-
-Greek
-
-header -- macros for modifying the page header
-
-Hebrew
-
-hline
-
-Hungarian
-
-hyphenation -- hyphenation patterns
-
-Icelandic
-
-ICPR -- document style for the International Conference on Pattern
- Recognition proceedings
-
-IEE
-
-IEEE -- document style for proceedings published by the Institute of
- Electrical and Electronics Engineers
-
-indent -- modifies the indentation of paragraphs
-
-index -- for producing indexes.
-
-initex
-
-input
-
-inrstex
-
-inserts -- modifies TeX's mechanism for floating insertions
-
-integral
-
-IPA
-
-ISO
-
-journal -- style file for typesetting journal articles
-
-LamS-TeX
-
-landscape
-
-language
-
-LaTeX
-
-letter
-
-LeXTeX
-
-limits -- modifies the behavior of subscripts or superscripts of math
- operators
-
-line breaks
-
-line numbering
-
-lines
-
-linespacing
-
-linguistics
-
-lists
-
-LNCS -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture
- Notes in Computer Science
-
-LNP -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture
- Notes in Physics
-
-logical gates
-
-logos
-
-loop -- implements looping constructs for TeX
-
-macro
-
-mailing labels
-
-MakeIndex -- requires Pehong Chen's makeindex program
-
-manpage -- for typesetting UNIX-style manual pages
-
-manual -- for typesetting manuals
-
-margin notes
-
-math
-
-math symbol
-
-mathematics
-
-mathfonts
-
-matrices
-
-memo
-
-METAFONT
-
-metafont
-
-MFT
-
-midnight -- for use with Marcel van der Goot's Midnight macros
-
-milstd
-
-minipage
-
-MIT Press -- document style for producing books compliant (more or less)
- with MIT Press's requirements
-
-modularity
-
-msam -- macros for using the AMS symbol font A (part of the AMSFonts
- package)
-
-msbm -- macros for using the AMS symbol font B (part of the AMSFonts
- package)
-
-multi-column
-
-multi-page
-
-newcolumn
-
-newcommand
-
-newlines
-
-newsletter
-
-NFSS -- requires Mittelbach and Sch\"opf's New Font Selection Scheme
-
-nofill
-
-Norwegian
-
-NTG
-
-numbers
-
-Object-Z -- for typesetting Object-Z specifications
-
-OFSS -- requires the Old Font Selection Scheme (i.e., LaTeX's original
- font selection scheme)
-
-operatorname
-
-optarg
-
-outer -- modifies TeX`s \outer primitive
-
-outline
-
-output
-
-page control
-
-page layout
-
-page style
-
-pagenumbers
-
-pagestyle
-
-paper
-
-paragraph
-
-parbox
-
-parse trees
-
-path name
-
-PC
-
-perl
-
-phonelist
-
-PHYS-TeX
-
-Physical Review
-
-physics
-
-PHYZZX
-
-PicTeX
-
-picture
-
-plain TeX
-
-pmb -- "poor man's bold," that is, a method of producing low-quality
- bold symbols when there is no real bold version of a symbol, as
- described in Appendix D of the TeXbook
-
-Polish
-
-pom -- macros for calculating the period of the moon
-
-portrait
-
-Portuguese
-
-PostScript
-
-PostScript fonts
-
-primer
-
-proceedings -- for typesetting articles for proceedins of various
- conferences
-
-prooftree
-
-publisher style -- macros which are either supplied by a publisher, or
- else have been written to implement some publisher's requirements
-
-quotation
-
-quote marks
-
-railroad -- macros for typesetting so-called "railroad" diagrams for
- describing the syntax of, for example, programming languages
-
-RCS -- interface to the UNIX Revision Control System
-
-register
-
-report
-
-resume
-
-REVTeX
-
-Romanian
-
-rotate
-
-rotation
-
-Russian
-
-Scheme -- for typesetting bits of Scheme code
-
-screenplay
-
-SCREENVIEW
-
-script
-
-scripts
-
-ScriptTeX
-
-section
-
-section numbers
-
-sectioning
-
-SIAM -- macros designed for publications of the Society for Industrial
- and Applied Mathematics
-
-SLaTeX
-
-slides
-
-SliTeX
-
-Slovenian
-
-Smalltalk programming language
-
-solutions
-
-Spanish
-
-speed
-
-SPIE
-
-Springer-Verlag -- macros either supplied by the Springer-Verlag
- publishing company or else written to satisfy their requirements
-
-stageplay
-
-standards documents
-
-string comparison
-
-strut
-
-style
-
-style-option
-
-subnumbering
-
-sum
-
-summation
-
-Swedish
-
-symbol
-
-symbols
-
-syntax checking
-
-table
-
-tables
-
-tabular
-
-tangle
-
-TeX
-
-TeX examples
-
-TeX tutorials
-
-TeX Users Group
-
-TeX-XeT
-
-TeXbook
-
-TeXsis
-
-TEXT1
-
-tgrind
-
-theorem
-
-theorm
-
-thesis
-
-time
-
-timeline
-
-titlepage
-
-TOC
-
-toc
-
-tpic
-
-trademark
-
-tree
-
-trees
-
-TUG proceedings
-
-TUGboat
-
-Turkish
-
-two-column
-
-two-up
-
-UK English
-
-underlining
-
-UNIX
-
-VDM specification language
-
-verbatim
-
-virtual fonts
-
-vita
-
-vrbinput -- macros for inputting files and typesetting them verbatim
-
-weave
-
-WEB
-
-weird
-
-x-ref warnings
-
-xrefs
-
-XY-pic
-
-Young tableaux
-
-YTeX
-
-yTeX
-
-Z
-
-zip -- macros for typesetting zipcodes in barcode format
-
-***************************************************************************
- APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT
-
-Steve Fisk <fisk@polar.bowdoin.edu> pointed out that many database
-programs would choke on the format of the Catalogue because
-
- (1) there are a different number of fields in a record
- (e.g. "Note:" is not always there)
- (2) fields can span several lines
- (e.g. "Description")
- (3) the Catalogue contains lines that are not records
- (e.g. the section and subsection headings)
-
-Here's a UNIX-specific solution to this problem: an awk script that
-reformats the Catalogue and removes all superflous lines.
-
-To convert the Catalogue to the format described above, do the following:
-
-1) Put the following in a file called "script".
-
-------------------------------cut here------------------------------
-BEGIN { FS = ":"; \
- counter = 0; \
- x["Name"] = "Name: "; \
- x["Description"] = "Description: "; \
- x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \
- x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \
- x["Author"] = "Author: "; \
- x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \
- x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \
- x["See also"] = "See also: "; \
- x["Note"] = "Note: " }
-
-
-/^%/ {}
-
-/^[a-zA-Z]+/ && counter == 1 {$field = $1; x[$field] = $0}
-
-/^[ ]+/ && counter == 1 { x[$field] = x[$field] substr($0,4) }
-
-NF == 0 && counter == 1 && x["Name"] != "Name: " \
- { printf "%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n\n", \
- x["Name"], x["Description"], x["Keywords"], x["Archives"], \
- x["Author"], x["Latest Version"], x["Supported"], x["See also"], \
- x["Note"] ; \
- x["Name"] = "Name: "; \
- x["Description"] = "Description: "; \
- x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \
- x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \
- x["Author"] = "Author: "; \
- x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \
- x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \
- x["See also"] = "See also: "; \
- x["Note"] = "Note: "}
-
-/^\*\*\*\*\*\*\*/ { if (counter == 1) {counter = 0} else {counter = 1} }
-------------------------------cut here------------------------------
-
-2) Execute the command
-
- awk -f script tex-styles-and-macros.txt > newindex
-
-If all goes well, newindex should be in the required form. (Note that
-this uses the old awk; it should be easy to modify it to use the newer
-versions of awk if necessary.)
-
-***************************************************************************
- COMING ATTRACTIONS
-
-%% This section contains incomplete entries. In most cases, the entry
-%% is incomplete only because I haven't had time to complete it. In a
-%% few cases, the entry is incomplete because I haven't had time to
-%% track down the authors for verification of the information.
-
-Name: autotab.sty
-Description: LaTeX documentstyle for creating tables automatically by
- reading data from a separate input file, which contains one entry
- per line.
-Keywords: LaTeX, tabular
-Author: Gabriele Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Oct 1989
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: Comes with a documentation and example file, autotab.tex.
-
-Name: bnf.sty
-Description: LaTeX macros for pretty-printing context-free grammars
- using the notation from "Elements of the Theory of Computation" by
- Harry R. Lewis and Christos H. Papadimitriou.
-Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
-Author: Hugh Osborne <hugh@cs.kun.nl>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.1a, 30 Jan 1992
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: Packages comes with a readme file (bnf.README), a list of known
- bugs (bnf.bugs), and a manual (bnf.tex).
-See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.tex
-
-Name: chemstruct.tex
-Description: plain TeX macros for drawing chemistry structural formulas.
-Keywords: plain TeX, chemistry
-Author: Michael Ramek
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1987
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: Package comes with a manual, chemdoc.tex, which includes several
- example figures, each in a separate file.
-
-Name: crc.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for the
- 1991 International Workshop on Robust Control.
-Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 16 Apr 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: This is based on birk.sty (q.v.).
-
-Name: floatfig.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow figures to "float" in
- paragraphs, i.e., to allow figures that only take up a fraction of
- the width of a page to be surrounded by flowing text. These macros
- are based on the plain TeX macros described by Thomas J. Reid in
- "Floating Figures at the Right," TUGboat 8(3):315, November 1987.
-Keywords: LaTeX, float, figures
-Author: Thomas Kneser, Gesellschaft f\"ur wissenschaftliche
- Datenverarbeitung mbH G\"ottingen, FRG
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v0.4, 08 May 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: Packages includes a user's manual (floatfig.tex) and a sample file
- (example.tex).
-
-Name: abbrevfr.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: readme, README, README.initex
-
-Name: dumyhyph.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: english.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: flisting.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: french.bug
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: french.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: french.tst
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: frenchfr.doc
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: frenchla.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: frenchlb.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: frenchlm.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: frenchlr.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: frenchlu.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: frencht.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: hyconfig.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: hymltex2.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: hymltex3.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: initex.bug
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: language.dat
-Description:
-Keywords: French
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: german3.sty
-Description: An experimental plain TeX/LaTeX style file for typesetting
- German using TeX version 3 (or later) and the DC text fonts.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german, DC, TeX3
-Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.de> and Bernd Raichle
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0c, 8 Apr 1992
-Archives: stuttgart*, aston
-See also: german.sty, germanb.sty
-
-Name: letter.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting letters in German.
-Keywords: LaTeX, german, letter
-Author: Dietmar Heinrich
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 04 May 1988
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: Includes a documentation file, letter.tex.
-
-Name: megatape.sty (.doc)
-Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting cassette tape labels.
- Modification of tape.sty (q.v.).
-Keywords: LaTeX, cassette
-Author: Martin Nickel
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 16 Oct 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: Comes with a demonstration file, megademo.tex.
-See also: tape.sty
-
-Name: prelim.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to mark manuscripts as drafts
- by putting a line stating that it's a draft, along with the date and
- time of formatting, on every page. (Note: the default marker text
- is "ENTWURF", but can be changed by redefining a single macro.)
-Keywords: LaTeX, draft
-Author: Robert Tolksdorf
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 31 Jul 1990
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: Comes with a documentation file, prelim.tex, in German.
-See also: draft.sty, drafthead.sty
-
-Name: changebar.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for including changebars in a
- device-independent way.
-Keywords: LaTeX, changebar, output
-Author: David B. Johnson <dbj@titan.rice.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 1990
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: chapref.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce separate reference
- sections for each chapter in a document.
-Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Peter J. Knaggs, School of Computing and Mathematics, Teesside
- Polytechnic, Middlesbrogh, Cleveland, England.
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-See also: chapterbib.sty
-
-Name: db.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option to generate listings, send out
- letters, etc., using a database.
-Keywords: LaTeX, formletter
-Author: George Panagopoulos <georgios@umiacs.umd.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.1, 20 Nov 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: The file db.sty contains documentation and a sample file.
-
-Name: hndout.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing Plymouth
- Polytechnic Computer Service handouts. For use with the 11pt
- article style.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: Jon Warbrick
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: Jan 1988
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: laioobr.sty
-Description: LaTeX letter document style for ???. Has support for
- Dutch, British English, American English and German letters. For
- use with the Babel system?
-Keywords: LaTeX, letter
-Author: Werenfried Spit
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 6 Nov 1990
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: lcaption.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting of long captions
- with hanging indentation.
-Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float
-Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <Krab@iesd.auc.dk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 06 Jan 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-See also: hangcaption.sty
-
-Name: loval.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for
- putting boxes with rounded corners around text, similar to the \fbox
- command.
-Keywords: LaTeX, box
-Author: Elmar Schal\"uck <elmar@uni-paderborn.de>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1, Feb 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: Comes with a documentation and demonstration file, lovaltest.tex.
-
-Name: nnfootnote.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an alternate
- footnote command for unnumbered footnotes.
-Keywords: LaTeX, footnote
-Author: T Mark Ellison
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 26 Jun 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: pspic.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that redefines the standard
- LaTeX Picture commands to produce PostScript specials rather than
- using the LaTeX picture fonts. This is meant for use with Tomas
- Rokicki's dvips
-Keywords: LaTeX, picture, PostScript, dvips
-Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.1b, 12 Apr 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: rmthm.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for customizing theorem-like
- environments by making it easy to change the font style in which
- theorems are typeset, specify an end-of-theorem marker, and suppress
- the numbering of some environments.
-Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
-Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 14 June 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-See also: theorem.sty
-
-Name: sines.tex
-Description: TeX macros to calculate the sines of angles between -90 and
- 90 degrees by using the first three terms of the Taylor expansion of
- sin(x).
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, sine, math
-Author: Jim Walker
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: tabto.tex
-Description: TeX macro for tabbing to a position relative to the left
- margin in a paragraph.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX
-Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: trigonometry.tex
-Description: TeX macros for calculating the sine of angles between -pi/2
- and pi/2.
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX,
-Author: Philip Taylor
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: Originally published in TeXhax Digest, September 1989.
-
-Name: verbatimfiles.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for inputting entire files in
- verbatim mode. Also allows automatic numbering of the lines of the
- inputted file.
-Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, verbinput
-Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@uk.ac.open.acs.vax.>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: a4letter.sty
-Description: LaTeX German letter style for use with A4 paper.
-Keywords: LaTeX, letter, A4
-Author: D. Heinrich
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 14 Apr 1988
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: annotation.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an "annotation"
- environment, for text that can be either printed or ignored.
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author: Tom Hofmann <wtho@cgch.uucp>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 30 Nov 1989
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: cites.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that provides superscript
- reference numbers in citations and bibliographies, collapses
- consecutive reference numbers into a range of numbers without first
- sorting the numbers (e.g., 1,3,4,5,6,8,9 is printed as 1,3--6,8,9)
- and gives extra control over the appearance of citations and
- bibliography labels. This is based on Charles Karney's aip.sty
- (q.v.). Possibly only for use with darticle.sty?
-Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, citation
-Author: G. Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: v1.1, 6 May 1989
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: deflist.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a list environment
- that takes a single argument, the longest label in the list, and
- adjusts the leftmargin accordingly.
-Keywords: LaTeX, list
-Author:
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: diagram.tex
-Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting commutative diagrams.
-Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
-Author: Francis Borceux <fborceux@buclln11.bitnet>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: v2.2
-Archives: stuttgart
-Note: Package comes with a user's manual, diagramdoc.tex.
-
-Name: expdlist.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a variant of the
- description environment that allows easy customization.
-Keywords: LaTeX, list, description
-Author: Rainer Huelse and Wolfgang Kaspar <urz86@dmswwu1a.bitnet>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.0a, 20 Sep 1990
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: This style is written with Frank Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.).
-
-Name: frenchponct.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that adjusts the space before
- the "double" punctuation marks (!, ?, ; and :) to follow French
- typographical rules (but only if space has already been left before
- them).
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French
-Author: Y. Roy
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: frenchquote.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines facsimiles of the
- French double quote marks
-Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French
-Author:
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: garticle.sty
-Description: Variant of article.sty for typesetting in German.
- Obsolete. See german.sty or germanb.sty instead.
-Keywords: LaTeX, German, article
-Author:
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 8 Jun 1987
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: Comes with an 11 point style, gart11.sty.
-
-Name: joe.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for the Journal of Economics.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
-Author:
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 2 Feb 1990
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: sfarticle.sty
-Description: Modification of article.sty to support a sans-serif font
- style and also to replace hardwired strings (like the name of the
- bibliography, etc.) by control sequences. Probably obsolete. See
- the BABEL system instead.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
-Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: sfart10.sty
-Description: 10 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: sfart11.sty
-Description: 11 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: sfart12.sty
-Description: 12 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
-Keywords: LaTeX, article
-Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: unilogo.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for
- generating the University of Stuttgart logo at arbitrary sizes from
- 15mm to 75mm in diameter.
-Keywords: LaTeX, picture
-Author: Gert Willmann
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: 25 Nov 1988
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
- COLORTEX
-
-Name: colorrgb.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: ColorTeX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: guide.tex, gut91.tex, gut91gb.tex
-
-Name: euro.sty
-Description:
-Keywords:
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note:
-
-Name: mancolor.sty
-Description:
-Keywords:
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note:
-
-Name: rapport.sty
-Description:
-Keywords:
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note:
-
-Name: dirkslides.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: dirkslides-sample.tex
-
-Name: dinbrief.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for German letters?
-Keywords: LaTeX, letter, german
-Author: Wolfgang Schwarz <blacky@ds0ita51>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 11 May 1992
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: Comes with a documentation file, dinbrief.doc.
-
-Name: ipebrief.sty
-Description: Letter style for the University of Stuttgart?
-Keywords: LaTeX, letter
-Author: W. Schwarz
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.2, 12 Feb 1990
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: ipebrief_beispiel.tex, ipebrief_doc.tex, unilogo
-
-Name: ruspaper.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author: B. Burr
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: rustitel.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: uni.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: usus.readme
-
-Name: us10.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: us11.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: us12.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: stickers.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author: Mark Overmars
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: stickerdoc.tex
-
-Name: ailetter.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: bridge.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: dblitem.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author: Norman J. Richert <richert@cl.uh.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: invertedparagraphs.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: logo-denk.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: regel.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author: T. Birnthaler
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.0, 30 Nov 1989
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: rnl-slides.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX
-Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v0.2, 25 Jan 1990
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: sentences.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: shsulet.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: shsu*, stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: sqmac.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author: Michael Barr
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: sqsample.tex
-
-Name: sqrt.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: strukto.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author: T. Birnthaler
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Nov 1989
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: tl-sample.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: timing.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author: Ludwig May/Jens Leilich
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: read.me, timing.tex
-
-Name: tksbrief.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 31 Dec 1990
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: tksbrief.tex
-See also: privat.sty
-
-Name: privat.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1 Jul 1991
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: dina4.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: disstyle.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author: Gabriele Kruljac
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: v1.2 15 Jun 1989
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: nl.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: rahmen.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: tabbingbox.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-Note: tables-doc.tex
-
-Name: topnum.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: unfinished.tex
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX,
-Author:
-Supported: no
-Latest Version:
-Archives: stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: texinfo.tex
-Description:
-Keywords:
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
-Name: semitic.sty
-Description:
-Keywords:
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives:
-
- jTeX
-
- muTeX
-
- MusicTeX
-
-cmcscsl10.mf
-
-*Additional BibTeX styles
-
-The following BibTeX styles are all available from ftp.math.utah.edu in the
-directory ~ftp/pub/tex/bibtex.
-
-Name: aaai-named.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: apalike2.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Eric Ho <eho@word>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: astron.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Sake J. Hogeveen <l42@nikhefh.nikhef.nl>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: authordate1-4.sty
-Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the BibTeX
- bibliography styles authordate1, authordate2, authordate3 and
- authordate4.
-Keywords: LaTeX BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-See also: authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst,
- authordate4.bst
-
-Name: authordate1.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Mar 1990
-Archives: utah
-See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst,
- authordate4.bst
-
-Name: authordate2.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Mar 1990
-Archives: utah
-See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate3.bst,
- authordate4.bst
-
-Name: authordate3.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Mar 1990
-Archives: utah
-See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst,
- authordate4.bst
-
-Name: authordate4.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: Mar 1990
-Archives: utah
-See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst,
- authordate3.bst
-
-Name: bbs.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
- or less in the format of Behavioral and Brain Sciences. It was
- adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J.
- Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Feb 1991
-Archives: utah
-Note: Requires astron.sty.
-
-Name: cbe.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
- or less in the Council of Biology Editors format, which is used by
- Evolution, American Naturalist, and lots of other journals. It was
- adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J.
- Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
-Archives: utah
-Note: Requires astron.sty.
-
-Name: cell.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.23, 29 Jun 1992
-Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.bst
-
-Name: cell.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.sty
-
-Name: humanbio.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
- or less in the format of the journal Human Biology. It was adapted
- from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. Hogeveen's
- `astron.bst'.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
-Archives: utah
-Note: Requires astron.sty.
-
-Name: humannat.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
- or less in the format of the journals Human Nature and American
- Anthropologist. It was adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating
- features of Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: v1.03, 29 Jun 1992
-Archives: utah
-Note: Requires astron.sty.
-
-Name: is-abbrv.bst
-Description: Modification of the abbrv BibTeX bibliography style
- (abbrv.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
- PERIODICAL bibliography type.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
-Archives: utah*
-See also: is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst
-
-Name: is-alpha.bst
-Description: Modification of the alpha BibTeX bibliography style
- (alpha.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
- PERIODICAL bibliography type.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
-Archives: utah*
-See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst
-
-Name: is-plain.bst
-Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style
- (plain.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
- PERIODICAL bibliography type.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
-Archives: utah*
-See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-unsrt.bst
-
-Name: is-unsrt.bst
-Description: Modification of the unsrt BibTeX bibliography style
- (unsrt.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
- PERIODICAL bibliography type.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
-Archives: utah*
-See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst
-
-Name: jbact.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: utah
-Note: Requires jbact.sty.
-
-Name: jbact.sty
-Description: LaTeX
-Keywords: LaTeX
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: utah
-See also: jbact.bst
-
-Name: jmb.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the Journal of Molecular
- Biology and Journal of Theoretical Biology.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v1.21, 29 Jun 1992
-Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov:pub/delila/jmb.bst.Z
-Note: jmb.sty
-
-Name: jtb.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
- or less in the format of the Journal of Theoretical Biology. It was
- adapted from Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
-Supported: no
-Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
-Archives: utah
-Note: Requires astron.bst.
-
-Name: namunsrt.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: nar.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the journal Nucleic Acid
- Research. It was adapted from the standard unsrt.bst style file.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: v3.04, 10 Sep 1991
-Archives: utah
-Note: nar.sty
-
-Name: nature.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Tom Schneider? (Ask Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>)
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1992
-Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty
-
-Name: nature.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
-Author:
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty
-
-Name: newapa.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu>,
- <spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, <71160.3141@compuserve.com>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: newapa.sty
-Description:
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu> and
- Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>??
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version:
-Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston
-
-Name: phaip.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: yes
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: phapalik.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: phcpc.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: phiaea.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: phjcp.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: phnf.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: phnflet.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: phpf.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: phppcf.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: phreport.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: phrmp.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: plainyr.bst
-Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style
- (plain.bst) that sorts items by year, author and title, in that
- order.
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Michael P. Perrone <mpp@cs.brown.edu>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: 26 Jun 1992
-Archives: utah
-
-Name: science.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992
-Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.bst
-
-Name: science.sty
-Description: LaTeX document style for the journal Science?
-Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v2.03, 24 Aug 1992
-Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.sty
-
-Name: control.bst
-Description: BibTeX bibliography style
-Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
-Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
-Supported: ???
-Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992
-Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/control.bst
-
-===========================================================================
-
-% Keep these lines at the end of the file!
-% Local Variables:
-% fill-column: 72
-% End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index c2f95e7da33..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% %%
-%% A S C I I wall chart %%
-%% %%
-%% by Victor Eijkhout %%
-%% eijkhout@cs.utk.edu %%
-%% %%
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-%
-%% Choose your favourite format:
-%
-\nopagenumbers %% 2 lines
-\vsize=28cm %% for PLAIN TeX
-%\documentstyle{article} %% 4 lines for LaTeX
-%\begin{document} %% not that it matters anything,
-%\pagestyle{empty} %% rest of the document
-%\setlength{\textheight}{28cm} %% is 'pure' TeX.
-%%%%%% and don't forget the \bye / \end{document} at the end!! %%%%%%%
-%% fonts
-\font\bitfont=cmr7 \fontdimen3\bitfont=3mm
-\font\codefont=cmr5
-\font\namefont=cmss10 scaled 1200
-\font\titlefont=cmss10 scaled 1440
-\font\commentfont=cmss10
-%% counts and dimens
-\newdimen\thinlinewidth \thinlinewidth=.25mm
-\newdimen\fatlinewidth \fatlinewidth=.5mm
-\newdimen\rowheight \rowheight=1cm
-\newdimen\colwidth \colwidth=1.6cm
-\newdimen\Colwidth \Colwidth=2\colwidth
- \advance\Colwidth by \thinlinewidth
-\newdimen\topwhite \topwhite=2pt
-\newdimen\botwhite \botwhite=3pt
-\newdimen\leftwhite \leftwhite=2pt
-\newdimen\rightwhite \rightwhite=2pt
-\newcount\rowcount \rowcount=-1 %% note!
-\newcount\colcount \colcount=0
-\newcount\thenumber
-%% tidbits
-\def\\{$\backslash$}
-\def\thinline{\vrule width \thinlinewidth}
-\def\fatline{\vrule width \fatlinewidth}
-\tolerance=10000
-\vbadness=10000
-%% code conversion
-\def\calcnumber{{\multiply\colcount by 16
- \advance\colcount by \rowcount
- \global\thenumber=\colcount}}
-\def\deccode{\number\thenumber}
-\def\octcode{{\ifnum\thenumber>63
- \advance\thenumber by -64
- \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8
- 1\number\count0
- \else \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8
- \ifnum\count0>0 \number\count0 \fi\fi
- \multiply\count0 by 8
- \advance\thenumber by -\count0
- \number\thenumber}}
-\def\hexdigit#1{\ifcase#1 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or
- 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or
- \edef\tmp{\message{illegal hex digit
- \number#1}}\tmp
- \fi}
-\def\hexcode{{\count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 16
- \ifnum\count0>0 \hexdigit{\count0}\fi
- \multiply\count0 by 16
- \advance\thenumber by -\count0 \count0=\thenumber
- \hexdigit{\count0}}}
-%% the heading
-\def\threebit#1#2#3{\vbox to 1.2\rowheight{\bitfont
- \vskip\topwhite
- \hbox to \colwidth{\hskip\leftwhite#1\hfil}
- \vfil
- \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#2\hfil}
- \vfil
- \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#3\hskip\rightwhite}
- \vskip\botwhite}}
-\def\comment#1{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm
- \vfil
- \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil}
- \vfil}}
-\def\dcomment#1#2{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm
- \vfil
- \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil}
- \vskip \botwhite
- \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#2\hfil}
- \vfil}}
-\def\bithead{\vbox to \colwidth{\hsize=1.5\colwidth
- \vskip\topwhite
- \hbox to \hsize{\commentfont\hfil BITS\hfil}
- \vfil
- \hbox to \hsize{\bitfont\ b4 b3 b2 b1 }
- \vskip\botwhite}}
-%% routines for single chars
-\def\fourbit#1\fb{\vbox to \rowheight{
- \vfil
- \hbox to 1.5\colwidth{\bitfont #1\ }
- \vfil}%
- \global\advance\rowcount by 1
- \global\colcount=0}
-\def\asc#1\ii{\calcnumber
- \vbox to \rowheight{\offinterlineskip
- \vskip\topwhite
- \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont
- \hskip\leftwhite
- \deccode\hfil}
- \vfil
- \hbox to \colwidth{\vrule width 0cm
- height 10pt depth 2pt
- \namefont
- \hfil#1\hfil}
- \vfil
- \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont
- \hskip\leftwhite
- \hexcode\hfil\octcode
- \hskip\rightwhite}
- \vskip\botwhite}%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and now the table itself %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\vbox{
-\halign{\fourbit#\fb&\fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii&
- \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii&
- \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii&
- \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii\fatline\cr
- \omit&\multispan8 \hskip\thinlinewidth
- \titlefont ASCII CONTROL CODE CHART\hfil\cr
- \noalign{\vskip3mm \hrule}
- \omit\hfil\threebit{b7}{b6}{b5}
- &\omit\fatline\threebit000&\omit\thinline\threebit001%
- &\omit\fatline\threebit010&\omit\thinline\threebit011%
- &\omit\fatline\threebit100&\omit\thinline\threebit101%
- &\omit\fatline\threebit110&\omit\thinline\threebit111%
- \fatline\cr
- \noalign{\vskip-.5mm} %brute force
- \omit\bithead
- &\omit\fatline\comment{CONTROL}\span\omit
- &\omit\fatline\dcomment{SYMBOLS}{NUMBERS}\span\omit
- &\omit\fatline\comment{UPPER CASE}\span\omit
- &\omit\fatline\comment{LOWER CASE}\span\omit\hfil\fatline\cr
- \noalign{\hrule}
- {} 0 0 0 0&NUL&DLE&SP &0 &@ &P &` &p \cr\noalign{\hrule}
- {} 0 0 0 1&SOH&DC1&! &1 &A &Q &a &q \cr\noalign{\hrule}
- {} 0 0 1 0&STX&DC2&" &2 &B &R &b &r \cr\noalign{\hrule}
- {} 0 0 1 1&ETX&DC3&\# &3 &C &S &c &s \cr\noalign{\hrule}
- {} 0 1 0 0&EOT&DC4&\$ &4 &D &T &d &t \cr\noalign{\hrule}
- {} 0 1 0 1&ENQ&NAK&\% &5 &E &U &e &u \cr\noalign{\hrule}
- {} 0 1 1 0&ACK&SYN&\& &6 &F &V &f &v \cr\noalign{\hrule}
- {} 0 1 1 1&BEL&ETB&' &7 &G &W &g &w \cr\noalign{\hrule}
- {} 1 0 0 0&BS &CAN&( &8 &H &X &h &x \cr\noalign{\hrule}
- {} 1 0 0 1&HT &EM &) &9 &I &Y &i &y \cr\noalign{\hrule}
- {} 1 0 1 0&LF &SUB&* &: &J &Z &j &z \cr\noalign{\hrule}
- {} 1 0 1 1&VT &ESC&+ &; &K &[ &k &$\{$\cr \noalign{\hrule}
- {} 1 1 0 0&FF &FS &, &$<$&L &\\ &l &$|$ \cr \noalign{\hrule}
- {} 1 1 0 1&CR &GS &$-$ &= &M &] &m &$\}$\cr \noalign{\hrule}
- {} 1 1 1 0&SO &RS &. &$>$&N &\char94 &n &\char126\cr
- \noalign{\hrule}
- {} 1 1 1 1&SI &US &/ &? &O &\_$\!$\_&o &DEL\cr\noalign{\hrule}
- \noalign{\vskip2mm}
- \omit&\omit\namefont \hfil LEGEND:\hfil \span\omit
- &\multispan4\hskip\fatlinewidth
- \vtop{\vskip-10pt\hbox{\vrule
- \vbox to \rowheight{
- \offinterlineskip
- \hrule\vskip \topwhite
- \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite
- dec\hfil}
- \vfil
- \hbox to \colwidth{\namefont\hfil CHAR\hfil}
- \vfil
- \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite
- hex\hfil oct
- \hskip\rightwhite}
- \vskip\botwhite
- \hrule }%
- \vrule}}
- \hfil
- &\multispan2\bitfont \hskip\fatlinewidth
- \vtop{\vskip-8pt\baselineskip=8.5pt
- \hbox{Victor Eijkhout}
- \rlap{Dept. of Comp. Sci.}
- \rlap{University of Tennessee}
- \rlap{Knoxville TN 37996, USA}
- }\hfil\cr
- }
-}
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and that's it folks! %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\bye %% PLAIN TeX
-%\end{document} %% LaTeX
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2016f64bd50..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1892 +0,0 @@
- CSNAME.TXT
-
-This file contains all unique control sequences used by TeX and the
-pricipal macro packages in use at AMS:
- Plain: primitives; plain.tex
- AMS-TeX: amstex.tex, amsppt.sty
- LaTeX: (not yet installed)
-
-
-\ *primitive (control space)
-\! plain.tex
-\" plain.tex
-\# plain.tex
-\$ plain.tex
-\% plain.tex
-\& plain.tex
-\' plain.tex
-\( plain.tex
-\) plain.tex
-\* plain.tex
-\+ plain.tex
-\, plain.tex
-\- *primitive (discretionary hyphen)
-\. plain.tex
-\/ *primitive (italic correction)
-\/ plain.tex
-\: plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
-\; plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
-\< plain.tex
-\= plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
-\> plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
-\? plain.tex
-\*@@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
-\*@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
-\*@box(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
-\*@true(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string)
-\*box@(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string)
-\*Zat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
-\*ZZat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string)
-\@ amstex.tex
-\@cclv plain.tex
-\@cclvi plain.tex
-\@crfalse plain.tex
-\@crtrue plain.tex
-\@foot plain.tex
-\@if plain.tex
-\@ins plain.tex
-\@lign plain.tex
-\@m plain.tex
-\@M plain.tex
-\@midfalse plain.tex
-\@midtrue plain.tex
-\@MM plain.tex
-\@ne plain.tex
-\@nother plain.tex
-\@penup plain.tex
-\@sf plain.tex
-\@vereq plain.tex
-\aa plain.tex
-\AA plain.tex
-\above *primitive
-\abovedisplayshortskip *primitive
-\abovedisplayskip *primitive
-\abovewithdelims *primitive
-\abstract amsppt.sty
-\abstract@ amsppt.sty
-\abstract@true amsppt.sty
-\accent *primitive
-\accentdimen@ amstex.tex
-\accentedsymbol amstex.tex
-\accentfam@ amstex.tex
-\accentmu@ amstex.tex
-\active plain.tex
-\acute plain.tex
-\Acute amstex.tex
-\acuteaccent amstex.tex
-\address amsppt.sty
-\addresscount@ amsppt.sty
-\address* amsppt.sty (expands to *i, *ii, etc.)
-\addressnum@ amsppt.sty
-\adjdemerits *primitive
-\adjustfootnotemark amsppt.sty
-\advance *primitive
-\advancepageno plain.tex
-\ae plain.tex
-\AE plain.tex
-\affil amsppt.sty
-\affil@true amsppt.sty
-\affilbox@ amsppt.sty
-\after amstex.tex
-\afterassignment *primitive
-\afterbook@false amsppt.sty
-\afterbook@true amsppt.sty
-\aftergroup *primitive
-\aleph plain.tex
-\align amstex.tex
-\align@ amstex.tex
-\alignat amstex.tex
-\alignat@ amstex.tex
-\aligned amstex.tex
-\aligned@ amstex.tex
-\alignedat amstex.tex
-\alloc@ plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
-\alloc@true amstex.tex
-\allocationnumber plain.tex
-\alloclist@ amstex.tex
-\allowbreak plain.tex
-\allowdisplaybreak@ amstex.tex
-\allowlinebreak amstex.tex
-\allowmathbreak amstex.tex
-\alpha plain.tex
-\amalg plain.tex
-\ampersand@ amstex.tex
-\amspptloaded@AmS amsppt.sty
-\AmSTeX amstex.tex
-\amstexloaded@ amstex.tex
-\and amstex.tex
-\and@ amstex.tex
-\angle plain.tex
-\ans@ amstex.tex
-\Ans@ amstex.tex
-\appendit@ amstex.tex
-\approx plain.tex
-\arccos plain.tex
-\arcsin plain.tex
-\arctan plain.tex
-\arg plain.tex
-\arrowvert plain.tex
-\Arrowvert plain.tex
-\ast plain.tex
-\asymp plain.tex
-\at@ amstex.tex
-\atcount@ amstex.tex
-\atdef@ amstex.tex
-\athelp@ amstex.tex
-\athelpZ(csname) amstex.tex
-\atop *primitive
-\atopwithdelims *primitive
-\attag@ amstex.tex
-\atZ(csname) amstex.tex
-\atZZ(csname) amstex.tex
-\atZZZ(csname) amstex.tex
-\atZZZZ(csname) amstex.tex
-\author amsppt.sty
-\author@true amsppt.sty
-\authorbox@ amsppt.sty
-\b plain.tex
-\B amstex.tex
-\backslash plain.tex
-\badans@false amstex.tex
-\badans@true amstex.tex
-\bar plain.tex
-\Bar amstex.tex
-\baselineskip *primitive
-\batchmode *primitive
-\Bbb amstex.tex
-\Bbb@ amstex.tex
-\Bbb@@ amstex.tex
-\begingroup *primitive
-\beginsection *primitive
-\belowdisplayshortskip *primitive
-\belowdisplayskip *primitive
-\beta plain.tex
-\bf plain.tex
-\bffam plain.tex
-\bffam@ amstex.tex
-\bgroup plain.tex
-\big plain.tex
-\Big plain.tex
-\bigaw@ amstex.tex
-\bigbreak plain.tex
-\bigcap plain.tex
-\bigcap@ amstex.tex
-\bigcirc plain.tex
-\bigcup plain.tex
-\bigcup@ amstex.tex
-\bigg plain.tex
-\Bigg plain.tex
-\biggl plain.tex
-\Biggl plain.tex
-\biggm plain.tex
-\Biggm plain.tex
-\biggr plain.tex
-\Biggr plain.tex
-\bigl plain.tex
-\Bigl plain.tex
-\bigm plain.tex
-\Bigm plain.tex
-\bigodot plain.tex
-\bigodot@ amstex.tex
-\bigoplus plain.tex
-\bigoplus@ amstex.tex
-\bigotimes plain.tex
-\bigotimes@ amstex.tex
-\bigpagebreak amstex.tex
-\bigr plain.tex
-\Bigr plain.tex
-\bigskip plain.tex
-\bigskipamount plain.tex
-\bigsqcup plain.tex
-\bigsqcup@ amstex.tex
-\bigtriangledown plain.tex
-\bigtriangleup plain.tex
-\biguplus plain.tex
-\biguplus@ amstex.tex
-\bigvee plain.tex
-\bigvee@ amstex.tex
-\bigvspace amstex.tex
-\bigwedge plain.tex
-\bigwedge@ amstex.tex
-\binom amstex.tex
-\binoppenalty *primitive
-\binrel@ amstex.tex
-\binrel@@ amstex.tex
-\black@ amstex.tex
-\BlackBoxes amstex.tex
-\bmatrix amstex.tex
-\bmod plain.tex
-\body plain.tex
-\bold amstex.tex
-\bold@ amstex.tex
-\bold@@ amstex.tex
-\boldDelta amstex.tex
-\boldGamma amstex.tex
-\boldLambda amstex.tex
-\boldOmega amstex.tex
-\boldPhi amstex.tex
-\boldPi amstex.tex
-\boldPsi amstex.tex
-\boldSigma amstex.tex
-\boldTheta amstex.tex
-\boldUpsilon amstex.tex
-\boldXi amstex.tex
-\book amsppt.sty
-\book@false amsppt.sty
-\book@true amsppt.sty
-\bookbox@ amsppt.sty
-\bookinfo amsppt.sty
-\bookinfo@false amsppt.sty
-\bookinfobox@ amsppt.sty
-\bordermatrix plain.tex
-\bot plain.tex
-\bot@false amstex.tex
-\bot@true amstex.tex
-\botaligned amstex.tex
-\botfolded@false amstex.tex
-\botfolded@true amstex.tex
-\botfoldedtext amstex.tex
-\botmark *primitive
-\botshave amstex.tex
-\botsmash amstex.tex
-\bowtie plain.tex
-\box *primitive
-\box255 *primitive (page contents)
-\boxed amstex.tex
-\boxmaxdepth *primitive
-\brace plain.tex
-\braceld plain.tex
-\bracelu plain.tex
-\bracerd plain.tex
-\braceru plain.tex
-\bracevert plain.tex
-\brack plain.tex
-\break plain.tex
-\breve plain.tex
-\Breve amstex.tex
-\brokenpenalty *primitive
-\buffer amstex.tex
-\buffer@ amstex.tex
-\buildrel plain.tex
-\bullet plain.tex
-\bunch amstex.tex
-\bunchtag amstex.tex
-\by amsppt.sty
-\by@false amsppt.sty
-\by@true amsppt.sty
-\bybox@ amsppt.sty
-\bye plain.tex
-\bysame amsppt.sty
-\bysame@false amsppt.sty
-\bysame@true amsppt.sty
-\bysamebox@ amsppt.sty
-\c amstex.tex (center, in \matrix)
-\c plain.tex
-\c@ncel plain.tex
-\cal plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
-\Cal amstex.tex
-\Cal@ amstex.tex
-\Cal@@ amstex.tex
-\cap plain.tex
-\caption amstex.tex
-\captionwidth amstex.tex
-\captionwidth@ amstex.tex
-\cases plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
-\catcode *primitive
-\CD amstex.tex
-\CD@true amstex.tex
-\cdot plain.tex
-\cdotp plain.tex
-\cdots plain.tex
-\CenteredTagsOnSplits amstex.tex
-\centering plain.tex
-\centering@ amstex.tex
-\centerline plain.tex
-\cfrac amstex.tex
-\cfraccount@ amstex.tex
-\ch@ck plain.tex
-\ChangeBuffer amstex.tex
-\char *primitive
-\chardef *primitive
-\check plain.tex
-\Check amstex.tex
-\chi plain.tex
-\choose plain.tex
-\circ plain.tex
-\cite amsppt.sty
-\classnum@ amstex.tex
-\cleaders *primitive
-\cleartabs plain.tex
-\closein *primitive
-\closeout *primitive
-\clubpenalty *primitive
-\clubsuit plain.tex
-\colon plain.tex
-\columns plain.tex
-\comment amstex.tex
-\comment@ amstex.tex
-\comment@@ amstex.tex
-\comment@@@ amstex.tex
-\cong plain.tex
-\coprod plain.tex
-\coprod@ amstex.tex
-\copy plain.tex
-\copyright plain.tex
-\cos plain.tex
-\cosh plain.tex
-\cot plain.tex
-\coth plain.tex
-\count *primitive
-\count@ plain.tex
-\count0 plain.tex (page number, \pageno)
-\countdef *primitive
-\countxviii@ amstex.tex
-\cr *primitive
-\CR@ amstex.tex
-\crcr *primitive
-\csc plain.tex
-\csname *primitive
-\ctagsplit@false amstex.tex
-\ctagsplit@true amstex.tex
-\cup plain.tex
-\d plain.tex
-\D amstex.tex
-\dag plain.tex
-\dagger plain.tex
-\dashv plain.tex
-\date amsppt.sty
-\date@ amsppt.sty
-\date@true amsppt.sty
-\day *primitive
-\dbinom amstex.tex
-\ddag plain.tex
-\ddagger plain.tex
-\ddddot amstex.tex
-\dddot amstex.tex
-\ddot plain.tex
-\Ddot amstex.tex
-\ddots plain.tex
-\deadcycles *primitive
-\def *primitive (use discouraged by amstex.tex; see \define)
-\defahelp@ amstex.tex
-\defaulthelp@ amstex.tex
-\defaulthyphenchar *primitive
-\defaultskewchar *primitive
-\defbhelp@ amstex.tex
-\define amstex.tex
-\define@ amstex.tex
-\define@@ amstex.tex
-\deg plain.tex
-\delcode *primitive
-\delimiter *primitive
-\delimiterfactor *primitive
-\delimitershortfall *primitive
-\delta plain.tex
-\Delta plain.tex
-\demo amsppt.sty
-\demo@ amsppt.sty
-\demonp % amsppt.sty
-\det plain.tex
-\dfrac amstex.tex
-\diamond plain.tex
-\diamondsuit plain.tex
-\dim plain.tex
-\dimen *primitive
-\dimen@ plain.tex
-\dimen@i plain.tex
-\dimen@ii plain.tex
-\dimendef *primitive
-\dimentomu@ amstex.tex
-\disabletabs amstex.tex
-\DisableTabs amstex.tex
-\discretionary *primitive
-\displ@y plain.tex
-\displ@y@ amstex.tex
-\displaybreak amstex.tex
-\displaybreak@ amstex.tex
-\displayindent *primitive
-\displaylimits *primitive
-\displaylines plain.tex
-\displaystyle *primitive
-\displaywidowpenalty *primitive
-\displaywidth *primitive
-\displaywidth@ amstex.tex
-\div plain.tex
-\divide *primitive
-\dlsl@ amstex.tex
-\dmatherr@ amstex.tex
-\do plain.tex
-\doat@ amstex.tex
-\document amstex.tex % amsppt.sty
-\documentstyle amstex.tex
-\dodummy@ amstex.tex
-\dospecials plain.tex
-\dosupereject plain.tex
-\dot plain.tex
-\Dot amstex.tex
-\doteq plain.tex
-\dotfill plain.tex
-\dots plain.tex
-\DOTS@ amstex.tex
-\DOTS@@ amstex.tex
-\DOTS@false amstex.tex
-\DOTS@true amstex.tex
-\dotsb amstex.tex
-\DOTSB amstex.tex
-\dotsb@ amstex.tex
-\dotsc amstex.tex
-\DOTSCASE@ amstex.tex
-\dotsi amstex.tex
-\DOTSI amstex.tex
-\dotsm amstex.tex
-\dotso@ amstex.tex
-\dotsspace@ amstex.tex
-\DOTSX amstex.tex
-\doublehyphendemerits *primitive
-\downarrow plain.tex
-\Downarrow plain.tex
-\downbracefill plain.tex
-\dp *primitive
-\drsr@ amstex.tex
-\dsize amstex.tex
-\dt@pfalse plain.tex
-\dt@ptrue plain.tex
-\dummyft@ amstex.tex
-\dump *primitive
-\eat@ amstex.tex
-\edef *primitive
-\egroup plain.tex
-\eightbf amsppt.sty
-\eightbig@ amsppt.sty
-\eighti amsppt.sty
-\eightit amsppt.sty
-\eightpoint amsppt.sty
-\eightrm amsppt.sty
-\eightsl amsppt.sty
-\eightsy amsppt.sty
-\eject plain.tex
-\ell plain.tex
-\else *primitive
-\empty plain.tex
-\emptyset plain.tex
-\enabletabs amstex.tex
-\EnableTabs amstex.tex
-\enabletabs@ amstex.tex
-\end *primitive
-\endalign amstex.tex
-\endalignat amstex.tex
-\endaligned amstex.tex
-\endalignedat amstex.tex
-\endauthor amsppt.sty
-\endbmatrix amstex.tex
-\endbotaligned amstex.tex
-\endcases amstex.tex
-\endCD amstex.tex
-\endcfrac amstex.tex
-\endcomment amstex.tex
-\endcsname *primitive
-\enddemo amsppt.sty
-\enddocument amstex.tex
-\endgather amstex.tex
-\endgathered amstex.tex
-\endgraf plain.tex
-\endgroup *primitive
-\endheading amsppt.sty
-\endinput *primitive
-\endinsert plain.tex
-\endline plain.tex
-\endlinechar *primitive
-\endmatrix amstex.tex
-\endmultline amstex.tex
-\endpmatrix amstex.tex
-\endproclaim amsppt.sty
-\endref amsppt.sty
-\endref@ amsppt.sty
-\endroster amsppt.sty
-\endSb amstex.tex
-\endsmallmatrix amstex.tex
-\endSp amstex.tex
-\endsplit amstex.tex
-\endtitle amsppt.sty
-\endtopaligned amstex.tex
-\endtopmatter amsppt.sty
-\endvmatrix amstex.tex
-\endVmatrix amstex.tex
-\endxalignat amstex.tex
-\endxxalignat amstex.tex
-\enskip plain.tex
-\enspace plain.tex
-\epsilon plain.tex
-\eqalign plain.tex
-\eqalignno plain.tex
-\eqno *primitive
-\equiv plain.tex
-\err@ amstex.tex
-\Err@ amstex.tex
-\errhelp *primitive
-\errmessage *primitive
-\errorstopmode *primitive
-\errZ(csname) amstex.tex
-\escapechar *primitive
-\eta plain.tex
-\everycr *primitive
-\everydisplay *primitive
-\everyhbox *primitive
-\everyjob *primitive
-\everymath *primitive
-\everypar *primitive
-\everypartoks@ amsppt.sty
-\everyvbox *primitive
-\ex@ amstex.tex
-\exhyphenpenalty *primitive
-\exists plain.tex
-\exp plain.tex
-\expandafter *primitive
-\extra@ amstex.tex
-\extra@false amstex.tex
-\extra@true amstex.tex
-\extrap@ amstex.tex
-\f@@t plain.tex
-\f@t plain.tex
-\fam *primitive
-\familycount@ amstex.tex
-\fi *primitive
-\filbreak *primitive
-\filhss@ amsppt.sty
-\finalhyphendemerits *primitive
-\finalinfo amsppt.sty
-\finalinfo@false amsppt.sty
-\finalinfobox@ amsppt.sty
-\findlimits@ amstex.tex
-\finph@nt plain.tex
-\finsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
-\firstitem@false amsppt.sty
-\firstitem@true amsppt.sty
-\firstmark *primitive
-\firstref@false amsppt.sty
-\firstref@true amsppt.sty
-\fivebf plain.tex
-\fivei plain.tex
-\fivemsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
-\fivemsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
-\fiverm plain.tex
-\fivesy plain.tex
-\flat plain.tex
-\floatingpenalty *primitive
-\flushpar amstex.tex
-\fmtname plain.tex
-\Fmtname amstex.tex
-\fmtversion plain.tex
-\Fmtversion amstex.tex
-\fo@t plain.tex
-\foldedtext amstex.tex
-\foldedtext@ amstex.tex
-\foldedwidth amstex.tex
-\folio plain.tex
-\font *primitive
-\font@ amsppt.sty
-\fontdimen *primitive
-\fontlist@ amstex.tex
-\fontname *primitive
-\footins plain.tex
-\footline plain.tex
-\footmarkcount@ amstex.tex
-\footmarkcount@@ amstex.tex
-\footmarkform@ amsppt.sty
-\footnote plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
-\footnote (redefined in amsppt.sty)
-\footnotemark amsppt.sty
-\footnoterule plain.tex (redefined in amsppt.sty)
-\footnotetext amsppt.sty
-\footstrut plain.tex
-\for amstex.tex
-\forall plain.tex
-\format amstex.tex
-\format@ amstex.tex
-\frac amstex.tex
-\fracwithdelims amstex.tex
-\frenchspacing plain.tex
-\frown plain.tex
-\futurelet *primitive
-\futureletnextat@ amstex.tex
-\futureletnextatZ(csname) amstex.tex
-\G@ amstex.tex
-\galign@ amstex.tex
-\galleys amstex.tex
-\galleys@true amstex.tex
-\gamma plain.tex
-\Gamma plain.tex
-\garbage@ amstex.tex
-\gather amstex.tex
-\gathered amstex.tex
-\gcd plain.tex
-\gdef *primitive
-\gdef@ amstex.tex
-\gdisplaywidth@ amstex.tex
-\ge plain.tex
-\geq plain.tex
-\getmathch@ amstex.tex
-\getpoints@ amstex.tex
-\gets plain.tex
-\gg plain.tex
-\glineht@ amstex.tex
-\global *primitive
-\globaldefs *primitive
-\gloop@ amstex.tex
-\gmaxwidth@ amstex.tex
-\gmeasure@ amstex.tex
-\goodbreak plain.tex
-\grave plain.tex
-\Grave amstex.tex
-\graveaccent amstex.tex
-\gwidth@ amstex.tex
-\H plain.tex
-\h@false plain.tex
-\h@true plain.tex
-\halign *primitive
-\hang plain.tex
-\hangafter *primitive
-\hangindent *primitive
-\hashtoks@ amstex.tex
-\haswidth amstex.tex
-\hat plain.tex
-\Hat amstex.tex
-\hataccent amstex.tex
-\hbadness *primitive
-\hbar plain.tex
-\hbox *primitive
-\hcorrection amstex.tex
-\hdots amstex.tex
-\hdotsfor amstex.tex
-\heading amsppt.sty
-\headingbox@ amsppt.sty
-\headline plain.tex
-\heartsuit plain.tex
-\hexnumber@ amstex.tex
-\hfil *primitive
-\hfill *primitive
-\hfilneg *primitive
-\hfuzz *primitive
-\hgl@ plain.tex
-\hglue plain.tex
-\hideskip plain.tex
-\hidewidth plain.tex
-\hoffset *primitive
-\hom plain.tex
-\hookleftarrow plain.tex
-\hookrightarrow plain.tex
-\hphantom plain.tex
-\hrule *primitive
-\hrulefill plain.tex
-\hsize *primitive
-\hskip *primitive
-\hss *primitive
-\ht *primitive
-\hyphenation *primitive
-\hyphenchar *primitive
-\hyphenpenalty *primitive
-\i plain.tex
-\ialign plain.tex
-\ic@ amstex.tex
-\idotsint amstex.tex
-\if *primitive
-\if@ plain.tex
-\if@cr plain.tex
-\if@mid plain.tex
-\ifabstract@ amsppt.sty
-\ifaffil@ amsppt.sty
-\ifafterbook@ amsppt.sty
-\ifalloc@ amstex.tex
-\ifauthor@ amsppt.sty
-\ifbadans@ amstex.tex
-\ifbook@ amsppt.sty
-\ifbookinfo@ amsppt.sty
-\ifbot@ amstex.tex
-\ifbotfolded@ amstex.tex
-\ifby@ amsppt.sty
-\ifbysame@ amsppt.sty
-\ifcase *primitive
-\ifcat *primitive
-\ifCD@ amstex.tex
-\ifctagsplit@ amstex.tex
-\ifdate@ amsppt.sty
-\ifdim *primitive
-\ifDOTS@ amstex.tex
-\ifdt@p plain.tex
-\ifeof *primitive
-\ifextra@ amstex.tex
-\iff plain.tex
-\iffalse *primitive
-\iffinalinfo@ amsppt.sty
-\iffirstitem@ amsppt.sty
-\iffirstref@ amsppt.sty
-\ifgalleys@ amstex.tex
-\ifh@ plain.tex
-\ifhbox *primitive
-\ifhmode *primitive
-\ifin@ amstex.tex
-\ifinalign@ amstex.tex
-\ifinany@ amstex.tex
-\ifinbook@ amsppt.sty
-\ifingather@ amstex.tex
-\ifinner *primitive
-\ifissue@ amsppt.sty
-\ifjour@ amsppt.sty
-\ifkey@ amsppt.sty
-\ifkeybin@ amstex.tex
-\iflastref@ amsppt.sty
-\iflimits@ amstex.tex
-\iflimtoken@ amstex.tex
-\iflogo@ amsppt.sty
-\ifmacro@ amstex.tex
-\ifmanyby@ amsppt.sty
-\ifmath@ amstex.tex
-\ifmathbin@ amstex.tex
-\ifmathch@ amstex.tex
-\ifmathrel@ amstex.tex
-\ifmathtags@ amstex.tex
-\ifmeasuring@ amstex.tex
-\ifmid@ amstex.tex
-\ifmmode *primitive
-\ifnextRunin@ amsppt.sty
-\ifno@ amsppt.sty
-\ifnofrills@ amsppt.sty
-\ifnojourinfo@ amsppt.sty
-\ifnot@ amstex.tex
-\ifnum *primitive
-\ifodd *primitive
-\ifonecr@ amstex.tex
-\ifp@ge plain.tex
-\ifpage@ amsppt.sty
-\ifpages@ amsppt.sty
-\ifpaper@ amsppt.sty
-\ifpaperinfo@ amsppt.sty
-\ifprevbook@ amsppt.sty
-\ifprevinbook@ amsppt.sty
-\ifprevjour@ amsppt.sty
-\ifproclaim@ amsppt.sty
-\ifpubl@ amsppt.sty
-\ifpubladdr@ amsppt.sty
-\ifr@ggedbottom plain.tex
-\ifrightdelim@ amstex.tex
-\ifsyntax@ amstex.tex
-\iftagin@ amstex.tex
-\iftagsleft@ amstex.tex
-\ifthanks@ amsppt.sty
-\iftoappear@ amsppt.sty
-\iftop@ amstex.tex
-\iftopfolded@ amstex.tex
-\iftrue *primitive
-\ifus@ plain.tex
-\ifv@ plain.tex
-\ifvbox *primitive
-\ifvmode *primitive
-\ifvoid *primitive
-\ifvol@ amsppt.sty
-\ifx *primitive
-\ifxat@ amstex.tex
-\ifyr@ amsppt.sty
-\ifzerocr@ amstex.tex
-\ignorespaces *primitive
-\iiiint amstex.tex
-\iiint amstex.tex
-\iint amstex.tex
-\ilimits@ amstex.tex
-\Im plain.tex
-\imath plain.tex
-\immediate *primitive
-\impliedby amstex.tex
-\implies amstex.tex
-\in plain.tex
-\in@ amstex.tex
-\in@@ amstex.tex
-\in@false amstex.tex
-\in@true amstex.tex
-\inaccessible not a defined \cs; occurs only in error messages
-\inalign@true amstex.tex
-\inany@true amstex.tex
-\inbook amsppt.sty
-\inbook@false amsppt.sty
-\inbook@true amsppt.sty
-\indent *primitive
-\inf plain.tex
-\infty plain.tex
-\ingather@true amstex.tex
-\injlim amstex.tex
-\innerendproclaim@ amsppt.sty
-\innerhdotsfor amstex.tex
-\innerproclaim@ amsppt.sty
-\input *primitive
-\ins@ amstex.tex
-\insc@unt plain.tex
-\insert *primitive
-\insertpenalties *primitive
-\insplit@ amstex.tex
-\int plain.tex
-\intdots@ amstex.tex
-\interdisplaylinepenalty plain.tex
-\interfootnotelinepenalty plain.tex
-\interlinepenalty *primitive
-\intertext amstex.tex
-\intertext@ amstex.tex
-\intic@ amstex.tex
-\intii amstex.tex
-\intiii amstex.tex
-\intiv amstex.tex
-\intkern@ amstex.tex
-\intno@ amstex.tex
-\intop plain.tex
-\ints@ amstex.tex
-\ints@@ amstex.tex
-\ints@@@ amstex.tex
-\Invalid@ amstex.tex
-\iota plain.tex
-\issue amsppt.sty
-\issue@false amsppt.sty
-\issuebox@ amsppt.sty
-\it plain.tex
-\italic amstex.tex
-\italic@ amstex.tex
-\italic@@ amstex.tex
-\item plain.tex
-\item@ amsppt.sty
-\itemitem plain.tex
-\iterate plain.tex
-\itfam plain.tex
-\j plain.tex
-\jmath plain.tex
-\jobname *primitive
-\joinrel plain.tex
-\jot plain.tex
-\jour amsppt.sty
-\jour@false amsppt.sty
-\jour@true amsppt.sty
-\jourbox@ amsppt.sty
-\kappa plain.tex
-\ker plain.tex
-\kern *primitive
-\key amsppt.sty
-\key@false amsppt.sty
-\keybin@ amstex.tex
-\keybin@false amstex.tex
-\keybin@true amstex.tex
-\keybox@ amsppt.sty
-\keywords amsppt.sty
-\keywords@ amsppt.sty
-\l amstex.tex (left, in \matrix)
-\l plain.tex
-\L plain.tex
-\lalign@ amstex.tex
-\lambda plain.tex
-\Lambda plain.tex
-\land plain.tex
-\langle plain.tex
-\lastbox *primitive
-\lastkern *primitive
-\lastpenalty *primitive
-\lastref@false amsppt.sty
-\lastref@true amsppt.sty
-\lastskip *primitive
-\lbrace plain.tex
-\lbrace@ amstex.tex
-\lbrack plain.tex
-\lccode *primitive
-\lceil plain.tex
-\lcfrac amstex.tex
-\ldelim@ amstex.tex
-\ldotp plain.tex
-\ldots plain.tex
-\le plain.tex
-\leaders *primitive
-\leavevmode plain.tex
-\left *primitive
-\leftarrow plain.tex
-\Leftarrow plain.tex
-\leftarrowfill plain.tex
-\leftharpoondown plain.tex
-\leftharpoonup plain.tex
-\leftline plain.tex
-\leftrightarrow plain.tex
-\Leftrightarrow plain.tex
-\leftroot amstex.tex
-\leftroot@ amstex.tex
-\leftskip *primitive
-\leftskip@ amsppt.sty
-\lendmultline@ amstex.tex
-\lendsplit@ amstex.tex
-\leq plain.tex
-\leqalignno plain.tex
-\leqno *primitive
-\less amstex.tex
-\let *primitive
-\Let@ amstex.tex
-\lfloor plain.tex
-\lg plain.tex
-\lgather@ amstex.tex
-\lgroup plain.tex
-\lhook plain.tex
-\lim plain.tex
-\liminf plain.tex
-\limits *primitive
-\limits@false amstex.tex
-\limits@true amstex.tex
-\LimitsOnInts amstex.tex
-\LimitsOnNames amstex.tex
-\LimitsOnSums amstex.tex
-\limsup plain.tex
-\limtoken@false amstex.tex
-\limtoken@true amstex.tex
-\line plain.tex
-\linebreak amstex.tex
-\lineht@ amstex.tex
-\linepenalty *primitive
-\lineskip *primitive
-\lineskiplimit *primitive
-\ll plain.tex
-\llap plain.tex
-\llap@ amstex.tex
-\lmmeasure@ amstex.tex
-\lmoustache plain.tex
-\lmultline@ amstex.tex
-\lmultline@@ amstex.tex
-\lmultline@@@ amstex.tex
-\ln plain.tex
-\lnot plain.tex
-\log plain.tex
-\logo@false amsppt.sty
-\logo@true amsppt.sty
-\long *primitive
-\longleftarrow plain.tex
-\Longleftarrow plain.tex
-\longleftrightarrow plain.tex
-\Longleftrightarrow plain.tex
-\longmapsto plain.tex
-\Longrightarrow plain.tex
-\longrightarrow plain.tex
-\loop plain.tex
-\looseness *primitive
-\lor plain.tex
-\lower *primitive
-\lowercase *primitive
-\lq plain.tex
-\ltwidth@ amstex.tex
-\lwidth@ amstex.tex
-\m@g plain.tex
-\m@ketabbox plain.tex
-\m@ne plain.tex
-\m@th plain.tex
-\macro@ amstex.tex
-\macro@@ amstex.tex
-\macro@false amstex.tex
-\macro@true amstex.tex
-\mag *primitive
-\magnification plain.tex
-\magstep plain.tex
-\magstephalf plain.tex
-\makeacc@ amstex.tex
-\Makeacc@ amstex.tex
-\makefootline plain.tex
-\makefootnote@ amsppt.sty
-\makeheadline plain.tex
-\makeph@nt plain.tex
-\makesm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
-\maketag@ amstex.tex
-\Maketag@ amstex.tex
-\manyby amsppt.sty
-\manyby@false amsppt.sty
-\manyby@true amsppt.sty
-\mapsto plain.tex
-\mapstochar plain.tex
-\mark *primitive
-\math@ amstex.tex
-\math@false amstex.tex
-\math@true amstex.tex
-\mathaccent *primitive
-\mathaccent@ amstex.tex
-\mathbin *primitive
-\mathbin@ amstex.tex
-\mathbin@false amstex.tex
-\mathbin@true amstex.tex
-\mathbreak amstex.tex
-\mathch@ amstex.tex
-\mathch@false amstex.tex
-\mathch@true amstex.tex
-\mathchar *primitive
-\mathchardef *primitive
-\mathchoice *primitive
-\mathclose *primitive
-\mathcode *primitive
-\mathhexbox plain.tex
-\mathinner *primitive
-\mathmodeerr@ amstex.tex
-\mathop *primitive
-\mathopen *primitive
-\mathord *primitive
-\mathpalette plain.tex
-\mathph@nt plain.tex
-\mathpunct *primitive
-\mathrel *primitive
-\mathrel@ amstex.tex
-\mathrel@false amstex.tex
-\mathrel@true amstex.tex
-\mathsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
-\mathstrut plain.tex
-\Mathstrut@ amstex.tex
-\Mathstrut@noalign amstex.tex
-\mathsurround *primitive
-\mathtags@false amstex.tex
-\mathtags@true amstex.tex
-\matrix plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
-\max plain.tex
-\maxbysamerule@ amsppt.sty
-\maxdeadcycles *primitive
-\maxdepth *primitive
-\maxdimen plain.tex
-\maxlwidth@ amstex.tex
-\maxrwidth@ amstex.tex
-\mdots@ amstex.tex
-\mdots@@ amstex.tex
-\meaning *primitive
-\meaning@ amstex.tex
-\meaning@@ amstex.tex
-\measure@ amstex.tex
-\measuring@false amstex.tex
-\measuring@true amstex.tex
-\medbreak plain.tex
-\medmuskip *primitive
-\medpagebreak amstex.tex
-\medskip plain.tex
-\medskipamount plain.tex
-\medspace amstex.tex
-\message *primitive
-\mid plain.tex (symbol)
-\mid@false amstex.tex
-\mid@true amstex.tex
-\midinsert plain.tex
-\midspace amstex.tex
-\min plain.tex
-\minaw@ amstex.tex
-\minCDarrowwidth amstex.tex
-\minCDaw@ amstex.tex
-\mit plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
-\mkern *primitive
-\mlineht@ amstex.tex
-\mltagbox@ amstex.tex
-\mlwidth@ amstex.tex
-\mod amstex.tex
-\models plain.tex
-\month *primitive
-\moreref amsppt.sty
-\moveleft *primitive
-\moveright *primitive
-\mp plain.tex
-\mrwidth@ amstex.tex
-\mscount plain.tex
-\mskip *primitive
-\msx@ amstex.tex
-\msxfam amstex.tex
-\msy@ amstex.tex
-\msyfam amstex.tex
-\mtagbox@ amstex.tex
-\mu plain.tex
-\MultC@ltrue multcol.out
-\multilimits@ amstex.tex
-\multint@ amstex.tex
-\multintlimits@ amstex.tex
-\multiply *primitive
-\multispan plain.tex
-\multispan@ amstex.tex
-\multline amstex.tex
-\multline@ amstex.tex
-\multlinegap amstex.tex
-\MultlineGap amstex.tex
-\multlinegap@ amstex.tex
-\multlinetaggap@ amstex.tex
-\muskip *primitive
-\muskipdef *primitive
-\mwidth@ amstex.tex
-\n@space plain.tex
-\nabla plain.tex
-\narrower plain.tex
-\natural plain.tex
-\ne plain.tex
-\nearrow plain.tex
-\neg plain.tex
-\negintic@ amstex.tex
-\negmedspace amstex.tex
-\negthickspace amstex.tex
-\negthinspace plain.tex
-\neq plain.tex
-\newbox plain.tex
-\newbox@ amstex.tex
-\newcodes@ amstex.tex
-\newcount plain.tex
-\newdimen plain.tex
-\newfam plain.tex
-\newhelp plain.tex
-\newif plain.tex
-\newinsert plain.tex
-\newline amstex.tex
-\newlinechar *primitive
-\newmuskip plain.tex
-\newread plain.tex
-\newskip plain.tex
-\newtoks plain.tex
-\newtoks@ amstex.tex
-\newwrite plain.tex
-\next plain.tex
-\next@ amstex.tex
-\nextii@ amstex.tex
-\nextiii@ amstex.tex
-\nextiv@ amstex.tex
-\nextix@ amstex.tex
-\nextRunin@ amsppt.sty
-\nextRunin@false amsppt.sty
-\nextv@ amstex.tex
-\nextvi@ amstex.tex
-\nextvii@ amstex.tex
-\nextviii@ amstex.tex
-\ni plain.tex
-\ninebf amsppt.sty
-\ninei amsppt.sty
-\nineit amsppt.sty
-\ninerm amsppt.sty
-\ninesl amsppt.sty
-\ninesy amsppt.sty
-\nlimits@ amstex.tex
-\no amsppt.sty
-\no@false amsppt.sty
-\noaccents@ amstex.tex
-\noalign *primitive
-\NoBlackBoxes amstex.tex
-\nobox@ amsppt.sty
-\nobreak plain.tex
-\noexpand *primitive
-\nofrills amsppt.sty
-\nofrills@ amsppt.sty
-\nofrills@false amsppt.sty
-\nofrills@true amsppt.sty
-\noguidelines amsppt.sty
-\noindent *primitive
-\nointerlineskip plain.tex
-\nojourinfo@false amsppt.sty
-\nojourinfo@true amsppt.sty
-\nolimits *primitive
-\NoLimitsOnInts amstex.tex
-\NoLimitsOnNames amstex.tex
-\NoLimitsOnSums amstex.tex
-\nolinebreak amstex.tex
-\nologo amsppt.sty
-\nomathbreak amstex.tex
-\nomultlinegap amstex.tex
-\nondmatherr@ amstex.tex
-\nonfrenchspacing plain.tex
-\nonmatherr@ amstex.tex
-\nonscript *primitive
-\nonstopmode *primitive
-\nonvmodeerr@ amstex.tex
-\nopagebreak amstex.tex
-\nopagenumbers plain.tex
-\nopages@ amstex.tex
-\normalbaselines plain.tex
-\normalbaselineskip plain.tex
-\normalbottom plain.tex
-\normallineskip plain.tex
-\normallineskiplimit plain.tex
-\not plain.tex
-\not@ amstex.tex
-\not@false amstex.tex
-\not@true amstex.tex
-\notin plain.tex
-\nu plain.tex
-\null plain.tex
-\nulldelimiterspace *primitive
-\number *primitive
-\nwarrow plain.tex
-\o plain.tex
-\O plain.tex
-\oalign plain.tex
-\obeylines plain.tex
-\obeyspaces plain.tex
-\odot plain.tex
-\oe plain.tex
-\OE plain.tex
-\of plain.tex
-\offinterlineskip plain.tex
-\oint plain.tex
-\ointop plain.tex
-\oldcodes@ amstex.tex
-\oldnos amstex.tex
-\oldstyle plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
-\omega plain.tex
-\Omega plain.tex
-\ominus plain.tex
-\omit *primitive
-\onecr@false amstex.tex
-\onecr@true amstex.tex
-\onlydmatherr@ amstex.tex
-\ooalign plain.tex
-\openin *primitive
-\openout *primitive
-\openup plain.tex
-\operatorname amstex.tex
-\operatornamewithlimits amstex.tex
-\oplus plain.tex
-\or *primitive
-\oslash plain.tex
-\otimes plain.tex
-\outer *primitive
-\output *primitive
-\output@ amsppt.sty
-\outputpenalty *primitive
-\outsplit@ amstex.tex
-\over *primitive
-\overarrow amstex.tex
-\overbrace plain.tex
-\overfullrule *primitive
-\overleftarrow plain.tex
-\overleftarrow@ amstex.tex
-\overleftrightarrow amstex.tex
-\overleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex
-\overline *primitive
-\overline@ amstex.tex
-\overlong amsppt.sty
-\overlong@ amsppt.sty
-\overrightarrow plain.tex
-\overrightarrow@ amstex.tex
-\overset amstex.tex
-\oversetbrace amstex.tex
-\overwithdelims *primitive
-\owns plain.tex
-\P plain.tex
-\p@ plain.tex
-\P@ amstex.tex
-\p@gefalse plain.tex
-\p@getrue plain.tex
-\p@renwd plain.tex
-\page amsppt.sty
-\page@false amsppt.sty
-\page@true amsppt.sty
-\pagebody plain.tex
-\pagebreak amstex.tex
-\pagecontents plain.tex
-\pagedepth *primitive
-\pagefilllstretch *primitive
-\pagefillstretch *primitive
-\pagefilstretch *primitive
-\pagegoal *primitive
-\pageheight amstex.tex
-\pageinsert plain.tex
-\pageno plain.tex
-\pages amsppt.sty
-\pages@false amsppt.sty
-\pagesbox@ amsppt.sty
-\pageshrink *primitive
-\pagestretch *primitive
-\pagetotal *primitive
-\pagewidth amstex.tex
-\paper amsppt.sty
-\paper@false amsppt.sty
-\paperbox@ amsppt.sty
-\paperinfo amsppt.sty
-\paperinfo@false amsppt.sty
-\paperinfobox@ amsppt.sty
-\par *primitive
-\par@ amsppt.sty
-\parallel plain.tex
-\parfillskip *primitive
-\parindent *primitive
-\parshape *primitive
-\parskip *primitive
-\partial plain.tex
-\patterns *primitive
-\pausing *primitive
-\penalty *primitive
-\penalty@ amsppt.sty
-\perp plain.tex
-\ph@nt plain.tex
-\phantom plain.tex
-\phi plain.tex
-\Phi plain.tex
-\pi plain.tex
-\Pi plain.tex
-\plaincdots@ amstex.tex
-\plainfootnote amstex.tex (undefined)
-\plainitem@ amsppt.sty
-\plainldots@ amstex.tex
-\plainoutput plain.tex
-\plainproclaim amstex.tex
-\plainroot@ amstex.tex
-\pm plain.tex
-\pmatrix plain.tex
-\pmb amstex.tex
-\pmb@ amstex.tex
-\pmb@@ amstex.tex
-\pmbraise@ amstex.tex
-\pmod plain.tex
-\pod amstex.tex
-\pointcount@ amstex.tex
-\pointsize@ amsppt.sty
-\postdisplaypenalty *primitive
-\ppunbox@ amsppt.sty
-\Pr plain.tex
-\pr@@@s plain.tex
-\pr@@@t plain.tex
-\pr@m@s plain.tex
-\preabstract amsppt.sty
-\preaffil amsppt.sty
-\preamble@ amstex.tex
-\Preamble@ amstex.tex
-\preamble@@ amstex.tex
-\preauthor amsppt.sty
-\prec plain.tex
-\preceq plain.tex
-\predate amsppt.sty
-\predefine amstex.tex
-\predisplaypenalty *primitive
-\predisplaysize *primitive
-\preloaded plain.tex
-\preloaded@ amstex.tex
-\prepaper amsppt.sty
-\prepunct@ amsppt.sty
-\pretend amstex.tex
-\pretitle amsppt.sty
-\pretolerance *primitive
-\prevdepth *primitive
-\prevgraf *primitive
-\previnbook@false amsppt.sty
-\previnbook@true amsppt.sty
-\prevjour@false amsppt.sty
-\prevjour@true amsppt.sty
-\prim@s plain.tex
-\prime plain.tex
-\prime@ amstex.tex
-\printoptions amstex.tex
-\proclaim plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex)
-\proclaim (redefined in amsppt.sty)
-\proclaim@ amsppt.sty
-\proclaim@false amsppt.sty
-\proclaim@true amsppt.sty
-\prod plain.tex
-\prod@ amstex.tex
-\projlim amstex.tex
-\propto plain.tex
-\psi plain.tex
-\Psi plain.tex
-\publ amsppt.sty
-\publ@false amsppt.sty
-\publaddr amsppt.sty
-\publaddr@false amsppt.sty
-\publaddrbox@ amsppt.sty
-\publbox@ amsppt.sty
-\qed amsppt.sty
-\qopname@ amstex.tex
-\qopnamewl@ amstex.tex
-\qquad plain.tex
-\quad plain.tex
-\r amstex.tex
-\r@@t plain.tex (modified by amstex.tex)
-\r@ggedbottomfalse plain.tex
-\r@ggedbottomtrue plain.tex
-\radical *primitive
-\raggedbottom plain.tex
-\raggedright plain.tex
-\raise *primitive
-\ralign@ amstex.tex
-\rangle plain.tex
-\rbrace plain.tex
-\rbrace@ amstex.tex
-\rbrack plain.tex
-\rceil plain.tex
-\rcfrac amstex.tex
-\rdelim@ amstex.tex
-\Re plain.tex
-\read *primitive
-\redefine amstex.tex
-\ref amsppt.sty
-\ref@ amsppt.sty
-\refdef@ amsppt.sty
-\Refs amsppt.sty
-\refskip@ amstex.tex
-\relax *primitive
-\relaxnext@ amstex.tex
-\relbar plain.tex
-\Relbar plain.tex
-\relpenalty *primitive
-\removelastskip plain.tex
-\rendmultline@ amstex.tex
-\rendsplit@ amstex.tex
-\repeat plain.tex
-\ResetBuffer amstex.tex
-\retry@AmSfalse amstex.tex
-\retry@AmStrue amstex.tex
-\rfloor plain.tex
-\rgather@ amstex.tex
-\rgroup plain.tex
-\rho plain.tex
-\rhook plain.tex
-\right *primitive
-\rightappend@ amstex.tex
-\rightarrow plain.tex
-\Rightarrow plain.tex
-\rightarrowfill plain.tex
-\rightdelim@ amstex.tex
-\rightdelim@false amstex.tex
-\rightdelim@true amstex.tex
-\rightharpoondown plain.tex
-\rightharpoonup plain.tex
-\rightleftharpoons plain.tex
-\rightline plain.tex
-\rightskip *primitive
-\rlap plain.tex
-\rlap@ amstex.tex
-\rlh@ plain.tex
-\rm plain.tex
-\rmfam amstex.tex
-\rmmeasure@ amstex.tex
-\rmoustache plain.tex
-\rmultline@ amstex.tex
-\rmultline@@ amstex.tex
-\rmultline@@@ amstex.tex
-\rom@ amstex.tex
-\rom@@ amstex.tex
-\roman amstex.tex
-\roman@ amstex.tex
-\roman@@ amstex.tex
-\romannumeral *primitive
-\root plain.tex
-\rootbox plain.tex
-\roster amsppt.sty
-\rostercount@ amsppt.sty
-\rosterhangafter@ amsppt.sty
-\rosteritem@ amsppt.sty
-\rq plain.tex
-\rtwidth@ amstex.tex
-\runinitem amsppt.sty
-\Runinitem amsppt.sty
-\runinitem@ amsppt.sty
-\rwidth@ amstex.tex
-\S plain.tex
-\S@ amstex.tex
-\s@tcols plain.tex
-\s@tt@b plain.tex
-\savealignat@ amstex.tex
-\saveskip@ amstex.tex
-\sb plain.tex
-\Sb amstex.tex
-\scriptfont *primitive
-\scriptscriptfont *primitive
-\scriptscriptstyle *primitive
-\scriptspace *primitive
-\scriptstyle *primitive
-\scrollmode *primitive
-\searrow plain.tex
-\sec plain.tex
-\setbox *primitive
-\setminus plain.tex
-\setpunct@ amsppt.sty
-\sett@b plain.tex
-\settabs plain.tex
-\sevenbf plain.tex
-\seveni plain.tex
-\sevenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
-\sevenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
-\sevenrm plain.tex
-\sevensy plain.tex
-\sfcode *primitive
-\sharp plain.tex
-\shave amstex.tex
-\shipout *primitive
-\shoveleft amstex.tex
-\shoveright amstex.tex
-\show *primitive
-\showallocations amstex.tex
-\showbox *primitive
-\showboxbreadth *primitive
-\showboxdepth *primitive
-\showhyphens plain.tex
-\showlists *primitive
-\showthe *primitive
-\sideset amstex.tex
-\sigma plain.tex
-\Sigma plain.tex
-\sim plain.tex
-\simeq plain.tex
-\sin plain.tex
-\sinh plain.tex
-\sixbf amsppt.sty
-\sixi amsppt.sty
-\sixrm amsppt.sty
-\sixsy amsppt.sty
-\sixt@@n plain.tex
-\skew plain.tex
-\skewchar *primitive
-\skewcharcount@ amstex.tex
-\skip *primitive
-\skip@ plain.tex
-\skipdef *primitive
-\sl plain.tex
-\slanted amstex.tex
-\slanted@ amstex.tex
-\slanted@@ amstex.tex
-\slash plain.tex
-\sldl@ amstex.tex
-\slfam plain.tex
-\slimits@ amstex.tex
-\smallbreak plain.tex
-\smallcaptionwidth@ amstex.tex
-\smallint plain.tex
-\smallmatrix amstex.tex
-\smallpagebreak amstex.tex
-\smallskip plain.tex
-\smallskipamount plain.tex
-\smash plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex)
-\smash@ amstex.tex
-\smc amstex.tex % amsppt.sty
-\smile plain.tex
-\snug amstex.tex
-\sp plain.tex
-\Sp amstex.tex
-\sp@n plain.tex
-\space plain.tex
-\space@ amstex.tex
-\spacefactor *primitive
-\spacehdots amstex.tex
-\spaceinnerdots amstex.tex
-\spaces@ amstex.tex
-\spaces@@ amstex.tex
-\spaceskip *primitive
-\spacute amstex.tex
-\spadesuit plain.tex
-\span *primitive
-\spbar amstex.tex
-\spbreve amstex.tex
-\spcheck amstex.tex
-\spddddot amstex.tex
-\spdddot amstex.tex
-\spddot amstex.tex
-\spdot amstex.tex
-\special *primitive
-\spgrave amstex.tex
-\sphat amstex.tex
-\split amstex.tex
-\split@ amstex.tex
-\splitbotmark *primitive
-\splitfirstmark *primitive
-\splitmaxdepth *primitive
-\splittopskip *primitive
-\spreadlines amstex.tex
-\spreadmatrixlines amstex.tex
-\spreadmlines@ amstex.tex
-\sptilde amstex.tex
-\spvec amstex.tex
-\sqcap plain.tex
-\sqcup plain.tex
-\sqrt plain.tex
-\sqsupseteq plain.tex
-\srdr@ amstex.tex
-\ss plain.tex
-\ssize amstex.tex
-\sssize amstex.tex
-\star plain.tex
-\string *primitive
-\string@ amstex.tex
-\strip@ amstex.tex
-\strut plain.tex
-\strut@ amstex.tex
-\strutbox plain.tex
-\strutbox@ amstex.tex
-\styname amsppt.sty
-\styversion amsppt.sty
-\subheading amsppt.sty
-\subheading@ amsppt.sty
-\subjclass amsppt.sty
-\subjclass@ amsppt.sty
-\subset plain.tex
-\subseteq plain.tex
-\succ plain.tex
-\succeq plain.tex
-\sum plain.tex
-\sum@ amstex.tex
-\sup plain.tex
-\supereject plain.tex
-\supset plain.tex
-\supseteq plain.tex
-\surd plain.tex
-\swarrow plain.tex
-\syntax amstex.tex
-\syntax@true amstex.tex
-\t plain.tex
-\t@bb@x plain.tex
-\t@bbox plain.tex
-\tabalign plain.tex
-\tabs plain.tex
-\tabsdone plain.tex
-\tabskip *primitive
-\tabsyet plain.tex
-\tag amstex.tex
-\tagform@ amstex.tex
-\tagin@ amstex.tex
-\tagin@false amstex.tex
-\tagin@true amstex.tex
-\TagsAsMath amstex.tex
-\TagsAsText amstex.tex
-\tagsleft@false amstex.tex
-\tagsleft@true amstex.tex
-\TagsOnLeft amstex.tex
-\TagsOnRight amstex.tex
-\tan plain.tex
-\tanh plain.tex
-\tau plain.tex
-\tbinom amstex.tex
-\tdots@ amstex.tex
-\tenbf plain.tex
-\tenbig@ amsppt.sty
-\tenex plain.tex
-\teni plain.tex
-\tenit plain.tex
-\tenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
-\tenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability)
-\tenpoint amsppt.sty
-\tenrm plain.tex
-\tensl plain.tex
-\tensmc amsppt.sty
-\tensy plain.tex
-\tentt plain.tex
-\TeX plain.tex
-\text amstex.tex
-\text@ amstex.tex
-\text@@ amstex.tex
-\textdef@ amstex.tex
-\textdef@@ amstex.tex
-\textfont *primitive
-\textfont@ amstex.tex
-\textfonti amstex.tex
-\textfontii amstex.tex
-\textindent plain.tex
-\textstyle *primitive
-\tfrac amstex.tex
-\thanks amsppt.sty
-\thanks@ amsppt.sty
-\thanks@true amsppt.sty
-\the *primitive
-\theabstract@ amsppt.sty
-\thecaption@ amstex.tex
-\thedots@ amstex.tex
-\thefam@ amstex.tex
-\thefootnotemark amsppt.sty
-\thekeywords@ amsppt.sty
-\therosteritem amsppt.sty
-\theskewchar@ amstex.tex
-\thespace@ amstex.tex
-\thesubjclass@ amsppt.sty
-\theta plain.tex
-\Theta plain.tex
-\thetag amstex.tex
-\thickfrac amstex.tex
-\thickfracwithdelims amstex.tex
-\thickmuskip *primitive
-\thickness amstex.tex
-\thickspace amstex.tex
-\thinmuskip *primitive
-\thinspace plain.tex
-\thr@@ plain.tex
-\tie amstex.tex
-\tilde plain.tex
-\Tilde amstex.tex
-\tildeaccent amstex.tex
-\time *primitive
-\times plain.tex
-\title amsppt.sty
-\titlebox@ amsppt.sty
-\to plain.tex
-\toappear amsppt.sty
-\toappear@false amsppt.sty
-\toappear@true amsppt.sty
-\toks *primitive
-\toks@ plain.tex
-\toks@@ amstex.tex
-\toksdef *primitive
-\tolerance *primitive
-\top plain.tex
-\top@false amstex.tex
-\top@true amstex.tex
-\topaligned amstex.tex
-\topfolded@false amstex.tex
-\topfolded@true amstex.tex
-\topfoldedtext amstex.tex
-\topins plain.tex
-\topinsert plain.tex
-\topmark *primitive
-\topmatter amsppt.sty
-\TopOrBottomTagsOnSplits amstex.tex
-\topshave amstex.tex
-\topskip *primitive
-\topsmash amstex.tex
-\topspace amstex.tex
-\totwidth@ amstex.tex
-\tracingall plain.tex
-\tracingcommands *primitive
-\tracinglostchars *primitive
-\tracingmacros *primitive
-\tracingonline *primitive
-\tracingoutput *primitive
-\tracingpages *primitive
-\tracingparagraphs *primitive
-\tracingrestores *primitive
-\tracingstats *primitive
-\triangle plain.tex
-\triangleleft plain.tex
-\triangleright plain.tex
-\tsize amstex.tex
-\tt plain.tex
-\ttfam plain.tex
-\ttraggedright plain.tex
-\tw@ plain.tex
-\u plain.tex
-\uccode *primitive
-\uchyph *primitive
-\unbracefonts@ amstex.tex
-\undefined plain.tex
-\undefined@ amstex.tex
-\underarrow amstex.tex
-\underbar plain.tex
-\underbrace plain.tex
-\underleftarrow amstex.tex
-\underleftarrow@ amstex.tex
-\underleftrightarrow amstex.tex
-\underleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex
-\underline *primitive
-\underline@ amstex.tex
-\underrightarrow amstex.tex
-\underrightarrow@ amstex.tex
-\underscore amstex.tex
-\underset amstex.tex
-\undersetbrace amstex.tex
-\unhbox *primitive
-\unhcopy *primitive
-\unkern *primitive
-\unpenalty *primitive
-\unskip *primitive
-\unvbox *primitive
-\unvcopy *primitive
-\uparrow plain.tex
-\Uparrow plain.tex
-\upbracefill plain.tex
-\updownarrow plain.tex
-\Updownarrow plain.tex
-\uplus plain.tex
-\uppercase *primitive
-\uproot amstex.tex
-\uproot@ amstex.tex
-\upsilon plain.tex
-\Upsilon plain.tex
-\us@false plain.tex
-\us@true plain.tex
-\usualspace amsppt.sty
-\usualspace@ amsppt.sty
-\v plain.tex
-\v@false plain.tex
-\v@true plain.tex
-\vadjust *primitive
-\valign *primitive
-\varDelta amstex.tex
-\varepsilon plain.tex
-\varGamma amstex.tex
-\varinjlim amstex.tex
-\varLambda amstex.tex
-\varliminf amstex.tex
-\varlimsup amstex.tex
-\varOmega amstex.tex
-\varphi plain.tex
-\varPhi amstex.tex
-\varpi plain.tex
-\varPi amstex.tex
-\varprojlim amstex.tex
-\varPsi amstex.tex
-\varrho plain.tex
-\varsigma plain.tex
-\varSigma amstex.tex
-\vartheta plain.tex
-\varTheta amstex.tex
-\varUpsilon amstex.tex
-\varXi amstex.tex
-\vbadness *primitive
-\vbox *primitive
-\vcenter *primitive
-\vcorrection amstex.tex
-\vdash plain.tex
-\vdots plain.tex
-\vec plain.tex
-\Vec amstex.tex
-\vee plain.tex
-\Vert plain.tex
-\vert plain.tex
-\vfil *primitive
-\vfill *primitive
-\vfilneg *primitive
-\vfootnote plain.tex
-\vfuzz *primitive
-\vgl@ plain.tex
-\vglue plain.tex
-\vmatrix amstex.tex
-\Vmatrix amstex.tex
-\vmodeerr@ amstex.tex
-\vnonvmode@ amstex.tex
-\voffset *primitive
-\voidb@x plain.tex
-\vol amsppt.sty
-\vol@false amsppt.sty
-\volbox@ amsppt.sty
-\vphantom plain.tex
-\vrule *primitive
-\vsize *primitive
-\vskip *primitive
-\vspace amstex.tex
-\vspace@ amstex.tex
-\vsplit *primitive
-\vss *primitive
-\vtop *primitive
-\W@ amstex.tex
-\wd *primitive
-\wedge plain.tex
-\widehat plain.tex
-\widetilde plain.tex
-\widowpenalty *primitive
-\wlog plain.tex
-\wp plain.tex
-\wr plain.tex
-\write *primitive
-\xalignat amstex.tex
-\xalignat@ amstex.tex
-\xat@false amstex.tex
-\xat@true amstex.tex
-\xdef *primitive
-\xi plain.tex
-\Xi plain.tex
-\xleaders *primitive
-\xspaceskip *primitive
-\xxalignat amstex.tex
-\xxalignat@ amstex.tex
-\xxattag@ amstex.tex
-\year *primitive
-\yr amsppt.sty
-\yr@false amsppt.sty
-\yrbox@ amsppt.sty
-\z@ plain.tex
-\z@skip plain.tex
-\zerocr@false amstex.tex
-\zerocr@true amstex.tex
-\zeta plain.tex
-\[ plain.tex
-\] plain.tex
-\^ plain.tex
-\^^I plain.tex
-\^^J amstex.tex
-\^^M plain.tex
-\_ plain.tex
-\` plain.tex
-\{ plain.tex
-\| plain.tex
-\} plain.tex
-\~ plain.tex
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial
deleted file mode 100644
index 5194083aa2c..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% %
-% A SMALL TUTORIAL ON THE MULTILINGUAL FEATURES OF PATGEN2 %
-% %
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-\documentstyle{article}
-\title{A small tutorial on the multilingual features of PatGen2}
-\author{Yannis Haralambous}
-\date{}
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-
-\def\XeT{X\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emT}
-
-I will very briefly discuss and illustrate by an example the features
-of PatGen2\footnote{the extension to PatGen by Peter Breitenlohner,
-author of many beautiful and extremely useful \TeX ware, such as
-\TeX--\XeT, {\tt DVIcopy} etc.}, related to the {\em translation}
-file.
-
-\section{Syntax of the translation file}
-\subsection{What is the problem}
-The problem is that in our (non-English, non-Latin,
-non-Indonesian\footnote{As far as I know, English, Latin and
-Indonesian are the only languages without diacritics or special
-characters...}) languages, we have more characters than just the~26
-letters of the Latin alphabet. Not to mention that alphabetical orders
-can be quite different (remember: in Spanish, cucaracha comes before
-chacal), and that there can be many ways to express these additional
-characters: for example the French \oe{} (like in << Histoire de l'\oe
-il >> by Georges Bataille) can be given to \TeX\ as an 8-bit
-character, or as \verb*=\oe =, or as \verb=\oe{}=, or as \verb=^^f7=
-(since we are {\em all} now working with DC fonts) and so forth.
-
-Now let's make (or enhance the) hyphenation patterns for our language(s).
-Fred Liang has not provided PatGen with the extensibility feature: before
-PatGen2, if your language had less than~26 letters you could hack patterns by
-substituting letters, if it had more\ldots then the odds were against you.
-
-So the problem is to express additional characters in the patterns, in some
-understandable way (and if possible to get the results in the appropriate
-alphabetical order).
-
-\subsection{The solution}
-PatGen2 allows you to include more characters than the~26 letters of
-the alphabet. You can specify arbitrary many {\em input forms} for
-each of them (these forms will be identified internally), and you can
-specify the alphabetical order of your language. The latter feature is
-only interesting when you want to study the patterns file to correct
-bugs, it doesn't affect the result.
-
-These informations are transmitted to PatGen2 by means of a {\em
-translation} file (usually with the extension \verb=.tra=). The syntax
-of this file is not very user-friendly, but if you deal with PatGen
-you are supposed to be a hacker anyway, and hackers just {\bf love}
-weird-but-efficient-syntaxes [the proof: we all like
-\TeX!\footnote{\ldots just joking}].
-
-On the first line you specify the \verb=\lefthyphenmin= and
-\verb=\righthyphenmin= values. The seven first positions of this line
-are used as follows: two positions for \verb=\lefthyphenmin=, two
-positions for \verb=\righthyphenmin=, and one position for substitute
-symbols of each of \verb=.=, \verb=-=, \verb=*= in the output file.
-This can be useful if you are going to use the dot the asterisk or the
-hyphen to describe your additional characters (for example one may use
-the dot to specify the dot accent on a letter).
-
-The next lines concern letters of the alphabet of our language. The
-first position of each line is the delimiter of our fields. You know
-from languages like C or {\tt awk} that it is very useful to define
-our own delimiter (instead of the blank space) if for any reason we
-want to {\em include} a blank space into our fields. This will be the
-case in the example: one usually leaves a blank space after a \TeX\
-macro without argument.
-
-Otherwise just leave the first position blank. Next comes the
-standard representation of our character (preferably lowercase). This
-is how the character will appear in the patterns and in the hyphenated
-output file.
-
-Follows again a delimiter, and all the {\em equivalent}
-representations of your character: its uppercase form, and as many
-other input forms we wish, always followed by a delimiter.
-
-The order of lines specifies the alphabetical order of your characters.
-
-When PatGen sees two consecutive delimiters,
-it stops reading; so we can include
-comments after that.
-
-\section{An example}
-To illustrate this I have taken some
-Greek words (people who know $X\acute\alpha%
-\rho\rho\upsilon$ $K\lambda\acute\upsilon\nu\nu$
-and his album $\Pi\alpha\tau%
-\acute\alpha\tau\epsilon\varsigma$ will recognize some of these
-words\ldots) and included an $\alpha$ with accent, and a variant
-representation of $\pi$, in form of a macro \verb*=\varpi =. Also I
-followed the Greek alphabetical order in the translation file.
-
-Here is my list of words:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-A-NU-PO-TA-QTOS
-A-KA-TA-M'A-QH-TOS
-A-EI-MNH-STOS
-MA-NA
-TOUR-KO-GU-FTIS-SA
-NU-QO-KO-PTHS
-LI-ME-NO-FU-LA-KAS
-MPRE-LOK
-A-GA-\varpi A-EI
-PEI-RAI-'AS
-\end{verbatim}
-
-(file {\tt greek.dic}); and here is my translation file ({\tt greek.tra}):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
- 1 1
- a A
- 'a 'A
- b B
- g G
- d D
- e E
- z Z
- h H
- j J
- i I
- k K
- l L
- m M
- n N
- o O
-#p#P#\varpi ##
- r R
- s S
- t T
- u U
- f F
- q Q
- y Y
- w W
-\end{verbatim}
-
-(yes, yes, that's not a joke; Greek really uses values~1
-and~1 for minimal right
-and left hyphenations!). As you see, I have chosen \verb=#= as delimiter
-in the case of $\pi$, because \verb=\varpi= is supposed to be followed
-by a blank space. And then I wrote two delimiters (\verb=##=) to show PatGen2
-that I finished talking about $\pi$.
-
-Here is what I got on my console:
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-PatGen -t greek.tra -o greek.out greek.dic
-This is PatGen, C Version 2.1 / Macintosh Version 2.0
-Copyright (c) 1991-93 by Wilfried Ricken. All rights reserved.
-left_hyphen_min = 1, right_hyphen_min = 1, 24 letters
-0 patterns read in
-pattern trie has 266 nodes, trie_max = 290, 0 outputs
-hyph_start: 1
-hyph_finish: 2
-pat_start: 2
-pat_finish: 4
-good weight: 1
-bad weight: 1
-threshold: 1
-processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1
-
-0 good, 0 bad, 31 missed
-0.00 %, 0.00 %, 100.00 %
-69 patterns, 325 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 440
-25 good and 42 bad patterns added (more to come)
-finding 29 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.16
-pattern trie has 333 nodes, trie_max = 349, 2 outputs
-processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0
-
-29 good, 0 bad, 2 missed
-93.55 %, 0.00 %, 6.45 %
-45 patterns, 301 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 378
-2 good and 43 bad patterns added
-finding 2 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.00
-pattern trie has 339 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs
-processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2
-
-31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
-100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
-47 patterns, 303 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 369
-0 good and 47 bad patterns added
-finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
-pattern trie has 344 nodes, trie_max = 386, 13 outputs
-51 nodes and 11 outputs deleted
-total of 27 patterns at hyph_level 1
-
-pat_start: 2
-pat_finish: 4
-good weight: 1
-bad weight: 1
-threshold: 1
-processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1
-
-31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
-100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
-27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 315
-0 good and 27 bad patterns added
-finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
-pattern trie has 295 nodes, trie_max = 386, 4 outputs
-processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0
-
-31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
-100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
-27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 303
-0 good and 27 bad patterns added
-finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
-pattern trie has 320 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs
-processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2
-
-31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
-100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
-24 patterns, 280 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 286
-0 good and 24 bad patterns added
-finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens
-pattern trie has 328 nodes, trie_max = 386, 9 outputs
-35 nodes and 7 outputs deleted
-total of 0 patterns at hyph_level 2
-hyphenate word list? y
-writing PatTmp.2
-
-31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed
-100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 %
-Time elapsed: 0:37:70 minutes.
-\end{verbatim}
-
-and here are the results: first of all the patterns
-(file {\tt greek.out})
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-a1g
-a1e
-a1k
-a1m
-a1n
-a1p
-a1t
-a1q
-'a1q
-e1l
-e1n
-h1t
-i1'a
-i1m
-i1r
-1ko
-o1g
-o1p
-o1t
-o1f
-r1k
-s1s
-1st
-u1l
-u1p
-u1f
-u1q
-\end{verbatim}
-
-As you see, {\tt o1t} comes before {\tt o1f}: (smile) simply
-because we are talking about $o1\tau$ and $o1\phi$. So the
-alphabetical order is well respected. Also you see that PatGen2
-has read the word \verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= exactly as if it
-were \verb*=A-GA-PA-EI= and has made out of it the pattern
-{\tt a1p} (if you look in the input words there is no other
-reason for this pattern to exist).
-
-And here is our result (file {\tt PatTmp.2}):
-
-\begin{verbatim}
-a*nu*po*ta*qtos
-a*ka*ta*m'a*qh*tos
-a*ei*mnh*stos
-ma*na
-tour*ko*gu*ftis*sa
-nu*qo*ko*pths
-li*me*no*fu*la*kas
-mpre*lok
-a*ga*pa*ei
-pei*rai*'as
-\end{verbatim}
-
-(Of course, it is correct; you think I would have shown it if it
-weren't correct?) As you see there is no \verb*=\varpi = anymore:
-PatGen2 has really replaced it by \verb=p=, and so
-\verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= has become \verb=a*ga*pa*ei=.
-
-\section{Where do I find more information?}
-I voluntarily didn't discussed the various parameters used for
-pattern generation. For these there is very good litterature:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item the \TeX book, by the Grand Wizard of \TeX\ arcana,
-appendix H;
-\item \LaTeX\ Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten, by Helmut Kopka,
-Addison-Wesley, Pages 482--489;
-\item Swedish Hyphenation for \TeX, by Jan Michael Rynning,
-[sorry, I don't know where this paper is published];
-\item Word Hy-phen-a-tion by Com-put-er, Stanford University
-Report {\tt STAN-CS-83-977};
-\item forthcoming paper by Dominik Wujastyk, on British
-hyphenation;
-\item Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient Greek and Latin,
-TUGboat~13 (4), pages 457--469.
-\item and many others\ldots
-\end{itemize}
-
-Where to get PatGen2? probably everywhere, but certainly in
-Stuttgart ({\tt IP 129.69.1.12}),
-\verb=soft/tex/systems/pc/utilities/patgen.zip= (take a look also at
-\verb=soft/tex/systems/knuth/texware/patgen.version2.1/patgen.README=).
-
-\section{Go forth, etc etc}
-OK, once again {\sc Go Forth} and make masterpieces of hyphenation
-patterns\ldots
-{\bf but} please get in touch with the TWGMLC (Technical Working
-Group on Multiple Language Coordination) first, since people there
-are working on many languages: maybe they have already done what
-you need and are still testing it; or maybe they haven't and in
-that case you could help us a lot.
-
-
-\end{document}
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp
deleted file mode 100644
index 614bf08950b..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-[unixtex.ftp: 11 November 1995]
-
-The master version of this file is on ftp.cs.umb.edu [158.121.104.33]
-in pub/tex/unixtex.ftp. Mail kb@cs.umb.edu with comments or questions.
-
-=========================================================================
- Consider joining the TeX Users Group (TUG):
- support the maintenance and development of the programs you retrieve.
- Send membership request to: tug@tug.org.
-=========================================================================
-
- GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
-
-... for Unix sites wanting to install (plain) TeX, LaTeX (2e), BibTeX,
-Metafont, and DVI processors for any of the X window system,
-PostScript, and/or the PCL language in the HP LaserJet.
-
-The files mentioned below are available from any of the following:
-
- Host Internet address TeX root dir
- ---- ---------------- ------------
- ftp.shsu.edu 192.92.115.10 /tex-archive
- ftp.tex.ac.uk 134.151.44.19 /tex-archive
- ftp.dante.de 128.69.1.12 /tex-archive
-
- For additional ftp sites, get /README.mirrors from one of the above or
- finger ctan@ftp.shsu.edu.
-
- These instructions use non-generic features of FTP supported by the
- hosts above. For details, get:
- /README.archive-features
- /README.site-commands
-
-The /tex-archive/help and /tex-archive/documentation directories on
-these hosts have much additional documentation on all aspects of TeX. If
-you don't know (for example) what Metafont is, or the relationship of
-LaTeX to TeX, look there.
-
-
-Retrieving a basic set of input files and fonts:
------------------------------------------------
-
-ftp> cd /tex-archive/systems/web2c
-ftp> bi [set binary mode]
-ftp> get lib.tar.gz [unpacks into texmf; 2.8MB->11.5MB]
-
- This file contains a minimal collection of fonts (TFM files only,
- and only for Computer Modern, DC, LaTeX, Pandora, and the free
- PostScript fonts), base (La)TeX macros, MF macros, and BibTeX files
- -- enough to get started. The AMS fonts and macros are included.
- The LaTeX release may be out of date; for the latest, and for
- additional LaTeX packages; investigate /tex-archive/macros/latex.
-
- lib.tar.gz unpacks into a directory named `texmf', which you will
- want in your equivalent of /usr/local/lib -- whatever you will
- define as your $(datadir) in the Makefiles.
-
- The organization of the archive was debated at great length. We hope
- it will be useful. If you don't like our organization, feel free to
- move the files around as you see fit, not forgetting to redefine the
- search paths and installation directories. The Makefiles,
- kpathsea/HIER, kpathsea/paths.h.in, and web2c/README (``Directory
- hierarchies'') have more information. The organization will
- change to conform to the standard TeX directory structure
- promulgated by the TUG Working Group when the TDS is released.
-
- You must decide on your directory structure *before* doing the
- compilations, since you must specify default search paths, and
- since by default the web2c Makefile tries to create the basic .fmt
- and .base files, which require the .{tex,mf,tfm} input files.
-
-
-Retrieving web2c (that is, TeX, Metafont, and friends):
-------------------------------------------------------
-
-Still in /tex-archive/systems/web2c:
-
-ftp> get web.tar.gz [Knuth's WEB sources for TeX, MF, & family:
- unpacks into ./web2c-<version>; 1.2MB->4MB]
-ftp> get web2c.tar.gz [WEB-to-C source: also unpacks into ./web2c-<version>
- .75MB->2.7K]
-
- You must retrieve and unpack *both* web.tar.gz and web2c.tar.gz.
-
- The web2c distribution uses an older version of the path-searching
- library than the drivers below. For an interim patch, get the
- latest ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.kpathsea-2.*.help file, and
- read it. (I'm working on the next release of web2c as hard as I
- can, really.) The two versions can coexist; by using the web2c
- distribution as it stands, you merely lose the features added to
- kpathsea over the last year or so.
-
-
-Retrieving device drivers:
--------------------------
-
- For an X window system previewer (xdvik):
-ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/xdvik
-ftp> get xdvik.tar.gz [unpacks into ./xdvik-<version>; .5MB->1.8MB]
-
- For a DVI-to-PostScript translator (dvipsk):
-ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dvipsk
-ftp> get dvipsk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dvipsk-<version>; .7MB->2.7MB]
-
- For a DVI-to-PCL (HP LaserJet) translator (dviljk):
-ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dviljk
-ftp> get dviljk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dviljk-<version>; .6MB->3MB]
-
-ftp> quit [end ftp session]
-
-
-Compilation and installation:
-----------------------------
-
-Each of these packages -- web2c, xdvik, dvipsk, dviljk -- contains its
-own installation instructions. It is possible to build all the programs
-in a single make (see the web2c.kpathsea-*.help file), but it is simpler
-to make them separately.
-
-Compile web2c first (i.e.,, the material in both web.tar.gz and
-web2c.tar.gz, unpacked, possibly patched for the most recent kpathsea --
-see above, under `retrieving web2c'). For an overview,
-
- ./web2c-<version>/README
- ./web2c-<version>/kpathsea/INSTALL
- ./web2c-<version>/web2c/README
- ./web2c-<version>/web2c/INSTALL
-
-The INSTALL files are your guides to installation.
-At the simplest, you do configure && make && make install at the top level.
-
-Remember to set up your texmf directory hierarchy before embarking on
-your compilation (see `For a basic set of input files and fonts' above).
-
-After installation, if basic input files such as plain.tex aren't being
-found, or if the file searching is very slow, read kpathsea/INSTALL from
-one of the *k driver distributions. (This is much more recent than
-kpathsea/INSTALL from web2c.)
-
-All installation processes require careful attention to detail, and
-knowledge of your system. Festina lente -- make haste slowly -- and you
-improve your chances of success.
-
-ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/*.help describe some common problems with the
-current version of web2c. Here's some more:
-
--- Contrary to what the web2c installation instructions imply, you must use
- configure --prefix=/your/tex/root
-instead of editing the prefix in the Makefile(s). (Editing does work in
-some cases, but not all.)
-
--- configure does not always guess the type of yytext properly; the
-symptom will be compiler errors involving yytext. Replace the line
-`DECLARE_YYTEXT' in web2c-6.1/web2c/web2c.h with the right thing. See
-web2c.yytext.help.
-
--- If the compiler complains about something involving foil_x_wchar_t, try
- make CFLAGS="-g -DNO_FOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for web2c); or
- make CFLAGS="-g -DFOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for everything else).
-
--- I messed up and declared alloca in web2c/web2c/web2c.h. Just delete
-the declaration. ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.alloca.help does this.
-
--- make clean removes *.pool in web2c/tex and web2c/mf. Use make
-distclean or make mostlyclean instead. Or edit tex/Makefile and
-mf/Makefile to remove *.pool at distclean instead of clean.
-ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.pool.help does this. (You must apply this
-patch before web2c.kpathsea-2.6.help.)
-
-
-Distribution on tape and CD/ROM:
--------------------------------
-
-For TeX on a single tape (4mm DAT or QIC-24), ordering information is
-available from unixtex@u.washington.edu. A distribution fee
-of US$210.00 is requested to cover administrative costs.
-
-The Free Software Foundation distributes the minimal TeX system
-described here on CD/ROM. Write gnu@prep.ai.mit.edu or finger
-fsf@prep.ai.mit.edu for info.
-
-The 4allTeX CD-ROM comes from the NTG, the Dutch-speaking TeX user
-group. Email ntg@nic.surfnet.nl, or see http://ei0.ei.ele.tue.nl/ntg/.
-
-The Prime Time TeXcetera CD-ROM is a copy of CTAN; email ptf@ctcl.com or
-see http://www.ptf.com/ptf/.
-
-Walnut Creek has a TeX CD. Email info@cdrom.com or see
-http://www.cdrom.com:/titles/tex.html.
-
-Other organizations may provide TeX on a CD/ROM, but I do not know the
-details to include them here. (Please inform me if you do.)
-
-
-Precompiled Unix TeX executables:
---------------------------
-
-I recommend the teTeX distribution for precompiled binaries or if you
-want to retrieve a ready-made system instead of building your own. It's
-available from CTAN hosts in systems/unix/tetex.
-
-If you get these binaries, you do not need to get web.tar.gz,
-web2c.tar.gz, or the other source distributions.
-
-
-If you do not have GNU's gunzip utility, you will need to retrieve and
-install gzip.
-
-ftp> cd /tex-archive/tools/info-zip
-ftp> get gzip-1.2.4.tar
-
-gzip does a better job of compression than standard Unix compress, and
-it is (as far as is known) patent-free. It is illegal to use Unix
-compress in the USA, because it infringes a software patent. Write to
-the League for Programming Freedom <lpf@uunet.uu.net> for information
-about fighting the new software monopolies.
-
-
-Acknowledgements:
-----------------
-
-The three main sites listed above are part of the Comprehensive TeX Archive
-Network (CTAN) -- the result of cooperative work among members of TUG,
-DANTE [German-speaking TeX Users Group], and UKTUG [U.K. TeX Users Group],
-under the leadership of George Greenwade, Chair for TUG's Technical
-Working Group on TeX Archive Guidelines <ctan@shsu.edu>.
-
-Special thanks to George Greenwade for establishing the CTAN site at
-Sam Houston State University (US); to Rainer Schoepf, Barbara Burr,
-and members of DANTE for the CTAN site in Heidelberg (Germany); and to
-Sebastian Rahtz for the CTAN site in Cambridge (UK).
-
-unixtex.ftp was conceived and created by a wonderful person (not the
-current maintainer!) who wishes to remain electronically anonymous.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 48006bbadc1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,354 +0,0 @@
-<html><head>
-<!-- $Id: usergroups.html,v 1.121 2003/08/25 10:17:19 kaja Exp $ -->
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" Content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
-<title>All TeX User Groups</title>
-<link rel="stylesheet" href="/tugstyle.css">
-</head><body>
-
-<h2>All TeX User Groups</h2>
-
-<p>The TeX Users Group itself (contact info below) serves as the local
-user group (LUG) of TeX users in North America and any other area not
-appearing in the following list. TUG is always interested in fostering
-the formation of local TeX users groups; please contact the <a
-href="mailto:board@tug.org">TUG board</a> for assistance: forwarding
-information about others who might be interested, publicity, and of
-course moral support.
-
-<p><b>Please send additions or corrections by email to
-<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org"><tt>webmaster@tug.org</tt></a>.</b>
-
-<p>See also the <a href="http://www.servalys.nl/lug/">Electronic LUG
-database</a> for more information, and the TeX calendar
-(<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/month.php">month view</a>,
-<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/year.php">year view</a>) for user
-group activities.
-
-<hr>
-
-<dl>
-<dt><a href="http://www.univ-orleans.fr/EXT/ASTEX/astex/doc/en/web/html/astex000.htm">
- <b>AsTEX </b></a> (French-speaking)<br>
- <dd>Michel Lavaud, President<br>
- Association pour la diffusion de logiciels scientifiques li&eacute;s TeX<br>
- Association AsTEX<br>
- BP 6532<br>
- 45066 ORLEANS cedex 2<br>
- FRANCE<br>
- Tel: 33 2 38 64 09 94<br>
- Email: <A href="mailto:astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr</tt></A><br>
- Mailing list: <a href="mailto:astex@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex@univ-orleans.fr</tt></a>
-<p></dd>
-
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.cervantex.org/">
- <b>CervanTeX</b></a> (Spanish-speaking).<br>
- <DD>Javier Bezos, President: <br>
- Grupo de Usuarios de TeX Hispanohablantes<br>
- Email: <a href="secretario@cervantex.org">
- secretario@cervantex.org</a><br>
- Mailing list:
- <a href="mailto:sptex@ls.cica.es">sptex@ls.cica.es</a>.<p></dd>
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.rons.net.cn/">
- <B> Chinese TeX Users Group</B></a><br>
- <DD>Hong Feng, Chairman<br>
- RON's Datacom Co., Ltd. <br>
- Suite 3-3, 200 WuZhong Street,<br>
- Wuhan, Hubei Province<br>
- 430040 China P.R.<br>
- Phone/Fax: +86 27 83222108<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.rons.net.cn">
- <tt> info@mail.rons.net.cn</tt> </a><p></dd>
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.cstug.cz/">
- <b>CsTUG</b></a> (Czech and Slovak Republics) <br>
- <dd>Petr Sojka, President<br>
- Ceskoslovensk&eacute; sdruzen&iacute; uzivatelu TeXu <br>
- CsTUG, c/o FI MU <br>
- Botanick&aacute; 68a <br>
- CZ-602 00 Brno <br>
- CZECH REPUBLIC <br>
- Tel: +420-5-41212352<br>
- FAX: +420-5-41212568<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:cstug@cstug.cz"><tt>cstug@cstug.cz</tt></a><br>
- FTP: <tt><a href="ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex">ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex</a></tt><p> </dd>
-
-
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.cemi.rssi.ru/cyrtug/">
- <b>CyrTUG</b></a> (Russia)
- <dd>Eugenii V. Pankratiev, President<br>
- CyrTUG, c/o Mir Publishers<br>
- 2 Pervyi Rizhskii Pereulok<br>
- Moscow, 129820, Russia<br>
- Phone: (095) 286 0622<br>
- Fax: (095) 288 9522<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru">cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru</a>
- or <a href="cyrtug@mir.msk.su">cyrtug@mir.msk.su</a>
- <p></dd>
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.dante.de">
- <b>DANTE</b></a> (German-speaking)
- <dd>Volker Schaa, President <br>
- Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. <br>
- Postfach 101840 <br>
- D-69008 Heidelberg, Germany <br>
- Tel: +49 6221 29766 <br>
- FAX: +49 6221 167906 <br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:dante@dante.de">
- <tt>dante@dante.de</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.tug.dk/">
- <b>DK-TUG</b></a> (Danish TeX Users Group)
- <dd>Kaja Christiansen, President<br>
- DK-TUG, Department of Mathematical Sciences<br>
- University of Aarhus, Ny Munkegade, Bldg 530<br>
- DK-8000 Århus C., Denmark<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:bestyrelse@tug.dk">
- <tt>bestyrelse@tug.dk</tt></a><br>
- Mailing list:
- <a href="mailto:dk-tug@tug.dk"><tt>dk-tug@tug.dk</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-<dt><b>Estonian User Group</b>
- <dd>Astrophysical Observatory, Toravere <br>
- Enn Saar, Tartu <br>
- EE 2444 Estonia <br>
- Email: <a href="mailto: saar@aai.ee">
- <tt>saar@aai.ee</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-
-<dt><a href="http://obelix.ee.duth.gr/eft">
-<img src="greek-img.jpg" alt="Greek TeX Friends"
- align="left" hspace="5">The Greek TeX Friends Group</a>
- <dd>Apostolos Syropoulos, President <br>
- 366, 28th October Str.<br>
- GR-671 00 Xanthi<br>
- GREECE<br>
- Telephone: Tel.:+30 541 28704<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr">
- <tt>apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-
-<dt><a href="http://hilbert.mat.uc.pt/~GUTpt">
-<b>GUTpt</b></a> (Portugal)
- <dd>Pedro Quaresma de Almeida, President <br>
- Grupo de Utilizadores de TeX<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt">
- <tt>GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.guit.sssup.it">
-<b>GuIT</b></a> (Italy)
- <dd>Gruppo Utilizzatori Italiani TeX<br>
- For information, contact <br>
- Maurizio Himmelmann <br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:guit@sssup.it">
- <tt>guit@sssup.it</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.gust.org.pl/">
-<b>GUST</b></a> (Poland)
- <dd>Andrzej Borzyszkowski, President<br>
- Polska Grupa Uzytkownik&oacute;w Systemu TeX <br>
- Uczelniane Centrum Informatyczne<br>
- Uniwersytet Mikolaja Kopernika<br>
- ul. Gagarina 7<br>
- 87 - 100 Torun, Poland <br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:prezes@gust.org.pl">
- <tt>prezes@gust.org.pl</tt></a><br>
- <a href="mailto:sekretariat@gust.org.pl">
- sekretariat@gust.org.pl</a><br>
- Mailing list: <a href="mailto:gust-l@man.torun.pl">
- gust-l@man.torun.pl</a><p></dd>
-
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.gutenberg.eu.org">
-<b>GUTenberg</b> </a> (French-speaking)
- <dd>Maurice Laugier, President <br>
- Group francophone des Utilisateurs de TeX <br>
- Association GUTenberg <br>
- c/o Irisa, Campus universitaire de Beaulieu<br>
- F-35042 Rennes cedex, France<br>
- Tel: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br>
- FAX: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org">
- <tt>secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-
-<dt><b>ITALIC</b> (Irish)
- <dd>No formal user group yet.<br>
- Public mailing list:
- <a href="mailto:ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie">
- <tt>ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie</tt> </a><br>
- (send subscription requests
- to <a href="mailto:LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie">
- <tt>LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie</tt></a>).<br>
- Peter Flynn<br>
- Computer Centre<br>
- University College<br>
- Cork, Ireland<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:pflynn@www.ucc.ie">
- <tt>pflynn@www.ucc.ie</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.ktug.or.kr" target="_top">
-<b>KTUG</b></a> (Korean TeX Users Group)<br>
-
-<dd><a href="mailto:director@ktug.or.kr">Kim Kangsu, Director</a><br>
-Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.ktug.or.kr">
-<tt>info@mail.ktug.or.kr</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.vtex.lt/tex/">
- <b>Lietovos TeX'o Vartotoj&oslash; Grup&euml;</b></a>
- (Lithuanian TeX Users Group)
- <dd>Vytas Statulevicius, Chair<br>
- Akademijos 4<br>
- LT-2600 Vilnius, Lithuania<br>
- Tel: +370 2 359 609<br>
- FAX: +370 2 359 804<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:vytass@ktl.mii.lt">
- <tt>vytass@ktl.mii.lt</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.math.klte.hu/~matex/">
- <b>Magyar TeX Egyes&uuml;let</b></a> (Hungarian TeX Users Group)
- <dd>Antal J&aacute;rai, President<br>
- <dd>Contact address:<br>
- <dd>Gy&ouml;ngyi Bujdos&oacute;<br>
- <dd>University of Debrecen<br>
- <dd>H-4010 Debrecen, P.O.B. 12<br>
- <dd>Hungary<br>
-Email: <a href="mailto:matex@math.klte.hu"><tt>matex@math.klte.hu</tt></a>
-<p></dd>
-
-<dt> <a href="http://www.ifi.uio.no/~dag/ntug/">
- <b>Nordic TeX Group</b></a> (Scandinavian Countries)
- <dd>Dag Langmyhr, Chair <br>
- Department of Informatics<br>
- PO Box 1080 Blindern<br>
- University of Oslo<br>
- N-0316 Oslo, Norway<br>
- Tel: +47 22 85 24 50<br>
- FAX: +47 22 85 24 01<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:dag@ifi.uio.no">
- <tt>dag@ifi.uio.no</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.ntg.nl/">
-<b>NTG</b> </a> (Dutch-speaking)
- <dd>Hans Hagen, Chair <br>
- Nederlandstalige TeX Gebruikersgroep <br>
- Utrechtsestraatweg 64<br>
- NL-3445 AV Woerden<br>
- The Netherlands, <br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:ntg@ntg.nl">
- <tt>ntg@ntg.nl</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-
-<dt> <a href="http://vlado.fmf.uni-lj.si/texceh/texceh.htm">
-<b>TeXCeH</b> </a> (Slovenian TeX User Group)
- <dd>Vladimir Batagelj<br>
- Jadranska 19<br>
- SI-61111 Ljubljana, Slovenia<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si">
- <tt>Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-<dt><a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/">
- <b>TeX M&eacute;xico</b></a> (Mexican TeX User Group)
- <dd> Cuauht&eacute;moc Pacheco D&iacute;az (TeX Mexico coordinator)<br>
- Rayon No. 523, Centro CP 58000<br>
- Morelia, Michoac&#225;n, Mexico<br>
- Tel: +52 443 312-8724 / Fax: +52 443 317-3945<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:tex@linuxopensource.com.mx">
- tex@linuxopensource.com.mx</a><br>
- URL: <a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/" target="_top">http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/</a><p>
-</dd>
-
-<dt> <a href="http://www-lsi.upc.es/~valiente/tug-catalan.html">
- <b>Tirant lo TeX</b> </a> (Catalan TeX Users Group)
- <dd> Gabriel Valiente Feruglio<br>
- Technical University of Catalonia<br>
- Department of Software<br>
- M&ograve;dul C6, Campus Nord<br>
- Jordi Girona Salgado, 1-3<br>
- E-08034 Barcelona, Catalonia<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:valiente@lsi.upc.es">
- <tt>valiente@lsi.upc.es</tt></a><br>
- discussion list:
- <a href="mailto:catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es">
- <tt>catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es</tt> </a><br>
- (send subscription requests
- to <a href="mailto:listserv@cesca.es">
- <tt>listserv@cesca.es</tt></a>).<p></dd>
-
-<dt> <a href="http://tug.org/">
- <b>TUG</b></a> (International TeX users group, LUG for TeX users not
- covered by some other group)
- <dd>Mimi Jett, President <br>
- TeX Users Group <br>
- 1466 NW Naito Parkway, Suite 3141<br>
- Portland, OR 97209, U.S.A.<br>
- Tel: +1-503-223-9994<br>
- FAX: +1-503-223-3960<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:office@tug.org">
- <tt>office@tug.org</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-<dt><a href="http://www.tug.org.in/index.html" target="_top">
- <b>TUGIndia</b></a> (Indian TeX Users Group)
-<dd> Prof. (Dr.) K. S. S. Nambooripad, Chairman<br>
- Floor III, SJP Buildings<br>
- Cotton Hills, Trivandrum 695014, India<br>
- Tel: +91 471 33 7501<br>
- Fax. +91 471 33 3186<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:tugindia@tug.org.in">
- <tt>tugindia@tug.org.in</tt></a><p></dd>
-
-<DT><B>TUG-Philippines</B> (Philippines TeX Users Group)
-<dd>Dr. Felix P. Muga II, President<br>
- Mathematics Department<br>
- Ateneo de Manila University<br>
- Loyola Heights, Quezon City<br>
- Tel: (63-2) 426 6001 local 2515<br>
- Fax: (63-2) 426 6008<br>
-
- Email: <a href="mailto:fpmuga@admu.edu.ph"><tt>fpmuga@admu.edu.ph</tt></a><br>
- <a href="mailto:fpmuga@philonline.com"><tt>fpmuga@philonline.com</tt></a><br>
-<p></dd>
-
-<dt><A HREF="http://uk.tug.org">
- <b>UK TUG</b></a> (United Kingdom)
-<dd>R.W.D. Nickalls, Chairman<br>
- For information:<br>
- Simon Dales<br>
- c/o 196 Eccles Old Road,<br>
- Salford<br>
- Manchester<br>
- M6 8AL UK<br>
- Email: <a href="mailto:uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk">
- <tt>uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk</tt></a><p>
-</dd>
-
-<dt><a href="http://w3.to/viettug" target="_top">
- <b>Vi&ecirc;tTUG</b></a> (Vietnamese TeX Users Group)
-<dd>Nguy&ecirc;n-&ETH;ai Qu&yacute;<br>
-
- LTAS-University of Li&egrave;ge<br>
- Rue des Chevreuils, 1, B&acirc;t B52, Local 522B<br>
- B4000, Li&egrave;ge, Belgium<br>
- Tel: +32-4-366.9098 Fax: +32-4-366.9311<br>
-
- Email: <a href="mailto:viettug@eGroups.com">
- <tt>viettug@eGroups.com</tt></a><br>
-</dd>
-
-</dl>
-
-<hr><small>$Date: 2003/08/25 10:17:19 $;</small>
-<!-- $Id: footer.html,v 1.7 2003/01/30 16:19:38 karl Exp $ (generic footer) -->
-<small>
-<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org">contact webmaster</a>;
-<a href="/contact.html">contact TUG</a>;
-<a href="/index.html">TUG home page</a>.
-</small>
-</body></html>
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bc3a2bc405..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,633 +0,0 @@
-Date: 08 Jan 90 1727 PST
-From: Don Knuth <DEK@SAIL.Stanford.EDU>
-Subject: Virtual fonts: More fun for Grand Wizards
-Keywords: fonts
-
-Many writers to TeXhax during the past year or so have been struggling with
-interfaces between differing font conventions. For example, there's been a
-brisk correspondence about mixing oldstyle digits with a caps-and-small-caps
-alphabet. Other people despair of working with fonts supplied by manufacturers
-like Autologic, Compugraphic, Monotype, etc.; still others are afraid to leave
-the limited accent capabilities of Computer Modern for fonts containing letters
-that are individually accented as they should be, because such fonts are not
-readily available in a form that existing TeX software understands.
-
-There is a much better way to solve such problems than the remedies
-that have been proposed in TeXhax. This better way was first realized
-by David Fuchs in 1983, when he installed it in our DVI-to-APS
-software at Stanford (which he also developed for commercial
-distribution by ArborText). We used it, for example, to typeset my
-article on Literate Programming for The Computer Journal, using native
-Autologic fonts to match the typography of that journal.
-
-I was expecting David's strategy to become widely known and adopted.
-But alas --- and this has really been the only significant
-disappointment I've had with respect to the way TeX has been
-propagating around the world --- nobody else's DVI-to-X drivers have
-incorporated anything resembling David's ideas, and TeXhax
-contributors have spilled gallons of electronic ink searching for
-answers in the wrong direction.
-
-The right direction is obvious once you've seen it (although it wasn't
-obvious in 1983): All we need is a good way to specify a mapping from
-TeX's notion of a font character to a device's capabilities for
-printing. Such a mapping was called a "virtual font" by the AMS
-speakers at the TUG meetings this past August. At that meeting I spoke
-briefly about the issue and voiced my hope that all DVI drivers be
-upgraded within a year to add a virtual font capability. Dave Rodgers
-of ArborText announced that his company would make their WEB routines
-for virtual font design freely available, and I promised to edit them
-into a form that would match the other programs in the standard
-TeXware distribution.
-
-The preparation of TeX Version 3 and MF Version 2 has taken me much longer
-than expected, but at last I've been able to look closely at the concept of
-virtual fonts. (The need for such fonts is indeed much greater now than it
-was before, because TeX's new multilingual capabilities are significantly
-more powerful only when suitable fonts are available. Virtual fonts can
-easily be created to meet these needs.)
-
-After looking closely at David Fuchs's original design, I decided to design
-a completely new file format that would carry his ideas further, making the
-virtual font mechanism completely device-independent; David's original code
-was very APS-specific. Furthermore I decided to extend his notions so that
-arbitrary DVI commands (including rules and even specials) could be
-part of a virtual font. The new file format I've just designed is called
-VF; it's easy for DVI drivers to read VF files, because VF format is similar
-to the PK and DVI formats they already deal with.
-
-The result is two new system routines called VFtoVP and VPtoVF. These
-routines are extensions of the old ones called TFtoPL and PLtoTF;
-there's a property-list language called VPL that extends the ordinary
-PL format so that virtual fonts can be created easily.
-
-In addition to implementing these routines, I've also tested the ideas by
-verifying that virtual fonts could be incorporated into Tom Rokicki's dvips
-system without difficulty. I wrote a C program (available from Tom) that
-converts Adobe AFM files into virtual fonts for TeX; these virtual fonts
-include almost all the characteristics of Computer Modern text fonts
-(lacking only the uppercase Greek and the dotless j) and they include all
-the additional Adobe characters as well. These virtual fonts even include
-all the "composite characters" listed in the AFM file, from `Aacute' to
-`zcaron'; such characters are available as ligatures. For example, to get
-`Aacute' you type first `acute' (which is character 19 = ~S in Computer Modern
-font layout, it could also be character 194 = Meta-B if you're using an
-8-bit keyboard with the new TeX) followed by `A'. Using such fonts, it's
-now easier for me to typeset European language texts in Times-Roman and
-Helvetica and Palatino than in Computer Modern! [But with less than an hour's
-work I could make a virtual font for Computer Modern that would do the same
-things; I just haven't gotten around to it yet.]
-
-[A nice ligature scheme for dozens of European languages was just published
-by Haralambous in the November TUGboat. He uses only ASCII characters, getting
-Aacute with the combination <A. I could readily add his scheme to mine, by
-adding a few lines to my VPL files. Indeed, multiple conventions can be
-supported simultaneously (although I don't recommend that really).]
-
-Virtual fonts make it easy to go from DVI files to the font layouts of
-any manufacturer or font supplier. They also (I'm sorry to say) make
-"track kerning" easy, for people who have to resort to that oft-abused
-feature of lead-free type.
-
-Furthermore, virtual fonts solve the problem of proofreading with screen
-fonts or with lowres laserprinter fonts, because you can have several
-virtual fonts sharing a common TFM file. Suppose, for example, that you
-want to typeset camera copy on an APS machine using Univers as the
-ultimate font, but you want to do proofreading with a screen previewer and
-with a laserprinter. Suppose further that you don't have Univers for your
-laserprinter; the closest you have is Helvetica. And suppose that you
-haven't even got Helvetica for your screen, but you do have cmss10. Here's
-what you can do: First make a virtual property list (VPL) file
-univers-aps.vpl that describes the high-quality font of your ultimate
-output. Then edit that file into univers-laser.vpl, which has identical
-font metric info but maps the characters into Helvetica; similarly, make
-univers-screen.vpl, which maps them into cmss10. Now run VPtoVF on each of
-the three VPL files. This will produce three identical TFM files
-univers.tfm, one of which you should put on the directory read by TeX.
-You'll also get three distinct VF files called univers.vf, which you
-should put on three different directories --- one directory for your
-DVI-to-APS software, another for your DVI-to-laserwriter software, and the
-third for the DVI-to-screen previewer. Voil~~Ra.
-
-So virtual fonts are evidently quite virtuous. But what exactly are
-virtual fonts, detail-wise? Appended to this message are excerpts from
-VFtoVP.WEB and VPtoVF.WEB, which give a complete definition of the
-VF and VPL file formats.
-
-I fully expect that all people who have implemented DVI drivers will
-immediately see the great potential of virtual fonts, and that they will
-be unable to resist installing a VF capability into their own software
-during the first few months of 1990. (The idea is this: For each font
-specified in a DVI file, the software looks first in a special table to
-see if the font is device-resident (in which case the TFM file is loaded,
-to get the character widths); failing that, it looks for a suitable GF or
-PK file; failing that, it looks for a VF file, which may in turn lead to
-other actual or virtual files. The latter files should not be loaded
-immediately, but only on demand, because the process is recursive.
-Incidentally, if no resident or GF or PK or VF file is found, a TFM file
-should be loaded as a last resort, so that the characters can be left
-blank with appropriate widths.)
-
-%--- an excerpt from VFtoVP.web -----------------------------------------------
-
-@* Virtual fonts. The idea behind \.{VF} files is that a general
-interface mechanism is needed to switch between the myriad font
-layouts provided by different suppliers of typesetting equipment.
-Without such a mechanism, people must go to great lengths writing
-inscrutable macros whenever they want to use typesetting conventions
-based on one font layout in connection with actual fonts that have
-another layout. This puts an extra burden on the typesetting system,
-interfering with the other things it needs to do (like kerning,
-hyphenation, and ligature formation).
-
-These difficulties go away when we have a ``virtual font,''
-i.e., a font that exists in a logical sense but not a physical sense.
-A typesetting system like \TeX\ can do its job without knowing where the
-actual characters come from; a device driver can then do its job by
-letting a \.{VF} file tell what actual characters correspond to the
-characters \TeX\ imagined were present. The actual characters
-can be shifted and/or magnified and/or combined with other characters
-from many different fonts. A virtual font can even make use of characters
-from virtual fonts, including itself.
-
-Virtual fonts also allow convenient character substitutions for proofreading
-purposes, when fonts designed for one output device are unavailable on another.
-
-@ A \.{VF} file is organized as a stream of 8-bit bytes, using conventions
-borrowed from \.{DVI} and \.{PK} files. Thus, a device driver that knows
-about \.{DVI} and \.{PK} format will already
-contain most of the mechanisms necessary to process \.{VF} files.
-We shall assume that \.{DVI} format is understood; the conventions in the
-\.{DVI} documentation (see, for example, {\sl \TeX: The Program}, part 31)
-are adopted here to define \.{VF} format.
-
-A preamble
-appears at the beginning, followed by a sequence of character definitions,
-followed by a postamble. More precisely, the first byte of every \.{VF} file
-must be the first byte of the following ``preamble command'':
-
-\yskip\hang|pre| 247 |i[1]| |k[1]| |x[k]| |cs[4]| |ds[4]|.
-Here |i| is the identification byte of \.{VF}, currently 202. The string
-|x| is merely a comment, usually indicating the source of the \.{VF} file.
-Parameters |cs| and |ds| are respectively the check sum and the design size
-of the virtual font; they should match the first two words in the header of
-the \.{TFM} file, as described below.
-
-\yskip
-After the |pre| command, the preamble continues with font definitions;
-every font needed to specify ``actual'' characters in later
-\\{set\_char} commands is defined here. The font definitions are
-exactly the same in \.{VF} files as they are in \.{DVI} files, except
-that the scaled size |s| is relative and the design size |d| is absolute:
-
-\yskip\hang|fnt_def1| 243 |k[1]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
-Define font |k|, where |0<=k<256|.
-
-\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def2| 244 |k[2]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
-Define font |k|, where |0<=k<65536|.
-
-\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def3| 245 |k[3]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
-Define font |k|, where |0<=k<@t$2~{24}$@>|.
-
-\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def4| 246 |k[4]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|.
-Define font |k|, where |@t$-2~{31}$@><=k<@t$2~{31}$@>|.
-
-\yskip\noindent
-These font numbers |k| are ``local''; they have no relation to font numbers
-defined in the \.{DVI} file that uses this virtual font. The dimension%|s|,
-which represents the scaled size of the local font being defined,
-is a |fix_word| relative to the design size of the virtual font.
-Thus if the local font is to be used at the same size
-as the design size of the virtual font itself, |s| will be the
-integer value $2~{20}$. The value of |s| must be positive and less than
-$2~{24}$ (thus less than 16 when considered as a |fix_word|).
-The dimension%|d| is a |fix_word| in units of printer's points; hence it
-is identical to the design size found in the corresponding \.{TFM} file.
-
-@d id_byte=202
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!vf_file:packed file of 0..255;
-
-@ The preamble is followed by zero or more character packets, where each
-character packet begins with a byte that is $<243$. Character packets have
-two formats, one long and one short:
-
-\yskip\hang|long_char| 242 |pl[4]| |cc[4]| |tfm[4]| |dvi[pl]|. This long form
-specifies a virtual character in the general case.
-
-\yskip\hang|short_char0..short_char241|
-|pl[1]| |cc[1]| |tfm[3]| |dvi[pl]|. This short form specifies a
-virtual character in the common case
-when |0<=pl<242| and |0<=cc<256| and $0\le|tfm|<2~{24}$.
-
-
-\yskip\noindent
-Here |pl| denotes the packet length following the |tfm| value; |cc| is
-the character code; and |tfm| is the character width copied from the
-\.{TFM} file for this virtual font. There should be at most one character
-packet having any given |cc| code.
-
-The |dvi| bytes are a sequence of complete \.{DVI} commands, properly
-nested with respect to |push| and |pop|. All \.{DVI} operations are
-permitted except |bop|, |eop|, and commands with opcodes |>=243|.
-Font selection commands (|fnt_num0| through |fnt4|) must refer to fonts
-defined in the preamble.
-
-Dimensions that appear in the \.{DVI} instructions are analogous to
-|fix_word| quantities; i.e., they are integer multiples of $2~{-20}$ times
-the design size of the virtual font. For example, if the virtual font
-has design size $10\,$pt, the \.{DVI} command to move down $5\,$pt
-would be a \\{down} instruction with parameter $2~{19}$. The virtual font
-itself might be used at a different size, say $12\,$pt; then that
-\\{down} instruction would move down $6\,$pt instead. Each dimension
-must be less than $2~{24}$ in absolute value.
-
-Device drivers processing \.{VF} files treat the sequences of |dvi| bytes
-as subroutines or macros, implicitly enclosing them with |push| and |pop|.
-Each subroutine begins with |w=x=y=z=0|, and with current font%|f| the
-number of the first-defined in the preamble (undefined if there's no
-such font). After the |dvi| commands have been
-performed, the |h| and%|v| position registers of \.{DVI} format are restored
-to their former values, and then |h| is increased by the \.{TFM} width
-(properly scaled)---just as if a simple character had been typeset.
-
-@d long_char=242 {\.{VF} command for general character packet}
-@d set_char_0=0 {\.{DVI} command to typeset character 0 and move right}
-@d set1=128 {typeset a character and move right}
-@d set_rule=132 {typeset a rule and move right}
-@d put1=133 {typeset a character}
-@d put_rule=137 {typeset a rule}
-@d nop=138 {no operation}
-@d push=141 {save the current positions}
-@d pop=142 {restore previous positions}
-@d right1=143 {move right}
-@d w0=147 {move right by |w|}
-@d w1=148 {move right and set |w|}
-@d x0=152 {move right by |x|}
-@d x1=153 {move right and set |x|}
-@d down1=157 {move down}
-@d y0=161 {move down by |y|}
-@d y1=162 {move down and set |y|}
-@d z0=166 {move down by |z|}
-@d z1=167 {move down and set |z|}
-@d fnt_num_0=171 {set current font to 0}
-@d fnt1=235 {set current font}
-@d xxx1=239 {extension to \.{DVI} primitives}
-@d xxx4=242 {potentially long extension to \.{DVI} primitives}
-@d fnt_def1=243 {define the meaning of a font number}
-@d pre=247 {preamble}
-@d post=248 {postamble beginning}
-@d improper_DVI_for_VF==139,140,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,
- 253,254,255
-
-@ The character packets are followed by a trivial postamble, consisting of
-one or more bytes all equal to |post| (248). The total number of bytes
-in the file should be a multiple of%4.
-
-%------------- and here's an extract from VPtoVF.web --------------------------
-
-@* Property list description of font metric data.
-The idea behind \.{VPL} files is that precise details about fonts, i.e., the
-facts that are needed by typesetting routines like \TeX, sometimes have to
-be supplied by hand. The nested property-list format provides a reasonably
-convenient way to do this.
-
-A good deal of computation is necessary to parse and process a
-\.{VPL} file, so it would be inappropriate for \TeX\ itself to do this
-every time it loads a font. \TeX\ deals only with the compact descriptions
-of font metric data that appear in \.{TFM} files. Such data is so compact,
-however, it is almost impossible for anybody but a computer to read it.
-
-Device drivers also need a compact way to describe mappings from \TeX's idea
-of a font to the actual characters a device can produce. They can do this
-conveniently when given a packed sequence of bytes called a \.{VF} file.
-
-The purpose of \.{VPtoVF} is to convert from a human-oriented file of text
-to computer-oriented files of binary numbers. There's a companion program,
-\.{VFtoVP}, which goes the other way.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!vpl_file:text;
-
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-reset(vpl_file);
-
-@ A \.{VPL} file is like a \.{PL} file with a few extra features, so we
-can begin to define it by reviewing the definition of \.{PL} files. The
-material in the next few sections is copied from the program \.{PLtoTF}.
-
-A \.{PL} file is a list of entries of the form
-$$\.{(PROPERTYNAME VALUE)}$$
-where the property name is one of a finite set of names understood by
-this program, and the value may itself in turn be a property list.
-The idea is best understood by looking at an example, so let's consider
-a fragment of the \.{PL} file for a hypothetical font.
-$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr
-(FAMILY NOVA)\cr
-(FACE F MIE)\cr
-(CODINGSCHEME ASCII)\cr
-(DESIGNSIZE D 10)\cr
-(DESIGNUNITS D 18)\cr
-(COMMENT A COMMENT IS IGNORED)\cr
-(COMMENT (EXCEPT THIS ONE ISN'T))\cr
-(COMMENT (ACTUALLY IT IS, EVEN THOUGH\cr
-\qquad\qquad IT SAYS IT ISN'T))\cr
-(FONTDIMEN\cr
-\qquad (SLANT R -.25)\cr
-\qquad (SPACE D 6)\cr
-\qquad (SHRINK D 2)\cr
-\qquad (STRETCH D 3)\cr
-\qquad (XHEIGHT R 10.55)\cr
-\qquad (QUAD D 18)\cr
-\qquad )\cr
-(LIGTABLE\cr
-\qquad (LABEL C f)\cr
-\qquad (LIG C f O 200)\cr
-\qquad (SKIP D 1)\cr
-\qquad (LABEL O 200)\cr
-\qquad (LIG C i O 201)\cr
-\qquad (KRN O 51 R 1.5)\cr
-\qquad (/LIG C ? C f)\cr
-\qquad (STOP)\cr
-\qquad )\cr
-(CHARACTER C f\cr
-\qquad (CHARWD D 6)\cr
-\qquad (CHARHT R 13.5)\cr
-\qquad (CHARIC R 1.5)\cr
-\qquad )\cr}}$$
-This example says that the font whose metric information is being described
-belongs to the hypothetical
-\.{NOVA} family; its face code is medium italic extended;
-and the characters appear in ASCII code positions. The design size is 10
-points, and all other sizes in this \.{PL} file are given in units such that
-18 units
-equals the design size. The font is slanted with a slope of $-.25$ (hence the
-letters actually slant backward---perhaps that is why the family name is
-\.{NOVA}). The normal space between words is 6 units (i.e., one third of
-the 18-unit design size), with glue that shrinks by 2 units or stretches by 3.
-The letters for which accents don't need to be raised or lowered are 10.55
-units high, and one em equals 18 units.
-
-The example ligature table is a bit trickier. It specifies that the
-letter \.f followed by another \.f is changed to code @'200, while
-code @'200 followed by \.i is changed to @'201; presumably codes @'200
-and @'201 represent the ligatures `ff' and `ffi'. Moreover, in both cases
-\.f and @'200, if the following character is the code @'51 (which is a
-right parenthesis), an additional 1.5 units of space should be inserted
-before the @'51. (The `\.{SKIP}~\.D~\.1' skips over one \.{LIG} or
-\.{KRN} command, which in this case is the second \.{LIG}; in this way
-two different ligature/kern programs can come together.)
-Finally, if either \.f or @'200 is followed by a question mark,
-the question mark is replaced by \.f and the ligature program is
-started over. (Thus, the character pair `\.{f?}' would actually become
-the ligature `ff', and `\.{ff?}' or `\.{f?f}' would become `fff'. To
-avoid this restart procedure, the \.{/LIG} command could be replaced
-by \.{/LIG>}; then `\.{f?} would become `f\kern0ptf' and `\.{f?f}'
-would become `f\kern0ptff'.)
-
-Character \.f itself is 6 units wide and 13.5 units tall, in this example.
-Its depth is zero (since \.{CHARDP} is not given), and its italic correction
-is 1.5 units.
-
-@ The example above illustrates most of the features found in \.{PL} files.
-Note that some property names, like \.{FAMILY} or \.{COMMENT}, take a
-string as their value; this string continues until the first unmatched
-right parenthesis. But most property names, like \.{DESIGNSIZE} and \.{SLANT}
-and \.{LABEL}, take a number as their value. This number can be expressed in
-a variety of ways, indicated by a prefixed code; \.D stands for decimal,
-\.H for hexadecimal, \.O for octal, \.R for real, \.C for character, and
-\.F for ``face.'' Other property names, like \.{LIG}, take two numbers as
-their value. And still other names, like \.{FONTDIMEN} and \.{LIGTABLE} and
-\.{CHARACTER}, have more complicated values that involve property lists.
-
-A property name is supposed to be used only in an appropriate property
-list. For example, \.{CHARWD} shouldn't occur on the outer level or
-within \.{FONTDIMEN}.
-
-The individual property-and-value pairs in a property list can appear in
-any order. For instance, `\.{SHRINK}' precedes `\.{STRETCH}' in the above
-example, although the \.{TFM} file always puts the stretch parameter first.
-One could even give the information about characters like `\.f' before
-specifying the number of units in the design size, or before specifying the
-ligature and kerning table. However, the \.{LIGTABLE} itself is an exception
-to this rule; the individual elements of the \.{LIGTABLE} property list
-can be reordered only to a certain extent without changing the meaning
-of that table.
-
-If property-and-value pairs are omitted, a default value is used. For example,
-we have already noted that the default for \.{CHARDP} is zero. The default
-for {\sl every\/} numeric value is, in fact, zero, unless otherwise stated
-below.
-
-If the same property name is used more than once, \.{VPtoVF} will not notice
-the discrepancy; it simply uses the final value given. Once again, however, the
-\.{LIGTABLE} is an exception to this rule; \.{VPtoVF} will complain if there
-is more than one label for some character. And of course many of the
-entries in the \.{LIGTABLE} property list have the same property name.
-
-@ A \.{VPL} file also includes information about how to create each character,
-by typesetting characters from other fonts and/or by drawing lines, etc.
-Such information is the value of the `\.{MAP}' property, which can be
-illustrated as follows:
-$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr
-(MAPFONT D 0 (FONTNAME Times-Roman))\cr
-(MAPFONT D 1 (FONTNAME Symbol))\cr
-(MAPFONT D 2 (FONTNAME cmr10)(FONTAT D 20))\cr
-(CHARACTER O 0 (MAP (SELECTFONT D 1)(SETCHAR C G)))\cr
-(CHARACTER O 76 (MAP (SETCHAR O 277)))\cr
-(CHARACTER D 197 (MAP\cr
-\qquad(PUSH)(SETCHAR C A)(POP)\cr
-\qquad(MOVEUP R 0.937)(MOVERIGHT R 1.5)(SETCHAR O 312)))\cr
-(CHARACTER O 200 (MAP (MOVEDOWN R 2.1)(SETRULE R 1 R 8)))\cr
-(CHARACTER O 201 (MAP\cr
-\qquad (SPECIAL ps: /SaveGray currentgray def .5 setgray)\cr
-\qquad (SELECTFONT D 2)(SETCHAR C A)\cr
-\qquad (SPECIAL SaveGray setgray)))\cr
-}}$$
-(These specifications appear in addition to the conventional \.{PL}
-information. The \.{MAP} attribute can be mixed in with other attributes
-like \.{CHARWD} or it can be given separately.)
-
-In this example, the virtual font is composed of characters that can be
-fabricated from three actual fonts, `\.{Times-Roman}',
-`\.{Symbol}', and `\.{cmr10} \.{at} \.{20\\u}' (where \.{\\u}
-is the unit size in this \.{VPL} file). Character |@'0| is typeset as
-a `G' from the symbol font. Character |@'76| is typeset as character |@'277|
-from the ordinary Times font. (If no other font is selected, font
-number~0 is the default. If no \.{MAP} attribute is given, the default map
-is a character of the same number in the default font.)
-
-Character 197 (decimal) is more interesting: First an A is typeset (in the
-default font Times), and this is enclosed by \.{PUSH} and \.{POP} so that
-the original position is restored. Then the accent character |@'312| is
-typeset, after moving up .937 units and right 1.5 units.
-
-To typeset character |@'200| in this virtual font, we move down 2.1 units,
-then typeset a rule that is 1 unit high and 8 units wide.
-
-Finally, to typeset character |@'201|, we do something that requires a
-special ability to interpret PostScript commands; this example
-sets the PostScript ``color'' to 50\char`\%\ gray and typesets an `A'
-from \.{cmr10} in that color.
-
-In general, the \.{MAP} attribute of a virtual character can be any sequence
-of typesetting commands that might appear in a page of a \.{DVI} file.
-A single character might map into an entire page.
-
-@ But instead of relying on a hypothetical example, let's consider a complete
-grammar for \.{VPL} files, beginning with the (unchanged) grammatical rules
-for \.{PL} files. At the outer level, the following property names
-are valid in any \.{PL} file:
-
-\yskip\hang\.{CHECKSUM} (four-byte value). The value, which should be a
-nonnegative integer less than $2^{32}$, is used to identify a particular
-version of a font; it should match the check sum value stored with the font
-itself. An explicit check sum of zero is used to bypass
-check sum testing. If no checksum is specified in the \.{VPL} file,
-\.{VPtoVF} will compute the checksum that \MF\ would compute from the
-same data.
-
-
-\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNSIZE} (numeric value, default is 10). The value, which
-should be a real number in the range |1.0<=x<2048|, represents the default
-amount by which all quantities will be scaled if the font is not loaded
-with an `\.{at}' specification. For example, if one says
-`\.{\\font\\A=cmr10 at 15pt}' in \TeX\ language, the design size in the \.{TFM}
-file is ignored and effectively replaced by 15 points; but if one simply
-says `\.{\\font\\A=cmr10}' the stated design size is used. This quantity is
-always in units of printer's points.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNUNITS} (numeric value, default is 1). The value
-should be a positive real number; it says how many units equals the design
-size (or the eventual `\.{at}' size, if the font is being scaled). For
-example, suppose you have a font that has been digitized with 600 pixels per
-em, and the design size is one em; then you could say `\.{(DESIGNUNITS R 600)}'
-if you wanted to give all of your measurements in units of pixels.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{CODINGSCHEME} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}').
-The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 40.
-It identifies the correspondence between the numeric codes and font characters.
-(\TeX\ ignores this information, but other software programs make use of it.)
-
-\yskip\hang\.{FAMILY} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}').
-The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 20.
-It identifies the name of the family to which this font belongs, e.g.,
-`\.{HELVETICA}'. (\TeX\ ignores this information; but it is needed, for
-example, when converting \.{DVI} files to \.{PRESS} files for Xerox
-equipment.)
-
-\yskip\hang\.{FACE} (one-byte value). This number, which must lie
-between 0 and 255 inclusive, is a subsidiary ident\-ifi\-ca\-tion of
-the font within its family. For example, bold italic condensed fonts
-might have the same family name as light roman extended fonts,
-differing only in their face byte. (\TeX\ ignores this information;
-but it is needed, for example, when converting \.{DVI} files to
-\.{PRESS} files for Xerox equipment.)
-
-\yskip\hang\.{SEVENBITSAFEFLAG} (string value, default is
-`\.{FALSE}'). The value should start with either `\.T' (true) or `\.F'
-(false). If true, character codes less than 128 cannot lead to codes
-of 128 or more via ligatures or charlists or extensible characters.
-(\TeX82 ignores this flag, but older versions of \TeX\ would only
-accept \.{TFM} files that were seven-bit safe.) \.{VPtoVF} computes
-the correct value of this flag and gives an error message only if a
-claimed ``true'' value is incorrect.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{HEADER} (a one-byte value followed by a four-byte value).
-The one-byte value should be between 18 and a maximum limit that can be
-raised or lowered depending on the compile-time setting of |max_header_bytes|.
-The four-byte value goes into the header word whose index is the one-byte
-value; for example, to set |header[18]:=1|, one may write
-`\.{(HEADER D 18 O 1)}'. This notation is used for header information that
-is presently unnamed. (\TeX\ ignores it.)
-
-\yskip\hang\.{FONTDIMEN} (property list value). See below for the names
-allowed in this property list.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{LIGTABLE} (property list value). See below for the rules
-about this special kind of property list.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{BOUNDARYCHAR} (one-byte value). If this character appears in
-a \.{LIGTABLE} command, it matches ``end of word'' as well as itself.
-If no boundary character is given and no \.{LABEL} \.{BOUNDARYCHAR} occurs
-within \.{LIGTABLE}, word boundaries will not affect ligatures or kerning.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{CHARACTER}. The value is a one-byte integer followed by
-a property list. The integer represents the number of a character that is
-present in the font; the property list of a character is defined below.
-The default is an empty property list.
-
-@ Numeric property list values can be given in various forms identified by
-a prefixed letter.
-
-\yskip\hang\.C denotes an ASCII character, which should be a standard visible
-character that is not a parenthesis. The numeric value will therefore be
-between @'41 and @'176 but not @'50 or @'51.
-
-\yskip\hang\.D denotes an unsigned decimal integer, which must be
-less than $2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{D 4294967295}'.
-
-\yskip\hang\.F denotes a three-letter Xerox face code; the admissible codes
-are \.{MRR}, \.{MIR}, \.{BRR}, \.{BIR}, \.{LRR}, \.{LIR}, \.{MRC}, \.{MIC},
-\.{BRC}, \.{BIC}, \.{LRC}, \.{LIC}, \.{MRE}, \.{MIE}, \.{BRE}, \.{BIE},
-\.{LRE}, and \.{LIE}, denoting the integers 0 to 17, respectively.
-
-\yskip\hang\.O denotes an unsigned octal integer, which must be less than
-$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{O 37777777777}'.
-
-\yskip\hang\.H denotes an unsigned hexadecimal integer, which must be less than
-$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{H FFFFFFFF}'.
-
-\yskip\hang\.R denotes a real number in decimal notation, optionally preceded
-by a `\.+' or `\.-' sign, and optionally including a decimal point. The
-absolute value must be less than 2048.
-
-@ The property names allowed in a \.{FONTDIMEN} property list correspond to
-various \TeX\ parameters, each of which has a (real) numeric value. All
-of the parameters except \.{SLANT} are in design units. The admissible
-names are \.{SLANT}, \.{SPACE}, \.{STRETCH}, \.{SHRINK}, \.{XHEIGHT},
-\.{QUAD}, \.{EXTRASPACE}, \.{NUM1}, \.{NUM2}, \.{NUM3}, \.{DENOM1},
-\.{DENOM2}, \.{SUP1}, \.{SUP2}, \.{SUP3}, \.{SUB1}, \.{SUB2}, \.{SUPDROP},
-\.{SUBDROP}, \.{DELIM1}, \.{DELIM2}, and \.{AXISHEIGHT}, for parameters
-1~to~22. The alternate names \.{DEFAULTRULETHICKNESS},
-\.{BIGOPSPACING1}, \.{BIGOPSPACING2}, \.{BIGOPSPACING3},
-\.{BIGOPSPACING4}, and \.{BIGOPSPACING5}, may also be used for parameters
-8 to 13.
-
-The notation `\.{PARAMETER} $n$' provides another way to specify the
-$n$th parameter; for example, `\.{(PARAMETER} \.{D 1 R -.25)}' is another way
-to specify that the \.{SLANT} is $-0.25$. The value of $n$ must be positive
-and less than |max_param_words|.
-
-@ The elements of a \.{CHARACTER} property list can be of six different types.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{CHARWD} (real value) denotes the character's width in
-design units.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{CHARHT} (real value) denotes the character's height in
-design units.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{CHARDP} (real value) denotes the character's depth in
-design units.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{CHARIC} (real value) denotes the character's italic correction in
-design units.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{NEXTLARGER} (one-byte value), specifies the character that
-follows the present one in a ``charlist.'' The value must be the number of a
-character in the font, and there must be no infinite cycles of supposedly
-larger and larger characters.
-
-\yskip\hang\.{VARCHAR} (property list value), specifies an extensible
-character. This option and \.{NEXTLARGER} are mutually exclusive;
-i.e., they cannot both be used within the same \.{CHARACTER} list.
-
-\yskip\noindent
-The elements of a \.{VARCHAR} property list are either \.{TOP}, \.{MID},
-\.{BOT} or \.{REP}; the values are integers, which must be zero or the number
-or a character in the font. A zero value for \.{TOP}, \.{MID}, or \.{BOT} means
-that the corresponding piece of the extensible character is absent. A nonzero
-value, or a \.{REP} value of zero, denotes the character code used to make
-up the top, middle, bottom, or replicated piece of an extensible character.
-
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-documentation-english.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-documentation-english.tlpsrc
index fd503ab8fd8..05dfec7f936 100644
--- a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-documentation-english.tlpsrc
+++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-documentation-english.tlpsrc
@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@ depend firststeps
depend free-math-font-survey
depend gentle
depend guide-to-latex
-depend help
depend impatient
depend intro-scientific
depend knuth
diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/help.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/help.tlpsrc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a2810aed50..00000000000
--- a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/help.tlpsrc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-name help
-category Documentation